WorldWideScience

Sample records for renormalized perturbation theory

  1. Renormalized Cosmological Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Crocce, M

    2006-01-01

    We develop a new formalism to study nonlinear evolution in the growth of large-scale structure, by following the dynamics of gravitational clustering as it builds up in time. This approach is conveniently represented by Feynman diagrams constructed in terms of three objects: the initial conditions (e.g. perturbation spectrum), the vertex (describing non-linearities) and the propagator (describing linear evolution). We show that loop corrections to the linear power spectrum organize themselves into two classes of diagrams: one corresponding to mode-coupling effects, the other to a renormalization of the propagator. Resummation of the latter gives rise to a quantity that measures the memory of perturbations to initial conditions as a function of scale. As a result of this, we show that a well-defined (renormalized) perturbation theory follows, in the sense that each term in the remaining mode-coupling series dominates at some characteristic scale and is subdominant otherwise. This is unlike standard perturbatio...

  2. Massive renormalization scheme and perturbation theory at finite temperature

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blaizot, Jean-Paul, E-mail: jean-paul.blaizot@cea.fr [Institut de Physique Théorique, CNRS/URA2306, CEA-Saclay, 91191 Gif-sur-Yvette (France); Wschebor, Nicolás [Instituto de Fìsica, Faculdad de Ingeniería, Universidade de la República, 11000 Montevideo (Uruguay)

    2015-02-04

    We argue that the choice of an appropriate, massive, renormalization scheme can greatly improve the apparent convergence of perturbation theory at finite temperature. This is illustrated by the calculation of the pressure of a scalar field theory with quartic interactions, at 2-loop order. The result, almost identical to that obtained with more sophisticated resummation techniques, shows a remarkable stability as the coupling constant grows, in sharp contrast with standard perturbation theory.

  3. Technical fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Foda, O.E.

    1983-01-01

    The technical - as opposed to physical - fine tuning problem, i.e. the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a number of different models is studied. These include softly-broken supersymmetric models, and non-supersymmetric ones with a hierarchy of spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. The models are renormalized using the BPHZ prescription, with momentum subtractions. Explicit calculations indicate that the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections, and consequently no further fine-tuning is required to maintain it. Furthermore, this result is shown to run counter to that obtained via Dimensional Renormalization, (the only scheme used in previous literature on the subject). The discrepancy originates in the inherent local ambiguity in the finite parts of subtracted Feynman integrals. Within fully-renormalized perturbation theory the answer to the technical fine-tuning question (in the sense of whether the radiative corrections will ''readily'' respect the tree level gauge hierarchy or not) is contingent on the renormalization scheme used to define the model at the quantum level, rather than on the model itself. In other words, the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.

  4. Renormalization Group Optimized Perturbation Theory at Finite Temperatures

    CERN Document Server

    Kneur, J -L

    2015-01-01

    A recently developed variant of the so-called optimized perturbation theory (OPT), making it perturbatively consistent with renormalization group (RG) properties, RGOPT, was shown to drastically improve its convergence for zero temperature theories. Here the RGOPT adapted to finite temperature is illustrated with a detailed evaluation of the two-loop pressure for the thermal scalar $ \\lambda\\phi^4$ field theory. We show that already at the simple one-loop level this quantity is exactly scale-invariant by construction and turns out to qualitatively reproduce, with a rather simple procedure, results from more sophisticated resummation methods at two-loop order, such as the two-particle irreducible approach typically. This lowest order also reproduces the exact large-$N$ results of the $O(N)$ model. Although very close in spirit, our RGOPT method and corresponding results differ drastically from similar variational approaches, such as the screened perturbation theory or its QCD-version, the (resummed) hard therm...

  5. Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2017-03-28

    A third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O(N(6)) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F2, H2O2, C2H6, and N2 along the F-F, O-O, C-C, and N-N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbation theory and multireference configuration interaction with singles and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (ΔST=ET-ES) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic ΔST is 3.9 kcal mol(-1), a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol(-1) from multireference coupled cluster results.

  6. Non-Perturbative Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Mastropietro, Vieri

    2008-01-01

    The notion of renormalization is at the core of several spectacular achievements of contemporary physics, and in the last years powerful techniques have been developed allowing to put renormalization on a firm mathematical basis. This book provides a self-consistent and accessible introduction to the sophisticated tools used in the modern theory of non-perturbative renormalization, allowing an unified and rigorous treatment of Quantum Field Theory, Statistical Physics and Condensed Matter models. In particular the first part of this book is devoted to Constructive Quantum Field Theory, providi

  7. Efficient perturbation theory to improve the density matrix renormalization group

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tirrito, Emanuele; Ran, Shi-Ju; Ferris, Andrew J.; McCulloch, Ian P.; Lewenstein, Maciej

    2017-02-01

    The density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is one of the most powerful numerical methods available for many-body systems. It has been applied to solve many physical problems, including the calculation of ground states and dynamical properties. In this work, we develop a perturbation theory of the DMRG (PT-DMRG) to greatly increase its accuracy in an extremely simple and efficient way. Using the canonical matrix product state (MPS) representation for the ground state of the considered system, a set of orthogonal basis functions {| ψi> } is introduced to describe the perturbations to the ground state obtained by the conventional DMRG. The Schmidt numbers of the MPS that are beyond the bond dimension cutoff are used to define these perturbation terms. The perturbed Hamiltonian is then defined as H˜i j= ; its ground state permits us to calculate physical observables with a considerably improved accuracy compared to the original DMRG results. We benchmark the second-order perturbation theory with the help of a one-dimensional Ising chain in a transverse field and the Heisenberg chain, where the precision of the DMRG is shown to be improved O (10 ) times. Furthermore, for moderate L the errors of the DMRG and PT-DMRG both scale linearly with L-1 (with L being the length of the chain). The linear relation between the dimension cutoff of the DMRG and that of the PT-DMRG at the same precision shows a considerable improvement in efficiency, especially for large dimension cutoffs. In the thermodynamic limit we show that the errors of the PT-DMRG scale with √{L-1}. Our work suggests an effective way to define the tangent space of the ground-state MPS, which may shed light on the properties beyond the ground state. This second-order PT-DMRG can be readily generalized to higher orders, as well as applied to models in higher dimensions.

  8. Simple perturbative renormalization scheme for supersymmetric gauge theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Foda, O.E. (Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (USA). Dept. of Physics)

    1983-06-30

    We show that the manifestly supersymmetric and gauge-invariant results of Supersymmetric Dimensional renormalization (SDR) are reproduceable through a simple, and mathematically consistent perturbative renormalization technique, where regularization is attained via a map that deforms the momentum space Feynman integrands in a specific way. In particular, it introduces a multiplicative factor of ((p+q)/..delta..)/sup -/delta in each momentum-space loop integral, where p is the magnitude of the loop momentum, q is an arbitrary constant to be chosen as will be explained, thus compensating for loss of translation invariance in p, ..lambda.. is a renormalization mass, and delta is a suitable non-integer: the analog of epsilon in dimensional schemes. All Dirac algebra and integration are four-dimensional, and renormalization is achieved by subtracting poles in delta, followed by setting delta->O. The mathematical inconsistencies of SDR are evaded by construction, since the numbers of fermion and boson degrees of freedom remain unchanged but analytic continuation in the number of dimensions is bypassed. Thus, the technique is equally viable in component and in superfield formalisms, and all anomalies are realized. The origin of the chiral anomaly is that no choice of q satisfies both gauge and chiral Ward identities simultaneously.

  9. Renormalization Group And Pade Applications To Perturbative And Non-perturbative Quantum Field Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Chishtie, F A

    2002-01-01

    Pade approximants (PA) have been widely applied in practically all areas of physics. This thesis focuses on developing PA as tools for both perturbative and non- perturbative quantum field theory (QFT). In perturbative QFT, we systematically estimate higher (unknown) loop terms via the asymptotic formula devised by Samuel et al. This algorithm, generally denoted as the asymptotic Pade approximation procedure (APAP), has greatly enhanced scope when it is applied to renormalization-group-(RG-) invariant quantities. A presently-unknown higher-loop quantity can then be matched with the approximant over the entire momentum region of phenomenological interest. Furthermore, the predicted value of the RG coefficients can be compared with the RG-accessible coefficients (at the higher-loop order), allowing a clearer indication of the accuracy of the predicted RG-inaccessible term. This methodology is applied to hadronic Higgs decay rates (H → bb¯ and H → gg, both within the Standard Model and...

  10. Renormalized parameters and perturbation theory in dynamical mean-field theory for the Hubbard model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hewson, A. C.

    2016-11-01

    We calculate the renormalized parameters for the quasiparticles and their interactions for the Hubbard model in the paramagnetic phase as deduced from the low-energy Fermi-liquid fixed point using the results of a numerical renormalization-group calculation (NRG) and dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT). Even in the low-density limit there is significant renormalization of the local quasiparticle interaction U ˜, in agreement with estimates based on the two-particle scattering theory of J. Kanamori [Prog. Theor. Phys. 30, 275 (1963), 10.1143/PTP.30.275]. On the approach to the Mott transition we find a finite ratio for U ˜/D ˜ , where 2 D ˜ is the renormalized bandwidth, which is independent of whether the transition is approached by increasing the on-site interaction U or on increasing the density to half filling. The leading ω2 term in the self-energy and the local dynamical spin and charge susceptibilities are calculated within the renormalized perturbation theory (RPT) and compared with the results calculated directly from the NRG-DMFT. We also suggest, more generally from the DMFT, how an approximate expression for the q ,ω spin susceptibility χ (q ,ω ) can be derived from repeated quasiparticle scattering with a local renormalized scattering vertex.

  11. Fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory: Spontaneously-broken gauge models

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Foda, O.E. (Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (USA). Dept. of Physics)

    1983-04-28

    We study the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a model with spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. We confirm previous results indicating that if the model is renormalized using BPHZ, then the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections. Consequently, no fine-tuning of the initial parameters is required to maintain it, in contrast to the result obtained using Dimensional Renormalization. This verifies the conclusion that the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.

  12. Multireference Perturbation Theory with Cholesky Decomposition for the Density Matrix Renormalization Group.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Freitag, Leon; Knecht, Stefan; Angeli, Celestino; Reiher, Markus

    2017-02-14

    We present a second-order N-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) based on a density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) reference wave function that exploits a Cholesky decomposition of the two-electron repulsion integrals (CD-DMRG-NEVPT2). With a parameter-free multireference perturbation theory approach at hand, the latter allows us to efficiently describe static and dynamic correlation in large molecular systems. We demonstrate the applicability of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 for spin-state energetics of spin-crossover complexes involving calculations with more than 1000 atomic basis functions. We first assess, in a study of a heme model, the accuracy of the strongly and partially contracted variant of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 before embarking on resolving a controversy about the spin ground state of a cobalt tropocoronand complex.

  13. Multi-reference perturbation theory with Cholesky decomposition for the density matrix renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Freitag, Leon; Angeli, Celestino; Reiher, Markus

    2016-01-01

    We present a second-order N-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) based on a density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) reference wave function that exploits a Cholesky decomposition of the two-electron repulsion integrals (CD-DMRG-NEVPT2). With a parameter-free multireference perturbation theory approach at hand, the latter allows us to efficiently describe static and dynamic correlation in large molecular systems. We demonstrate the applicability of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 for spin-state energetics of spin-crossover complexes involving calculations with more than 1000 atomic basis functions. We first assess in a study of a heme model the accuracy of the strongly- and partially-contracted variant of CD-DMRG-NEVPT2 before embarking on resolving a controversy about the spin ground state of a cobalt tropocoronand complex.

  14. Non-perturbative QCD: renormalization, O(a)-improvement and matching to Heavy Quark Effective Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sommer, R

    2006-01-01

    We give an introduction to three topics in lattice gauge theory: I. The Schroedinger Functional and O(a) improvement. O(a) improvement has been reviewed several times. Here we focus on explaining the basic ideas in detail and then proceed directly to an overview of the literature and our personal assessment of what has been achieved and what is missing. II. The computation of the running coupling, running quark masses and the extraction of the renormalization group invariants. We focus on the basic strategy and on the large effort that has been invested in understanding the continuum limit. We point out what remains to be done. III. Non-perturbative Heavy Quark Effective Theory. Since the literature on this subject is still rather sparse, we go beyond the basic ideas and discuss in some detail how the theory works in principle and in practice.

  15. Non-perturbative QCD. Renormalization, O(a)-improvement and matching to heavy quark effective theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sommer, R.

    2006-11-15

    We give an introduction to three topics in lattice gauge theory: I. The Schroedinger Functional and O(a) improvement. O(a) improvement has been reviewed several times. Here we focus on explaining the basic ideas in detail and then proceed directly to an overview of the literature and our personal assessment of what has been achieved and what is missing. II. The computation of the running coupling, running quark masses and the extraction of the renormalization group invariants. We focus on the basic strategy and on the large effort that has been invested in understanding the continuum limit. We point out what remains to be done. III. Non-perturbative Heavy Quark Effective Theory. Since the literature on this subject is still rather sparse, we go beyond the basic ideas and discuss in some detail how the theory works in principle and in practice. (orig.)

  16. Non-perturbative renormalization of the static quark theory in a large volume

    CERN Document Server

    Korcyl, Piotr; Ishikawa, Tomomi

    2015-01-01

    We report on progress to renormalize non-pertubatively the static heavy quark theory on the lattice. In particular, we present first results for position-space renormalization scheme for heavy-light bilinears. We test our approach on RBC's 16^3 x 32 lattice ensemble with m_pi = 420 MeV, Iwasaki gauge action and domain wall light fermions.

  17. Non-perturbative quark mass renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Capitani, S.; Luescher, M.; Sint, S.; Sommer, R.; Weisz, P.; Wittig, H.

    1998-01-01

    We show that the renormalization factor relating the renormalization group invariant quark masses to the bare quark masses computed in lattice QCD can be determined non-perturbatively. The calculation is based on an extension of a finite-size technique previously employed to compute the running coupling in quenched QCD. As a by-product we obtain the $\\Lambda$--parameter in this theory with completely controlled errors.

  18. Non-perturbative renormalization of the energy-momentum tensor in SU(3) Yang-Mills theory

    CERN Document Server

    Giusti, Leonardo

    2014-01-01

    We present a strategy for a non-perturbative determination of the finite renormalization constants of the energy-momentum tensor in the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory. The computation is performed by imposing on the lattice suitable Ward Identites at finite temperature in presence of shifted boundary conditions. We show accurate preliminary numerical data for values of the bare coupling g_0^2 ranging for 0 to 1.

  19. An integral-factorized implementation of the driven similarity renormalization group second-order multireference perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hannon, Kevin P; Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2016-05-28

    We report an efficient implementation of a second-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT2) [C. Li and F. A. Evangelista, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 11, 2097 (2015)]. Our implementation employs factorized two-electron integrals to avoid storage of large four-index intermediates. It also exploits the block structure of the reference density matrices to reduce the computational cost to that of second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory. Our new DSRG-MRPT2 implementation is benchmarked on ten naphthyne isomers using basis sets up to quintuple-ζ quality. We find that the singlet-triplet splittings (ΔST) of the naphthyne isomers strongly depend on the equilibrium structures. For a consistent set of geometries, the ΔST values predicted by the DSRG-MRPT2 are in good agreements with those computed by the reduced multireference coupled cluster theory with singles, doubles, and perturbative triples.

  20. Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator

    CERN Document Server

    Christensen, C

    2016-01-01

    The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3) gauge theory, finding a ~12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.

  1. Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    C. Christensen

    2016-04-01

    Full Text Available The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3 gauge theory, finding a ∼12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.

  2. Perturbative renormalization of the electric field correlator

    Science.gov (United States)

    Christensen, C.; Laine, M.

    2016-04-01

    The momentum diffusion coefficient of a heavy quark in a hot QCD plasma can be extracted as a transport coefficient related to the correlator of two colour-electric fields dressing a Polyakov loop. We determine the perturbative renormalization factor for a particular lattice discretization of this correlator within Wilson's SU(3) gauge theory, finding a ∼ 12% NLO correction for values of the bare coupling used in the current generation of simulations. The impact of this result on existing lattice determinations is commented upon, and a possibility for non-perturbative renormalization through the gradient flow is pointed out.

  3. Energy-momentum tensor on the lattice: non-perturbative renormalization in Yang--Mills theory

    CERN Document Server

    Giusti, Leonardo

    2015-01-01

    We construct an energy-momentum tensor on the lattice which satisfies the appropriate Ward Identities (WIs) and has the right trace anomaly in the continuum limit. It is defined by imposing suitable WIs associated to the Poincare` invariance of the continuum theory. These relations come forth when the length of the box in the temporal direction is finite, and they take a particularly simple form if the coordinate and the periodicity axes are not aligned. We implement the method for the SU(3) Yang--Mills theory discretized with the standard Wilson action in presence of shifted boundary conditions in the (short) temporal direction. By carrying out extensive numerical simulations, the renormalization constants of the traceless components of the tensor are determined with a precision of roughly half a percent for values of the bare coupling constant in the range 0<= g^2_0<=1.

  4. Perturbatively improving RI-MOM renormalization constants

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Constantinou, M.; Costa, M.; Panagopoulos, H. [Cyprus Univ. (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Dept. of Mathematical Sciences; Schhierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)

    2013-03-15

    The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance in lattice QCD. They relate the observables obtained on the lattice to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. In this paper we investigate a method to suppress these artifacts by subtracting one-loop contributions to renormalization factors calculated in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of contributions proportional to the square of the lattice spacing.

  5. Perturbatively improving RI-MOM renormalization constants

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Constantinou, M.; Costa, M.; Panagopoulos, H. [Cyprus Univ. (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Dept. of Mathematical Sciences; Schhierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)

    2013-03-15

    The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance in lattice QCD. They relate the observables obtained on the lattice to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. In this paper we investigate a method to suppress these artifacts by subtracting one-loop contributions to renormalization factors calculated in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of contributions proportional to the square of the lattice spacing.

  6. An integral-factorized implementation of the driven similarity renormalization group second-order multireference perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Hannon, Kevin P; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2016-01-01

    We report an efficient implementation of a second-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT2) [C. Li and F. A. Evangelista, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 11, 2097 (2015)]. Our implementation employs factorized two-electron integrals to avoid storage of large four-index intermediates. It also exploits the block structure of the reference density matrices to reduce the computational cost to that of second-order M{\\o}ller$-$Plesset perturbation theory. Our new DSRG-MRPT2 implementation is benchmarked on ten naphthyne isomers using basis sets up to quintuple-$\\zeta$ quality. We find that the singlet-triplet splittings ($\\Delta_\\text{ST}$) of the naphthyne isomers strongly depend on the equilibrium structures. For a consistent set of geometries, the $\\Delta_\\text{ST}$ values predicted by the DSRG-MRPT2 are in good agreements with those computed by the reduced multireference coupled cluster theory with singles, doubles, and perturbative triples.

  7. Perturbative and nonperturbative renormalization in lattice QCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Goeckeler, M. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, R. [University of Edinburgh (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Perlt, H. [Leipzig Univ. (DE). Institut fuer Theoretische Physik] (and others)

    2010-03-15

    We investigate the perturbative and nonperturbative renormalization of composite operators in lattice QCD restricting ourselves to operators that are bilinear in the quark fields (quark-antiquark operators). These include operators which are relevant to the calculation of moments of hadronic structure functions. The nonperturbative computations are based on Monte Carlo simulations with two flavors of clover fermions and utilize the Rome-Southampton method also known as the RI-MOM scheme. We compare the results of this approach with various estimates from lattice perturbation theory, in particular with recent two-loop calculations. (orig.)

  8. Systematization of basic divergent integrals in perturbation theory and renormalization group functions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brito, L.C.T. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: lctbrito@fisica.ufmg.br; Fargnoli, H.G. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: helvecio@fisica.ufmg.br; Baeta Scarpelli, A.P. [Centro Federal de Educacao Tecnologica, MG, Avenida Amazonas, 7675, 30510-000 Nova Gameleira, Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: scarp@fisica.ufmg.br; Sampaio, Marcos [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: msampaio@fisica.ufmg.br; Nemes, M.C. [Federal University of Minas Gerais, Physics Department, ICEx, PO Box 702, 30.161-970 Belo Horizonte, MG (Brazil)], E-mail: carolina@fisica.ufmg.br

    2009-03-23

    We show that to n loop order the divergent content of a Feynman amplitude is spanned by a set of basic (logarithmically divergent) integrals I{sub log}{sup (i)}({lambda}{sup 2}), i=1,2,...,n, {lambda} being the renormalization group scale, which need not be evaluated. Only the coefficients of the basic divergent integrals are show to determine renormalization group functions. Relations between these coefficients of different loop orders are derived.

  9. Non-perturbative renormalization of the chromo-magnetic operator in Heavy Quark Effective Theory and the B* - B mass splitting

    CERN Document Server

    Guazzini, Damiano; Meyer, Harvey B

    2007-01-01

    We carry out the non-perturbative renormalization of the chromo-magnetic operator in Heavy Quark Effective Theory. At order 1/m of the expansion, the operator is responsible for the mass splitting between the pseudoscalar and vector B mesons. We obtain its two-loop anomalous dimension in a Schr"odinger functional scheme by successive one-loop conversions to the lattice MS scheme and the MS-bar scheme. We then compute the scale evolution of the operator non-perturbatively in the N_f=0 theory between $\\mu \\approx 0.3$ GeV and $\\mu \\approx 100$ GeV, where contact is made with perturbation theory. The overall renormalization factor that converts the bare lattice operator to its renormalization group invariant form is given for the Wilson gauge action and two standard discretizations of the heavy-quark action. As an application, we find that this factor brings the previous quenched predictions of the B* - B mass splitting closer to the experimental value than found with a perturbative renormalization. The same ren...

  10. Multistate complete-active-space second-order perturbation theory based on density matrix renormalization group reference state.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yanai, Takeshi; Saitow, Masaaki; Xiong, Xiao-Gen; Chalupský, Jakub; Kurashige, Yuki; Guo, Sheng; Sharma, Sandeep

    2017-09-07

    We present the development of the multistate multireference second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) with multi-root references, which are described using the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method to handle a large active space. The multistate first-order wave functions are expanded into the internally contracted (IC) basis of the single-state single-reference (SS-SR) scheme, which is shown to be the most feasible variant to use DMRG references. The feasibility of the SS-SR scheme comes from two factors: first, it formally does not require the fourth-order transition reduced density matrix (TRDM); and second, the computational complexity scales linearly with the number of the reference states. The extended multistate (XMS) treatment is further incorporated, giving suited treatment of the zeroth-order Hamiltonian despite the fact that the SS-SR based IC basis is not invariant with respect the XMS rotation. In addition, the state-specific fourth-order reduced density matrix (RDM) is eliminated in an approximate fashion using the cumulant reconstruction formula, as also done in the previous state-specific DMRG-cu(4)-CASPT2 approach. The resultant method, referred to as DMRG-cu(4)-XMS-CASPT2, uses the RDMs and TRDMs of up to third-order provided by the DMRG calculation. The multistate potential energy curves of the photoisomerization of diarylethene derivatives with CAS(26e,24o) are presented to illustrate the applicability of our theoretical approach.

  11. Perturbative Yukawa theory at finite density: the role of masses and renormalization group flow at two loops

    CERN Document Server

    Palhares, Letícia F

    2008-01-01

    Yukawa theory at vanishing temperature provides (one of the ingredients for) an effective description of the thermodynamics of a variety of cold and dense fermionic systems. We study the role of masses and the renormalization group flow in the calculation of the equation of state up to two loops within the MSbar scheme. Two-loop integrals are computed analytically for arbitrary fermion and scalar masses, and expressed in terms of well-known special functions. The dependence of the renormalization group flow on the number of fermion flavors is also discussed.

  12. Perturbative renormalization and infrared finiteness in the Wilson renormalization group the massless scalar case

    CERN Document Server

    Bonini, M; Marchesini, G

    1993-01-01

    A new proof of perturbative renormalizability and infrared finiteness for a scalar massless theory is obtained from a formulation of renormalized field theory based on the Wilson renormalization group. The loop expansion of the renormalized Green functions is deduced from the Polchinski equation of renormalization group. The resulting Feynman graphs are organized in such a way that the loop momenta are ordered. It is then possible to analyse their ultraviolet and infrared behaviours by iterative methods. The necessary subtractions and the corresponding counterterms are automatically generated in the process of fixing the physical conditions for the ``relevant'' vertices at the normalization point. The proof of perturbative renormalizability and infrared finiteness is simply based on dimensional arguments and does not require the usual analysis of topological properties of Feynman graphs.

  13. Perturbative renormalization and infrared finiteness in the Wilson renormalization group: the massless scalar case

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bonini, M.; D'Attanasio, M.; Marchesini, G.

    1993-11-01

    A new proof of perturbative renormalizability and infrared finiteness for a scalar massless theory is obtained from a formulation of renormalized field theory based on the Wilson renormalization group. The loop expansion of the renormalized Green functions is deduced from the Polchinski equation of renormalization group. The resulting Feynman graphs are organized in such a way that the loop momenta are ordered. It is then possible to analyse their ultraviolet and infrared behaviours by iterative methods. The necessary subtractions and the corresponding counterterms are automatically generated in the process of fixing the physical conditions for the "relevant" vertices at the normalization point. The proof of perturbative renormalizability and infrared finiteness is simply based on dimensional arguments and does not require the usual analysis of topological properties of Feynman graphs.

  14. Algebraic renormalization perturbative twisted considerations on topological Yang-Mills theory and on N=2 supersymmetric gauge theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fucito, F.; Tanzini, A. [Rome Univ. 2 (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; Vilar, L.C.Q.; Ventura, O.S.; Sasaki, C.A.G. [Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Fisicas (CBPF), Rio de Janeiro, RJ (Brazil); Sorella, S.P. [Universidade do Estado (UERJ), Rio de Janeiro, RJ (Brazil). Inst. de Fisica

    1997-07-01

    The aim of these notes is to provide a simple and pedagogical (as much as possible) introduction to what is nowadays commonly called Algebraic Renormalization. As the same itself let it understand, the Algebraic Renormalization gives a systematic set up in order to analyse the quantum extension of a given set of classical symmetries. The framework is purely algebraic, yielding a complete characterization of all possible anomalies and invariant counterterms without making use of any explicit computation of the Feynman diagrams. This goal is achieved by collecting, with the introduction of suitable ghost fields, all the symmetries into a unique operation summarized by a generalized Slavnov-Taylor (or master equation) identity which is the starting point for the quantum analysis. The Slavnov-Taylor identity allows to define a nilpotent operator whose cohomology classes in the space of the integrated local polynomials in the fields and their derivatives with dimensions bounded by power counting give all nontrivial anomalies and counterterms. I other words, the proof of the renormalizability is reduced to the computation of some cohomology classes. (author) 28 refs., 2 figs.

  15. N-electron valence state perturbation theory based on a density matrix renormalization group reference function, with applications to the chromium dimer and poly-p-phenylene vinylene

    CERN Document Server

    Guo, Sheng; Hu, Weifeng; Sun, Qiming; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2015-01-01

    The strongly-contracted variant of second order N -electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) is an efficient perturbative method to treat dynamic correlation without the problems of intruder states or level shifts, while the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) provides the capability to tackle static correlation in large active spaces. We present a combination of the DMRG and strongly-contracted NEVPT2 (DMRG-SC-NEVPT2) that uses an efficient algorithm to compute high order reduced density matrices from DMRG wave functions. The capabilities of DMRG-SC-NEVPT2 are demonstrated on calculations of the chromium dimer potential energy curve at the basis set limit, and the excitation energies of poly-p-phenylene vinylene(PPV).

  16. Differential renormalization of gauge theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aguila, F. del; Perez-Victoria, M. [Dept. de Fisica Teorica y del Cosmos, Universidad de Granada, Granada (Spain)

    1998-10-01

    The scope of constrained differential renormalization is to provide renormalized expressions for Feynman graphs, preserving at the same time the Ward identities of the theory. It has been shown recently that this can be done consistently at least to one loop for Abelian and non-Abelian gauge theories. We briefly review these results, evaluate as an example the gluon self energy in both coordinate and momentum space, and comment on anomalies. (author) 9 refs, 1 fig., 1 tab

  17. Renormalization of supersymmetric theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pierce, D.M.

    1998-06-01

    The author reviews the renormalization of the electroweak sector of the standard model. The derivation also applies to the minimal supersymmetric standard model. He discusses regularization, and the relation between the threshold corrections and the renormalization group equations. He considers the corrections to many precision observables, including M{sub W} and sin{sup 2}{theta}{sup eff}. He shows that global fits to the data exclude regions of supersymmetric model parameter space and lead to lower bounds on superpartner masses.

  18. Quenched chiral perturbation theory to one loop

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Colangelo, Gilberto; Pallante, Elisabetta

    1998-01-01

    We calculate the divergences of the generating functional of quenched chiral perturbation theory at one loop, and renormalize the theory by an appropriate definition of the counterterms. We show that the quenched chiral logarithms can be accounted for by defining a renormalized B0 parameter which, a

  19. Non-perturbative renormalization in kaon decays

    CERN Document Server

    Donini, Andrea; Martinelli, G; Rossi, G C; Talevi, M; Testa, M; Vladikas, A

    1996-01-01

    We discuss the application of the MPSTV non-perturbative method \\cite{NPM} to the operators relevant to kaon decays. This enables us to reappraise the long-standing question of the $\\Delta I=1/2$ rule, which involves power-divergent subtractions that cannot be evaluated in perturbation theory. We also study the mixing with dimension-six operators and discuss its implications to the chiral behaviour of the $B_K$ parameter.

  20. Theory of temperature dependent phonon-renormalized properties

    OpenAIRE

    Monserrat, Bartomeu; Conduit, G. J.; Needs, R. J.

    2013-01-01

    We present a general harmonic theory for the temperature dependence of phonon-renormalized properties of solids. Firstly, we formulate a perturbation theory in phonon-phonon interactions to calculate the phonon renormalization of physical quantities. Secondly, we propose two new schemes for extrapolating phonon zero-point corrections from temperature dependent data that improve the accuracy by an order of magnitude compared to previous approaches. Finally, we consider the low-temperature limi...

  1. The local renormalization of super-Yang-Mills theories

    CERN Document Server

    Gillioz, Marc

    2016-01-01

    We show how to consistently renormalize $\\mathcal{N} = 1$ and $\\mathcal{N} = 2$ super-Yang-Mills theories in flat space with a local (i.e. space-time-dependent) renormalization scale in a holomorphic scheme. The action gets enhanced by a term proportional to derivatives of the holomorphic coupling. In the $\\mathcal{N} = 2$ case, this new action is exact at all orders in perturbation theory.

  2. Enhancement of field renormalization in scalar theories via functional renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Zappalà, Dario

    2012-01-01

    The flow equations of the Functional Renormalization Group are applied to the O(N)-symmetric scalar theory, for N=1 and N=4, to determine the effective potential and the renormalization function of the field in the broken phase. The flow equations of these quantities are derived from a reduction of the full flow of the effective action onto a set of equations for the n-point vertices of the theory. In our numerical analysis, the infrared limit, corresponding to the vanishing of the running momentum scale in the equations, is approached to obtain the physical values of the parameters by extrapolation. In the N=4 theory a non-perturbatively large value of the physical renormalization of the longitudinal component of the field is observed. The dependence of the field renormalization on the UV cut-off and on the bare coupling is also investigated.

  3. Non-perturbative renormalization of static-light four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Palombi, F. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany); Papinutto, M.; Pena, C. [CERN, Geneva (Switzerland). Physics Dept., Theory Div.; Wittig, H. [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik

    2007-06-15

    We perform a non-perturbative study of the scale-dependent renormalization factors of a multiplicatively renormalizable basis of {delta}B=2 parity-odd four-fermion operators in quenched lattice QCD. Heavy quarks are treated in the static approximation with various lattice discretizations of the static action. Light quarks are described by nonperturbatively O(a) improved Wilson-type fermions. The renormalization group running is computed for a family of Schroedinger functional (SF) schemes through finite volume techniques in the continuum limit. We compute non-perturbatively the relation between the renormalization group invariant operators and their counterparts renormalized in the SF at a low energy scale. Furthermore, we provide non-perturbative estimates for the matching between the lattice regularized theory and all the SF schemes considered. (orig.)

  4. Renormalization-group flows and fixed points in Yukawa theories

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Mølgaard, Esben; Shrock, R.

    2014-01-01

    We study renormalization-group flows in Yukawa theories with massless fermions, including determination of fixed points and curves that separate regions of different flow behavior. We assess the reliability of perturbative calculations for various values of Yukawa coupling y and quartic scalar....... In the regime of weak couplings where the perturbative calculations are most reliable, we find that the theories have no nontrivial fixed points, and the flow is toward a free theory in the infrared....

  5. Exact renormalization group and Sine Gordon theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Oak, Prafulla; Sathiapalan, B.

    2017-07-01

    The exact renormalization group is used to study the RG flow of quantities in field theories. The basic idea is to write an evolution operator for the flow and evaluate it in perturbation theory. This is easier than directly solving the differential equation. This is illustrated by reproducing known results in four dimensional ϕ 4 field theory and the two dimensional Sine-Gordon theory. It is shown that the calculation of beta function is somewhat simplified. The technique is also used to calculate the c-function in two dimensional Sine-Gordon theory. This agrees with other prescriptions for calculating c-functions in the literature. If one extrapolates the connection between central charge of a CFT and entanglement entropy in two dimensions, to the c-function of the perturbed CFT, then one gets a value for the entanglement entropy in Sine-Gordon theory that is in exact agreement with earlier calculations (including one using holography) in arXiv:1610.04233.

  6. Perturbative n-Loop Renormalization by an Implicit Regularization Technique

    CERN Document Server

    Gobira, S R

    2001-01-01

    We construct a regularization independent procedure for implementing perturbative renormalization. An algebraic identity at the level of the internal lines of the diagrams is used which allows for the identification of counterterms in a purely algebraic way. Order by order in a perturbative expansion we automatically obtain in the process, finite contributions, local and nonlocal divergences. The notorious complications of overlapping divergences never enter and the corresponding counterterms arise automatically on the same footing as any other counterterm. The result of the present mathematical procedure is a considerable algebraic simplification which clarifies the connection between renormalization and counterterms in the Lagrangian.

  7. Calculating the Finite-Tempuerature Effective Potential with the theory Renormalized at Zero-Temperature

    OpenAIRE

    1999-01-01

    In this paper we apply the renormalization-group (RG) inspired resummation method to the one-loop effective potential at finite temperature evaluated in the massive scalar 04 model renormalized at zero-temperature, and study whether ourresummation procedure a la RG uccessfully resum the dominant correction terms apperaed in the perturbative caluculation in the T = 0 renormalization scheme or not.Our findings are i) that if we start from the theory renormalized at T = 0, then the condition tha...

  8. MPTbreeze: A fast renormalized perturbative scheme

    CERN Document Server

    Crocce, Martin; Bernardeau, Francis

    2012-01-01

    We put forward and test a simple description of multi-point propagators (MP), which serve as building-blocks to calculate the nonlinear matter power spectrum. On large scales these propagators reduce to the well-known kernels in standard perturbation theory, while at smaller scales they are suppresed due to nonlinear couplings. Through extensive testing with numerical simulations we find that this decay is characterized by the same damping scale for both two and three-point propagators. In turn this transition can be well modeled with resummation results that exponentiate one-loop computations. For the first time, we measure the four components of the non-linear (two-point) propagator using dedicated simulations started from two independent random Gaussian fields for positions and velocities, verifying in detail the fundamentals of propagator resummation. We use these results to develop an implementation of the MP-expansion for the nonlinear power spectrum that only requires seconds to evaluate at BAO scales....

  9. On counterterms in cosmological perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Goswami, Gaurav

    2014-01-01

    Cosmological perturbation theory is the theory of fluctuations (scalar as well as tensor) around the inflationary cosmological background solution. It is important to understand the details of the process of renormalization in this theory. In more familiar applications of quantum field theory, the dependence on the external momenta of the dimensionally regulated expression of the one-loop contribution to a correlator determines the number of counter terms (and their forms) required to renormalize it. In this work, it is pointed out that in cosmological perturbation theory, though this still happens, it happens in a completely different way such that in the late time limit, the information about the number and forms of counter terms required gets erased. This is to be compared with what happens in spontaneous symmetry breaking where the use of fluctuation fields around a chosen vacuum seems to suggest that more counter terms shall be needed to renormalize the theory than are actually required. We also comment ...

  10. Constraining differential renormalization in abelian gauge theories

    CERN Document Server

    del Águila, F; Tapia, R M; Pérez-Victoria, M

    1998-01-01

    We present a procedure of differential renormalization at the one loop level which avoids introducing unnecessary renormalization constants and automatically preserves abelian gauge invariance. The amplitudes are expressed in terms of a basis of singular functions. The local terms appearing in the renormalization of these functions are determined by requiring consistency with the propagator equation. Previous results in abelian theories, with and without supersymmetry, are discussed in this context.

  11. Power Counting and Wilsonian Renormalization in Nuclear Effective Field Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Valderrama, Manuel Pavon

    2016-01-01

    Effective field theories are the most general tool for the description of low energy phenomena. They are universal and systematic: they can be formulated for any low energy systems we can think of and offer a clear guide on how to calculate predictions with reliable error estimates, a feature that is called power counting. These properties can be easily understood in Wilsonian renormalization, in which effective field theories are the low energy renormalization group evolution of a more fundamental ---perhaps unknown or unsolvable--- high energy theory. In nuclear physics they provide the possibility of a theoretically sound derivation of nuclear forces without having to solve quantum chromodynamics explicitly. However there is the problem of how to organize calculations within nuclear effective field theory: the traditional knowledge about power counting is perturbative but nuclear physics is not. Yet power counting can be derived in Wilsonian renormalization and there is already a fairly good understanding ...

  12. Mass Renormalization in String Theory: General States

    CERN Document Server

    Pius, Roji; Sen, Ashoke

    2014-01-01

    In a previous paper we described a procedure for computing the renormalized masses and S-matrix elements in bosonic string theory for a special class of massive states which do not mix with unphysical states under renormalization. In this paper we extend this result to general states in bosonic string theory, and argue that only the squares of renormalized physical masses appear as the locations of the poles of the S-matrix of other physical states. We also discuss generalizations to Neveu-Schwarz sector states in heterotic and superstring theories.

  13. Non-perturbative renormalization of three-quark operators

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Goeckeler, Meinulf [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Horsley, Roger [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Kaltenbrunner, Thomas [Regensburg Univ. (DE). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik] (and others)

    2008-10-15

    High luminosity accelerators have greatly increased the interest in semi-exclusive and exclusive reactions involving nucleons. The relevant theoretical information is contained in the nucleon wavefunction and can be parametrized by moments of the nucleon distribution amplitudes, which in turn are linked to matrix elements of local three-quark operators. These can be calculated from first principles in lattice QCD. Defining an RI-MOM renormalization scheme, we renormalize three-quark operators corresponding to low moments non-perturbatively and take special care of the operator mixing. After performing a scheme matching and a conversion of the renormalization scale we quote our final results in the MS scheme at {mu}=2 GeV. (orig.)

  14. N-Electron Valence State Perturbation Theory Based on a Density Matrix Renormalization Group Reference Function, with Applications to the Chromium Dimer and a Trimer Model of Poly(p-Phenylenevinylene).

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guo, Sheng; Watson, Mark A; Hu, Weifeng; Sun, Qiming; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2016-04-12

    The strongly contracted variant of second-order N-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) is an efficient perturbative method to treat dynamic correlation without the problems of intruder states or level shifts, while the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) provides the capability to address static correlation in large active spaces. We present a combination of the DMRG and strongly contracted NEVPT2 (DMRG-SC-NEVPT2) that uses an efficient algorithm to compute high-order reduced-density matrices from DMRG wave functions. The capabilities of DMRG-SC-NEVPT2 are demonstrated on calculations of the chromium dimer potential energy curve at the basis set limit, and the excitation energies of a trimer model of poly(p-phenylenevinylene) (PPV(n = 3)).

  15. On the perturbative renormalization of four-quark operators for new physics

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Papinutto, M. [Roma Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; INFN, Sezione di Roma (Italy); Pena, C. [Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Dept. de Fisica Teorica; Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Fisica Teorica UAM-CSIC; Preti, D. [Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Fisica Teorica UAM-CSIC

    2017-06-15

    We discuss the renormalization properties of the full set of ΔF = 2 operators involved in BSM processes, including the definition of RGI versions of operators that exhibit mixing under RG transformations. As a first step for a fully non-perturbative determination of the scale-dependent renormalization factors and their runnings, we introduce a family of appropriate Schroedinger Functional schemes, and study them in perturbation theory. This allows, in particular, to determine the NLO anomalous dimensions of all ΔF = 1,2 operators in these schemes. Finally, we discuss the systematic uncertainties related to the use of NLO perturbation theory for the RG running of four-quark operators to scales in the GeV range, in both our SF schemes and standard MS and RI-MOM schemes. Large truncation effects are found for some of the operators considered. (orig.)

  16. Automated Lattice Perturbation Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Monahan, Christopher

    2014-11-01

    I review recent developments in automated lattice perturbation theory. Starting with an overview of lattice perturbation theory, I focus on the three automation packages currently "on the market": HiPPy/HPsrc, Pastor and PhySyCAl. I highlight some recent applications of these methods, particularly in B physics. In the final section I briefly discuss the related, but distinct, approach of numerical stochastic perturbation theory.

  17. Perturbation Theory of the Cosmological Log-Density Field

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wang, Xin; Neyrinck, Mark; Szapudi, István

    2011-01-01

    , motivating an analytic study of it. In this paper, we develop cosmological perturbation theory for the power spectrum of this field. Our formalism is developed in the context of renormalized perturbation theory, which helps to regulate the convergence behavior of the perturbation series, and of the Taylor...

  18. Quenched Chiral Perturbation Theory to one loop

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Colangelo, G.; Pallante, E.

    1998-01-01

    The divergences of the generating functional of quenched Chiral Perturbation theory (qCHPT) to one loop are computed in closed form. We show how the quenched chiral logarithms can be reabsorbed in the renormalization of the B0 parameter of the leading order Lagrangian. Finally, we do the chiral powe

  19. Renormalization group flows for the second Z{sub 5} parafermionic field theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dotsenko, Vladimir S. [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique et Hautes Energies, Unite Mixte de Recherche UMR 7589. Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris VI (France) and CNRS, Universite Denis Diderot, Paris VII, Boite 126, Tour 25, 5eme etage, 4 place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)]. E-mail: dotsenko@lpthe.jussieu.fr; Estienne, Benoit [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique et Hautes Energies, Unite Mixte de Recherche UMR 7589. Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris VI (France) and CNRS, Universite Denis Diderot, Paris VII, Boite 126, Tour 25, 5eme etage, 4 place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)]. E-mail: estienne@lpthe.jussieu.fr

    2006-12-28

    Using the renormalization group approach, the Coulomb gas and the coset techniques, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations is studied for the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry Z{sub 5}. New fixed points are found and classified.

  20. Generalized Supersymmetric Perturbation Theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    B. G(o)n(ǖ)l

    2004-01-01

    @@ Using the basic ingredient of supersymmetry, a simple alternative approach is developed to perturbation theory in one-dimensional non-relativistic quantum mechanics. The formulae for the energy shifts and wavefunctions do not involve tedious calculations which appear in the available perturbation theories. The model applicable in the same form to both the ground state and excited bound states, unlike the recently introduced supersymmetric perturbation technique which, together with other approaches based on logarithmic perturbation theory, are involved within the more general framework of the present formalism.

  1. Perturbative Topological Field Theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dijkgraaf, Robbert

    We give a review of the application of perturbative techniques to topological quantum field theories, in particular three-dimensional Chern-Simons-Witten theory and its various generalizations. To this end we give an introduction to graph homology and homotopy algebras and the work of Vassiliev and Kontsevich on perturbative knot invariants.

  2. Non-perturbative renormalization of the static axial current in two-flavour QCD

    CERN Document Server

    Della Morte, M; Heitger, J; Fritzsch, Patrick; Heitger, Jochen; Morte, Michele Della

    2007-01-01

    We perform the non-perturbative renormalization of matrix elements of the static-light axial current by a computation of its scale dependence in lattice QCD with two flavours of massless O(a) improved Wilson quarks. The regularization independent factor that relates any running renormalized matrix element of the axial current in the static effective theory to the renormalization group invariant one is evaluated in the Schroedinger functional scheme, where in this case we find a significant deviation of the non-perturbative running from the perturbative prediction. An important technical ingredient to improve the precision of the results consists in the use of modified discretizations of the static quark action introduced earlier by our collaboration. As an illustration how to apply the renormalization of the static axial current presented here, we connect the bare matrix element of the current to the B_s-meson decay constant in the static approximation for one value of the lattice spacing, a ~ 0.08 fm, employ...

  3. One Loop Mass Renormalization of Unstable Particles in Superstring Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sen, Ashoke

    2016-01-01

    Most of the massive states in superstring theory are expected to undergo mass renormalization at one loop order. Typically these corrections should contain imaginary parts, indicating that the states are unstable against decay into lighter particles. However in such cases, direct computation of the renormalized mass using superstring perturbation theory yields divergent result. Previous approaches to this problem involve various analytic continuation techniques, or deforming the integral over the moduli space of the torus with two punctures into the complexified moduli space near the boundary. In this paper we use insights from string field theory to describe a different approach that gives manifestly finite result for the mass shift satisfying unitarity relations. The procedure is applicable to all states of (compactified) type II and heterotic string theories. We illustrate this by computing the one loop correction to the mass of the first massive state on the leading Regge trajectory in SO(32) heterotic st...

  4. Singlet vs Nonsinglet Perturbative Renormalization of Fermion Bilinears

    CERN Document Server

    Constantinou, M; Panagopoulos, H; Spanoudes, G

    2016-01-01

    In this paper we present the perturbative evaluation of the difference between the renormalization functions of flavor singlet and nonsinglet bilinear quark operators on the lattice. The computation is performed to two loops and to lowest order in the lattice spacing, for a class of improved lattice actions, including Wilson, tree-level (TL) Symanzik and Iwasaki gluons, twisted mass and SLiNC Wilson fermions, as well as staggered fermions with twice stout-smeared links. In the staggered formalism, the stout smearing procedure is also applied to the definition of bilinear operators.

  5. Power counting and Wilsonian renormalization in nuclear effective field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Valderrama, Manuel Pavón

    2016-05-01

    Effective field theories are the most general tool for the description of low energy phenomena. They are universal and systematic: they can be formulated for any low energy systems we can think of and offer a clear guide on how to calculate predictions with reliable error estimates, a feature that is called power counting. These properties can be easily understood in Wilsonian renormalization, in which effective field theories are the low energy renormalization group evolution of a more fundamental — perhaps unknown or unsolvable — high energy theory. In nuclear physics they provide the possibility of a theoretically sound derivation of nuclear forces without having to solve quantum chromodynamics explicitly. However there is the problem of how to organize calculations within nuclear effective field theory: the traditional knowledge about power counting is perturbative but nuclear physics is not. Yet power counting can be derived in Wilsonian renormalization and there is already a fairly good understanding of how to apply these ideas to non-perturbative phenomena and in particular to nuclear physics. Here we review a few of these ideas, explain power counting in two-nucleon scattering and reactions with external probes and hint at how to extend the present analysis beyond the two-body problem.

  6. Density matrix perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Niklasson, Anders M N; Challacombe, Matt

    2004-05-14

    An orbital-free quantum perturbation theory is proposed. It gives the response of the density matrix upon variation of the Hamiltonian by quadratically convergent recursions based on perturbed projections. The technique allows treatment of embedded quantum subsystems with a computational cost scaling linearly with the size of the perturbed region, O(N(pert.)), and as O(1) with the total system size. The method allows efficient high order perturbation expansions, as demonstrated with an example involving a 10th order expansion. Density matrix analogs of Wigner's 2n+1 rule are also presented.

  7. Perturbative entanglement thermodynamics for AdS spacetime: Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Mishra, Rohit

    2015-01-01

    We study the effect of charged excitations in the AdS spacetime on the first law of entanglement thermodynamics. It is found that `boosted' AdS black holes give rise to a more general form of first law which includes chemical potential and charge density. To obtain this result we have to resort to a second order perturbative calculation of entanglement entropy for small size subsystems. At first order the form of entanglement law remains unchanged even in the presence of charged excitations. But the thermodynamic quantities have to be appropriately `renormalized' at the second order due to the corrections. We work in the perturbative regime where $T_{thermal}\\ll T_E$.

  8. Instantaneous stochastic perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Lüscher, Martin

    2015-01-01

    A form of stochastic perturbation theory is described, where the representative stochastic fields are generated instantaneously rather than through a Markov process. The correctness of the procedure is established to all orders of the expansion and for a wide class of field theories that includes all common formulations of lattice QCD.

  9. Perturbation theory in light-cone quantization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Langnau, A.

    1992-01-01

    A thorough investigation of light-cone properties which are characteristic for higher dimensions is very important. The easiest way of addressing these issues is by analyzing the perturbative structure of light-cone field theories first. Perturbative studies cannot be substituted for an analysis of problems related to a nonperturbative approach. However, in order to lay down groundwork for upcoming nonperturbative studies, it is indispensable to validate the renormalization methods at the perturbative level, i.e., to gain control over the perturbative treatment first. A clear understanding of divergences in perturbation theory, as well as their numerical treatment, is a necessary first step towards formulating such a program. The first objective of this dissertation is to clarify this issue, at least in second and fourth-order in perturbation theory. The work in this dissertation can provide guidance for the choice of counterterms in Discrete Light-Cone Quantization or the Tamm-Dancoff approach. A second objective of this work is the study of light-cone perturbation theory as a competitive tool for conducting perturbative Feynman diagram calculations. Feynman perturbation theory has become the most practical tool for computing cross sections in high energy physics and other physical properties of field theory. Although this standard covariant method has been applied to a great range of problems, computations beyond one-loop corrections are very difficult. Because of the algebraic complexity of the Feynman calculations in higher-order perturbation theory, it is desirable to automatize Feynman diagram calculations so that algebraic manipulation programs can carry out almost the entire calculation. This thesis presents a step in this direction. The technique we are elaborating on here is known as light-cone perturbation theory.

  10. Large Spin Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Alday, Luis F

    2016-01-01

    We consider conformal field theories around points of large twist degeneracy. Examples of this are theories with weakly broken higher spin symmetry and perturbations around generalised free fields. At the degenerate point we introduce twist conformal blocks. These are eigenfunctions of certain quartic operators and encode the contribution, to a given four-point correlator, of the whole tower of intermediate operators with a given twist. As we perturb around the degenerate point, the twist degeneracy is lifted. In many situations this breaking is controlled by inverse powers of the spin. In such cases the twist conformal blocks can be decomposed into a sequence of functions which we systematically construct. Decomposing the four-point correlator in this basis turns crossing symmetry into an algebraic problem. Our method can be applied to a wide spectrum of conformal field theories in any number of dimensions and at any order in the breaking parameter. As an example, we compute the spectrum of various theories ...

  11. Perturbative String Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Ooguri, H; Ooguri, Hirosi; Yin, Zheng

    1996-01-01

    These lecture notes are based on a course on string theories given by Hirosi Ooguri in the first week of TASI 96 Summer School at Boulder, Colorado. It is an introductory course designed to provide students with minimum knowledge before they attend more advanced courses on non-perturbative aspects of string theories in the School. The course consists of five lectures: 1. Bosonic String, 2. Toroidal Compactifications, 3. Superstrings, 4. Heterotic Strings, and 5. Orbifold Compactifications.

  12. Perturbative subtraction of lattice artifacts in the computation of renormalization constants

    CERN Document Server

    Constantinou, M; Gockeler, M; Horsley, R; Panagopoulos, H; Perlt, H; Rakow, P E L; Schierholz, G; Schiller, A

    2012-01-01

    The determination of renormalization factors is of crucial importance. They relate the observables obtained on finite, discrete lattices to their measured counterparts in the continuum in a suitable renormalization scheme. Therefore, they have to be computed as precisely as possible. A widely used approach is the nonperturbative Rome-Southampton method. It requires, however, a careful treatment of lattice artifacts. They are always present because simulations are done at lattice spacings $a$ and momenta $p$ with $ap$ not necessarily small. In this paper we try to suppress these artifacts by subtraction of one-loop contributions in lattice perturbation theory. We compare results obtained from a complete one-loop subtraction with those calculated for a subtraction of $O(a^2)$.

  13. Renormalization Constants of Quark Operators for the Non-Perturbatively Improved Wilson Action

    CERN Document Server

    Becirevic, D; Lubicz, V; Martinelli, G; Papinutto, Mauro; Reyes, J

    2004-01-01

    We present the results of an extensive lattice calculation of the renormalization constants of bilinear and four-quark operators for the non-perturbatively O(a)-improved Wilson action. The results are obtained in the quenched approximation at four values of the lattice coupling by using the non-perturbative RI/MOM renormalization method. Several sources of systematic uncertainties, including discretization errors and final volume effects, are examined. The contribution of the Goldstone pole, which in some cases may affect the extrapolation of the renormalization constants to the chiral limit, is non-perturbatively subtracted. The scale independent renormalization constants of bilinear quark operators have been also computed by using the lattice chiral Ward identities approach and compared with those obtained with the RI-MOM method. For those renormalization constants the non-perturbative estimates of which have been already presented in the literature we find an agreement which is typically at the level of 1%...

  14. Perturbative renormalization of $\\Delta F = 2$ four-fermion operators with the chirally rotated Schr\\"odinger functional

    CERN Document Server

    Brida, Mattia Dalla; Vilaseca, Pol

    2016-01-01

    The chirally rotated Schr\\"odinger functional ($\\chi$SF) renders the mechanism of automatic $O(a)$ improvement compatible with Schr\\"odinger functional (SF) renormalization schemes. Here we define a family of renormalization schemes based on the $\\chi$SF for a complete basis of $\\Delta F = 2$ parity-odd four-fermion operators. We compute the corresponding scale-dependent renormalization constants to one-loop order in perturbation theory and obtain their NLO anomalous dimensions by matching to the $\\overline{\\textrm{MS}}$ scheme. Due to automatic $O(a)$ improvement, once the $\\chi$SF is renormalized and improved at the boundaries, the step scaling functions (SSF) of these operators approach their continuum limit with $O(a^{2})$ corrections without the need of operator improvement.

  15. B-physics from non-perturbatively renormalized HQET in two-flavour lattice QCD

    CERN Document Server

    Bernardoni, Fabio; Bulava, John; Della Morte, Michele; Fritzsch, Patrick; Garron, Nicolas; Gerardin, Antoine; Heitger, Jochen; von Hippel, Georg M; Simma, Hubert

    2013-01-01

    We report on the ALPHA Collaboration's lattice B-physics programme based on N_f=2 O(a) improved Wilson fermions and HQET, including all NLO effects in the inverse heavy quark mass, as well as non-perturbative renormalization and matching, to fix the parameters of the effective theory. Our simulations in large physical volume cover 3 lattice spacings a ~ (0.08-0.05) fm and pion masses down to 190 MeV to control continuum and chiral extrapolations. We present the status of results for the b-quark mass and the B_(s)-meson decay constants, f_B and f_{B_s}.

  16. Renormalization theory and ultraviolet stability for scalar fields via renormalization group methods

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gallavotti, G.

    1985-04-01

    A self-contained analysis is given of the simplest quantum fields from the renormalization group point of view: multiscale decomposition, general renormalization theory, resummations of renormalized series via equations of the Callan-Symanzik type, asymptotic freedom, and proof of ultraviolet stability for sine-Gordon fields in two dimensions and for other super-renormalizable scalar fields. Renormalization in four dimensions (Hepp's theorem and the De Calan--Rivasseau nexclamation bound) is presented and applications are made to the Coulomb gases in two dimensions and to the convergence of the planar graph expansions in four-dimensional field theories (t' Hooft--Rivasseau theorem).

  17. Degenerate Density Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Palenik, Mark C

    2016-01-01

    Fractional occupation numbers can be used in density functional theory to create a symmetric Kohn-Sham potential, resulting in orbitals with degenerate eigenvalues. We develop the corresponding perturbation theory and apply it to a system of $N_d$ degenerate electrons in a harmonic oscillator potential. The order-by-order expansions of both the fractional occupation numbers and unitary transformations within the degenerate subspace are determined by the requirement that a differentiable map exists connecting the initial and perturbed states. Using the X$\\alpha$ exchange-correlation (XC) functional, we find an analytic solution for the first-order density and first through third-order energies as a function of $\\alpha$, with and without a self-interaction correction. The fact that the XC Hessian is not positive definite plays an important role in the behavior of the occupation numbers.

  18. Degenerate density perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Palenik, Mark C.; Dunlap, Brett I.

    2016-09-01

    Fractional occupation numbers can be used in density functional theory to create a symmetric Kohn-Sham potential, resulting in orbitals with degenerate eigenvalues. We develop the corresponding perturbation theory and apply it to a system of Nd degenerate electrons in a harmonic oscillator potential. The order-by-order expansions of both the fractional occupation numbers and unitary transformations within the degenerate subspace are determined by the requirement that a differentiable map exists connecting the initial and perturbed states. Using the X α exchange-correlation (XC) functional, we find an analytic solution for the first-order density and first- through third-order energies as a function of α , with and without a self-interaction correction. The fact that the XC Hessian is not positive definite plays an important role in the behavior of the occupation numbers.

  19. Renormalization group theory impact on experimental magnetism

    CERN Document Server

    Köbler, Ulrich

    2010-01-01

    Spin wave theory of magnetism and BCS theory of superconductivity are typical theories of the time before renormalization group (RG) theory. The two theories consider atomistic interactions only and ignore the energy degrees of freedom of the continuous (infinite) solid. Since the pioneering work of Kenneth G. Wilson (Nobel Prize of physics in 1982) we know that the continuous solid is characterized by a particular symmetry: invariance with respect to transformations of the length scale. Associated with this symmetry are particular field particles with characteristic excitation spectra. In diamagnetic solids these are the well known Debye bosons. This book reviews experimental work on solid state physics of the last five decades and shows in a phenomenological way that the dynamics of ordered magnets and conventional superconductors is controlled by the field particles of the infinite solid and not by magnons and Cooper pairs, respectively. In the case of ordered magnets the relevant field particles are calle...

  20. Systematic all-orders method to eliminate renormalization-scale and scheme ambiguities in perturbative QCD.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mojaza, Matin; Brodsky, Stanley J; Wu, Xing-Gang

    2013-05-10

    We introduce a generalization of the conventional renormalization schemes used in dimensional regularization, which illuminates the renormalization scheme and scale ambiguities of perturbative QCD predictions, exposes the general pattern of nonconformal {β(i)} terms, and reveals a special degeneracy of the terms in the perturbative coefficients. It allows us to systematically determine the argument of the running coupling order by order in perturbative QCD in a form which can be readily automatized. The new method satisfies all of the principles of the renormalization group and eliminates an unnecessary source of systematic error.

  1. Renormalization of an Abelian Tensor Group Field Theory: Solution at Leading Order

    CERN Document Server

    Lahoche, Vincent; Rivasseau, Vincent

    2015-01-01

    We study a just renormalizable tensorial group field theory of rank six with quartic melonic interactions and Abelian group U(1). We introduce the formalism of the intermediate field, which allows a precise characterization of the leading order Feynman graphs. We define the renormalization of the model, compute its (perturbative) renormalization group flow and write its expansion in terms of effective couplings. We then establish closed equations for the two point and four point functions at leading (melonic) order. Using the effective expansion and its uniform exponential bounds we prove that these equations admit a unique solution at small renormalized coupling.

  2. Construction of Perturbatively Correct Light Front Hamiltonian for (2+1)-Dimensional Gauge Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Malyshev, M Yu; Zubov, R A; Franke, V A

    2016-01-01

    In this paper we consider (2+1)-dimensional SU(N)-symmetric gauge theory within light front perturbation theory, regularized by the method analogous to Pauli-Villars regularization. This enables us to construct correct renormalized light front Hamiltonian.

  3. Applications Of Chiral Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Mohta, V

    2005-01-01

    Effective field theory techniques are used to describe the spectrum and interactions of hadrons. The mathematics of classical field theory and perturbative quantum field theory are reviewed. The physics of effective field theory and, in particular, of chiral perturbation theory and heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory are also reviewed. The geometry underlying heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory is described in detail. Results by Coleman et. al. in the physics literature are stated precisely and proven. A chiral perturbation theory is developed for a multiplet containing the recently- observed exotic baryons. A small coupling expansion is identified that allows the calculation of self-energy corrections to the exotic baryon masses. Opportunities in lattice calculations are discussed. Chiral perturbation theory is used to study the possibility of two multiplets of exotic baryons mixed by quark masses. A new symmetry constraint on reduced partial widths is identified. Predictions in the literature based ...

  4. Mass renormalization and binding energies in quantum field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lv, Q. Z.; Stefanovich, E.; Su, Q.; Grobe, R.

    2017-10-01

    We compare the predictions of two methods of determining the amount of binding energy between two distinguishable fermions that interact with each other through force-intermediating bosons. Both measures try to quantify this binding energy by the downward shift of the fully interacting two-fermion ground state energy relative to the sum of the corresponding two single-particle ground state energies. The first method computes this energy difference directly from the standard quantum field theoretical Hamiltonian. The second method uses the mass renormalized form of this Hamiltonian. In order to have a concrete example for this comparison, we employ a simple Yukawa-like model system in one spatial dimension. We find that both approaches lead to identical predictions in the second and fourth order perturbation of the coupling constant, and they remain remarkably close even in the strong coupling domain where perturbation theory diverges. This illustrates that there are field theoretical systems for which rather accurate binding energies can be obtained even without the mass renormalization procedure.

  5. A non-perturbative real-space renormalization group scheme for the spin-1/2 XXX Heisenberg model

    OpenAIRE

    Degenhard, Andreas

    1999-01-01

    In this article we apply a recently invented analytical real-space renormalization group formulation which is based on numerical concepts of the density matrix renormalization group. Within a rigorous mathematical framework we construct non-perturbative renormalization group transformations for the spin-1/2 XXX Heisenberg model in the finite temperature regime. The developed renormalization group scheme allows for calculating the renormalization group flow behaviour in the temperature depende...

  6. Improving perturbation theory with cactus diagrams

    CERN Document Server

    Constantinou, M; Skouroupathis, A; Constantinou, Martha; Panagopoulos, Haralambos; Skouroupathis, Apostolos

    2006-01-01

    We study a systematic improvement of perturbation theory for gauge fields on the lattice [hep-lat/0606001]; the improvement entails resumming, to all orders in the coupling constant, a dominant subclass of tadpole diagrams. This method, originally proposed for the Wilson gluon action, is extended here to encompass all possible gluon actions made of closed Wilson loops; any fermion action can be employed as well. The effect of resummation is to replace various parameters in the action (coupling constant, Symanzik and clover coefficient) by ``dressed'' values; the latter are solutions to certain coupled integral equations, which are easy to solve numerically. Some positive features of this method are: a) It is gauge invariant, b) it can be systematically applied to improve (to all orders) results obtained at any given order in perturbation theory, c) it does indeed absorb in the dressed parameters the bulk of tadpole contributions. Two different applications are presented: The additive renormalization of fermio...

  7. Renormalization in general theories with inter-generation mixing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kniehl, Bernd A. [Hamburg Univ. (Germany). 2. Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Sirlin, Alberto [New York Univ., NY (United States). Dept. of Physics

    2011-11-15

    We derive general and explicit expressions for the unrenormalized and renormalized dressed propagators of fermions in parity-nonconserving theories with inter-generation mixing. The mass eigenvalues, the corresponding mass counterterms, and the effect of inter-generation mixing on their determination are discussed. Invoking the Aoki-Hioki-Kawabe-Konuma-Muta renormalization conditions and employing a number of very useful relations from Matrix Algebra, we show explicitly that the renormalized dressed propagators satisfy important physical properties. (orig.)

  8. Renormalization group flows for the second $Z_{N}$ parafermionic field theory for N odd

    CERN Document Server

    Dotsenko, V S; Dotsenko, Vladimir S.; Estienne, Benoit

    2007-01-01

    Using the renormalization group approach, the Coulomb gas and the coset techniques, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations is studied for the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry $Z_{N}$, for N odd. New fixed points are found and classified.

  9. Renormalization group flows for the second Z{sub N} parafermionic field theory for N odd

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dotsenko, Vladimir S. [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique et Hautes Energies, Unite Mixte de Recherche UMR 7589, Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris-6 (France) and CNRS, Universite Denis Diderot, Paris-7, Boite 126, Tour 25, 5eme etage, 4 place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)]. E-mail: dotsenko@lpthe.jussieu.fr; Estienne, Benoit [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique et Hautes Energies, Unite Mixte de Recherche UMR 7589, Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris-6 (France) and CNRS, Universite Denis Diderot, Paris-7, Boite 126, Tour 25, 5eme etage, 4 place Jussieu, F-75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)]. E-mail: estienne@lpthe.jussieu.fr

    2007-07-23

    Using the renormalization group approach, the Coulomb gas and the coset techniques, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations is studied for the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry Z{sub N}, for N odd. New fixed points are found and classified.

  10. Applications of Cosmological Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Christopherson, Adam J

    2011-01-01

    Cosmological perturbation theory is crucial for our understanding of the universe. The linear theory has been well understood for some time, however developing and applying the theory beyond linear order is currently at the forefront of research in theoretical cosmology. This thesis studies the applications of perturbation theory to cosmology and, specifically, to the early universe. Starting with some background material introducing the well-tested 'standard model' of cosmology, we move on to develop the formalism for perturbation theory up to second order giving evolution equations for all types of scalar, vector and tensor perturbations, both in gauge dependent and gauge invariant form. We then move on to the main result of the thesis, showing that, at second order in perturbation theory, vorticity is sourced by a coupling term quadratic in energy density and entropy perturbations. This source term implies a qualitative difference to linear order. Thus, while at linear order vorticity decays with the expan...

  11. Numerical stochastic perturbation theory in the Schroedinger functional

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brambilla, Michele; Di Renzo, Francesco; Hesse, Dirk [Parma Univ. (Italy); INFN, Parma (Italy); Dalla Brida, Mattia [Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). School of Mathematics; Sint, Stefan [Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). School of Mathematics; Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC

    2013-11-15

    The Schroedinger functional (SF) is a powerful and widely used tool for the treatment of a variety of problems in renormalization and related areas. Albeit offering many conceptual advantages, one major downside of the SF scheme is the fact that perturbative calculations quickly become cumbersome with the inclusion of higher orders in the gauge coupling and hence the use of an automated perturbation theory framework is desirable. We present the implementation of the SF in numerical stochastic perturbation theory (NSPT) and compare first results for the running coupling at two loops in pure SU(3) Yang-Mills theory with the literature.

  12. Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory in the Schr\\"odinger Functional

    CERN Document Server

    Brambilla, Michele; Di Renzo, Francesco; Hesse, Dirk; Sint, Stefan

    2013-01-01

    The Schr\\"odinger functional (SF) is a powerful and widely used tool for the treatment of a variety of problems in renormalization and related areas. Albeit offering many conceptual advantages, one major downside of the SF scheme is the fact that perturbative calculations quickly become cumbersome with the inclusion of higher orders in the gauge coupling and hence the use of an automated perturbation theory framework is desirable. We present the implementation of the SF in numerical stochastic perturbation theory (NSPT) and compare first results for the running coupling at two loops in pure SU(3) Yang-Mills theory with the literature.

  13. Perturbation theory and nonperturbative effects: A happy marriage ?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chýla, J.

    1992-03-01

    Perturbation expansions in renormalized quantum field theories are reformulated in a way that permits a straightforward handling of situations when in the conventional approach, i.e. in fixed renormalization scheme, these expansions are factorially divergent and even of asymptotically constant sign. The result takes the form of convergent (under certain circumstances) expansions in a set of functions Z k(a, χ) of the couplant and the free parameter χ which specifies the procedure involved. The value of χ is shown to be correlated to the basic properties of nonperturbative effects as embodied in power corrections. Close connection of this procedure to Borel summation technique is demonstrated and its relation to conventional perturbation theory in fixed renormalization schemes elucidated.

  14. Theories of Matter: Infinities and Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Kadanoff, Leo P

    2010-01-01

    This paper looks at the theory underlying the science of materials from the perspectives of physics, the history of science, and the philosophy of science. We are particularly concerned with the development of understanding of the thermodynamic phases of matter. The question is how can matter, ordinary matter, support a diversity of forms. We see this diversity each time we observe ice in contact with liquid water or see water vapor (steam) rise from a pot of heated water. The nature of the phases is brought into the sharpest focus in phase transitions: abrupt changes from one phase to another and hence changes from one behavior to another. This article starts with the development of mean field theory as a basis for a partial understanding of phase transition phenomena. It then goes on to the limitations of mean field theory and the development of very different supplementary understanding through the renormalization group concept. Throughout, the behavior at the phase transition is illuminated by an "extende...

  15. Non-perturbative improvement of quark mass renormalization in two-flavour lattice QCD

    CERN Document Server

    Fritzsch, Patrick; Tantalo, Nazario

    2010-01-01

    We non-perturbatively determine the renormalization constant and the improvement coefficients relating the renormalized current and subtracted quark mass in O(a) improved two-flavour lattice QCD. We employ the Schr\\"odinger functional scheme and fix the physical extent of the box by working at a constant value of the renormalized coupling. Our calculation yields results which cover two regions of bare parameter space. One is the weak-coupling region suitable for volumes of about half a fermi. By making simulations in this region, quarks as heavy as the bottom can be propagated with the full relativistic QCD action and renormalization problems in HQET can be solved non-perturbatively by a matching to QCD in finite volume. The other region refers to the common parameter range in large-volume simulations of two-flavour lattice QCD, where our results have particular relevance for charm physics applications.

  16. Non-perturbative renormalization of the quark condensate in Ginsparg-Wilson regularizations

    CERN Document Server

    Hernández, Pilar; Lellouch, L P; Wittig, H; Hernandez, Pilar; Jansen, Karl; Lellouch, Laurent; Wittig, Hartmut

    2001-01-01

    We present a method to compute non-perturbatively the renormalization constant of the scalar density for Ginsparg-Wilson fermions. It relies on chiral symmetry and is based on a matching of renormalization group invariant masses at fixed pseudoscalar meson mass, making use of results previously obtained by the ALPHA Collaboration for O(a)-improved Wilson fermions. Our approach is quite general and enables the renormalization of scalar and pseudoscalar densities in lattice regularizations that preserve chiral symmetry and of fermion masses in any regularization. As an application we compute the non-perturbative factor which relates the renormalization group invariant quark condensate to its bare counterpart, obtained with overlap fermions at beta=5.85 in the quenched approximation.

  17. A renormalization in group study of supersymmetric field theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Heilmann, Marianne

    2015-05-13

    This thesis analyses scalar supersymmetric field theories within the framework of the functional renormalization group (FRG). Classical physics on microscopic scales is connected to the effective model on macroscopic scales via the scale-dependent effective average action by a reformulation of the path integral. Three supersymmetric theories are explored in detail: supersymmetric quantum mechanics, the three-dimensional Wess-Zumino model and supersymmetric spherical theories in three dimensions. The corresponding renormalization group flow is formulated in a manifestly supersymmetric way. By utilizing an expansion of the effective average action in derivative operators, an adequate and intrinsically non-perturbative truncation scheme is selected. In quantum mechanics, the supersymmetric derivative expansion is shown to converge by increasing the order of truncation. Besides, high-accuracy results for the ground and first excited state energies for quantum systems with conserved as well as spontaneously broken supersymmetry are achieved. Furthermore, the critical behaviour of the three-dimensional Wess-Zumino is investigated. Via spectral methods, a global Wilson-Fisher scaling solution and its corresponding universal exponents are determined. Besides, a superscaling relation of the leading exponents is verified for arbitrary dimensions greater than or equal to two. Lastly, three-dimensional spherical, supersymmetric theories are analysed. Their phase structure is determined in detail for infinite as well as finitely many superfields. The exact one-parameter scaling solution for infinitely many fields is shown to collapse to a single non-trivial Wilson-Fisher fixed-point for finitely many superfields. It is pointed out that the strongly-coupled domains of these theories are plagued by Landau poles and non-analyticities, indicating spontaneous supersymmetry breaking.

  18. On the Renormalization of Heavy Quark Effective Field Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Kilian, W

    1994-01-01

    The construction of heavy quark effective field theory (HqEFT) is extended to arbitrary order in both expansion parameters $\\alpha_s$ and $1/m_q$. Matching conditions are discussed for the general case, and it is verified that this approach correctly reproduces the infrared behaviour of full QCD. Choosing a renormalization scheme in the full theory fixes the renormalization scheme in the effective theory except for the scale of the heavy quark field. Explicit formulae are given for the effective Lagrangian, and one--loop matching renormalization constants are computed for the operators of order $1/m$. Finally, the multiparticle sector of HqEFT is considered.

  19. Perturbation Theory of Embedded Eigenvalues

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Engelmann, Matthias

    We study problems connected to perturbation theory of embedded eigenvalues in two different setups. The first part deals with second order perturbation theory of mass shells in massive translation invariant Nelson type models. To this end an expansion of the eigenvalues w.r.t. fiber parameter up...... project gives a general and systematic approach to analytic perturbation theory of embedded eigenvalues. The spectral deformation technique originally developed in the theory of dilation analytic potentials in the context of Schrödinger operators is systematized by the use of Mourre theory. The group...

  20. Cohomology and Renormalization of BFYM Theory in three Dimensions

    CERN Document Server

    Accardi, A; Martellini, M; Zeni, M; Accardi, Alberto; Belli, Andrea; Martellini, Maurizio; Zeni, Mauro

    1997-01-01

    The first order formalism for 3D Yang-Mills theory is considered and two different formulations are introduced, in which the gauge theory appears to be a deformation of the topological BF theory. We perform the quantization and the algebraic analysis of cohomology and renormalization for both the models, which are found to be anomaly free. We discuss also their stability against radiative corrections, giving the full structure of possible counterterms, requiring an involved matricial renormalization of fields and sources.

  1. Non-Renormalization and Naturalness in a Class of Scalar-Tensor Theories

    CERN Document Server

    de Rham, Claudia; Heisenberg, Lavinia; Pirtskhalava, David

    2012-01-01

    We study the renormalization of some dimension-4, 7 and 10 operators in a class of nonlinear scalar-tensor theories. These theories are invariant under: (a) linear diffeomorphisms which represent an exact symmetry of the full non-linear action, and (b) global field-space Galilean transformations of the scalar field. The Lagrangian contains a set of non-topological interaction terms of the above-mentioned dimensionality, which we show are not renormalized at any order in perturbation theory. We also discuss the renormalization of other operators, that may be generated by loops and/or receive loop-corrections, and identify the regime in which they are sub-leading with respect to the operators that do not get renormalized. Interestingly, such scalar-tensor theories emerge in a certain high-energy limit of the ghost-free theory of massive gravity. One can use the non-renormalization properties of the high-energy limit to estimate the magnitude of quantum corrections in the full theory. We show that the quantum co...

  2. Perturbation Theory for Parent Hamiltonians of Matrix Product States

    Science.gov (United States)

    Szehr, Oleg; Wolf, Michael M.

    2015-05-01

    This article investigates the stability of the ground state subspace of a canonical parent Hamiltonian of a Matrix product state against local perturbations. We prove that the spectral gap of such a Hamiltonian remains stable under weak local perturbations even in the thermodynamic limit, where the entire perturbation might not be bounded. Our discussion is based on preceding work by Yarotsky that develops a perturbation theory for relatively bounded quantum perturbations of classical Hamiltonians. We exploit a renormalization procedure, which on large scale transforms the parent Hamiltonian of a Matrix product state into a classical Hamiltonian plus some perturbation. We can thus extend Yarotsky's results to provide a perturbation theory for parent Hamiltonians of Matrix product states and recover some of the findings of the independent contributions (Cirac et al in Phys Rev B 8(11):115108, 2013) and (Michalakis and Pytel in Comm Math Phys 322(2):277-302, 2013).

  3. Geometric perturbation theory and plasma physics

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Omohundro, S.M.

    1985-04-04

    Modern differential geometric techniques are used to unify the physical asymptotics underlying mechanics, wave theory and statistical mechanics. The approach gives new insights into the structure of physical theories and is suited to the needs of modern large-scale computer simulation and symbol manipulation systems. A coordinate-free formulation of non-singular perturbation theory is given, from which a new Hamiltonian perturbation structure is derived and related to the unperturbed structure. The theory of perturbations in the presence of symmetry is developed, and the method of averaging is related to reduction by a circle group action. The pseudo-forces and magnetic Poisson bracket terms due to reduction are given a natural asymptotic interpretation. Similar terms due to changing reference frames are related to the method of variation of parameters, which is also given a Hamiltonian formulation. These methods are used to answer a question about nearly periodic systems. The answer leads to a new secular perturbation theory that contains no ad hoc elements. Eikonal wave theory is given a Hamiltonian formulation that generalizes Whitham's Lagrangian approach. The evolution of wave action density on ray phase space is given a Hamiltonian structure using a Lie-Poisson bracket. The relationship between dissipative and Hamiltonian systems is discussed. A new type of attractor is defined which attracts both forward and backward in time and is shown to occur in infinite-dimensional Hamiltonian systems with dissipative behavior. The theory of Smale horseshoes is applied to gyromotion in the neighborhood of a magnetic field reversal and the phenomenon of reinsertion in area-preserving horseshoes is introduced. The central limit theorem is proved by renormalization group techniques. A natural symplectic structure for thermodynamics is shown to arise asymptotically from the maximum entropy formalism.

  4. Taming Landau singularities in QCD perturbation theory: The analytic approach

    CERN Document Server

    Stefanis, N G

    2013-01-01

    The aim of this topical article is to outline the fundamental ideas underlying the recently developed Fractional Analytic Perturbation Theory (FAPT) of QCD and present its main calculational tools. For this, it is first necessary to review previous methods to apply QCD perturbation theory at low spacelike momentum scales, where the influence of the Landau singularities becomes inevitable. Several concepts are considered and their limitations are pointed out. The usefulness of FAPT is discussed in terms of two characteristic hadronic quantities: the perturbatively calculable part of the pion's electromagnetic form factor in the spacelike region and the Higgs-boson decay into a b\\bar b pair in the timelike region. In the first case, the focus is on the optimization of the prediction with respect to the choice of the renormalization scheme and the dependence on the renormalization and the factorization scales. The second case serves to show that the application of FAPT to this reaction reaches already at the fou...

  5. Gauge Invariant Cosmological Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Durrer, R

    1993-01-01

    After an introduction to the problem of cosmological structure formation, we develop gauge invariant cosmological perturbation theory. We derive the first order perturbation equations of Einstein's equations and energy momentum ``conservation''. Furthermore, the perturbations of Liouville's equation for collisionless particles and Boltzmann's equation for Compton scattering are worked out. We fully discuss the propagation of photons in a perturbed Friedmann universe, calculating the Sachs--Wolfe effect and light deflection. The perturbation equations are extended to accommodate also perturbations induced by seeds. With these general results we discuss some of the main aspects of the texture model for the formation of large scale structure in the Universe (galaxies, clusters, sheets, voids). In this model, perturbations in the dark matter are induced by texture seeds. The gravitational effects of a spherically symmetric collapsing texture on dark matter, baryonic matter and photons are calculated in first orde...

  6. Enhancement of field renormalization in scalar theories via functional renormalization group

    OpenAIRE

    Zappalà, Dario

    2012-01-01

    The flow equations of the Functional Renormalization Group are applied to the O(N)-symmetric scalar theory, for N=1 and N=4, in four Euclidean dimensions, d=4, to determine the effective potential and the renormalization function of the field in the broken phase. In our numerical analysis, the infrared limit, corresponding to the vanishing of the running momentum scale in the equations, is approached to obtain the physical values of the parameters by extrapolation. In the N=4 theory a non-per...

  7. Non-perturbative renormalization of four-quark operators and B_K with Schroedinger functional scheme in quenched domain-wall QCD

    OpenAIRE

    Nakamura, Yousuke; Taniguchi, Yusuke; Collaboration, for CP-PACS

    2007-01-01

    We present non-perturbative renormalization factors for $\\Delta S=2$ four-quark operators in quenched domain-wall QCD using the Schroedinger functional method. Non-perturbative renormalization factor for $B_K$ is evaluated at hadronic scale. Combined with the non-perturbative RG running obtained by the Alpha collaboration, our result yields renormalization factor which converts lattice bare $B_K$ to the renormalization group invariant one. We apply the renormalization factor to bare $B_K$ pre...

  8. Scaling theory of Anderson localization: A renormalization-group approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sarker, Sanjoy; Domany, Eytan

    1981-06-01

    A position-space renormalization-group method, suitable for studying the localization properties of electrons in a disordered system, was developed. Two different approximations to a well-defined exact procedure were used. The first method is a perturbative treatment to lowest order in the intercell couplings. This yields a localization edge in three dimensions, with a fixed point at the band center (E=0) at a critical disorder σc~=7.0. In the neighborhood of the fixed point the localization length L is predicted to diverge as L~(σ-σc+βE2)-ν. In two dimensions no fixed point is found, indicating localization even for small randomness, in agreement with Abrahams, Anderson, Licciardello, and Ramakrishnan. The second method is an application of the finite-lattice approximation, in which the intercell hopping between two (or more) cells is treated to infinite order in perturbation theory. To our knowledge, this method has not been previously used for quantum systems. Calculations based on this approximation were carried out in two dimensions only, yielding results that are in agreement with those of the lowest-order approximation.

  9. Review of chiral perturbation theory

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    B Ananthanarayan

    2003-11-01

    A review of chiral perturbation theory and recent developments on the comparison of its predictions with experiment is presented. Some interesting topics with scope for further elaboration are touched upon.

  10. Automating Renormalization of Quantum Field Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Kennedy, A D; Rippon, T

    2007-01-01

    We give an overview of state-of-the-art multi-loop Feynman diagram computations, and explain how we use symbolic manipulation to generate renormalized integrals that are then evaluated numerically. We explain how we automate BPHZ renormalization using "henges" and "sectors", and give a brief description of the symbolic tensor and Dirac gamma-matrix manipulation that is required. We shall compare the use of general computer algebra systems such as Maple with domain-specific languages such as FORM, highlighting in particular memory management issues.

  11. Properties of hyperons in chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Camalich, J Martin; Alvarez-Ruso, L; Vacas, M J Vicente

    2009-01-01

    The development of chiral perturbation theory in hyperon phenomenology has been troubled due to power-counting subtleties and to a possible slow convergence. Furthermore, the presence of baryon-resonances, e.g. the lowest-lying decuplet, complicates the approach, and the inclusion of their effects may become necessary. Recently, we have shown that a fairly good convergence is possible using a renormalization prescription of the loop-divergencies which recovers the power counting, is covariant and consistent with analyticity. Moreover, we have systematically incorporated the decuplet resonances taking care of both power-counting and $consistency$ problems. A model-independent understanding of diferent properties including the magnetic moments of the baryon-octet, the electromagnetic structure of the decuplet resonances and the hyperon vector coupling $f_1(0)$, has been successfully achieved within this approach. We will briefly review these developments and stress the important role they play for an accurate d...

  12. Renormalization Proof for Massive $\\vp_4^4$ Theory on Riemannian Manifolds

    CERN Document Server

    Kopper, C

    2006-01-01

    In this paper we present an inductive renormalizability proof for massive $\\vp_4^4$ theory on Riemannian manifolds, based on the Wegner-Wilson flow equations of the Wilson renormalization group, adapted to perturbation theory. The proof goes in hand with bounds on the perturbative Schwinger functions which imply tree decay between their position arguments. An essential prerequisite are precise bounds on the short and long distance behaviour of the heat kernel on the manifold. With the aid of a regularity assumption (often taken for granted) we also show, that for suitable renormalization conditions the bare action takes the minimal form, that is to say, there appear the same counter terms as in flat space, apart from a logarithmically divergent one which is proportional to the scalar curvature.

  13. Emergent geometry from field theory: Wilson's renormalization group revisited

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Ki-Seok; Park, Chanyong

    2016-06-01

    We find a geometrical description from a field theoretical setup based on Wilson's renormalization group in real space. We show that renormalization group equations of coupling parameters encode the metric structure of an emergent curved space, regarded to be an Einstein equation for the emergent gravity. Self-consistent equations of local order-parameter fields with an emergent metric turn out to describe low-energy dynamics of a strongly coupled field theory, analogous to the Maxwell equation of the Einstein-Maxwell theory in the AdSd +2 /CFTd +1 duality conjecture. We claim that the AdS3 /CFT2 duality may be interpreted as Landau-Ginzburg theory combined with Wilson's renormalization group, which introduces vertex corrections into the Landau-Ginzburg theory in the large-Ns limit, where Ns is the number of fermion flavors.

  14. Basics of QCD perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Soper, D.E. [Univ. of Oregon, Eugene, OR (United States). Inst. of Theoretical Science

    1997-06-01

    This is an introduction to the use of QCD perturbation theory, emphasizing generic features of the theory that enable one to separate short-time and long-time effects. The author also covers some important classes of applications: electron-positron annihilation to hadrons, deeply inelastic scattering, and hard processes in hadron-hadron collisions. 31 refs., 38 figs.

  15. Aspects of renormalization in finite-density field theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fitzpatrick, A. Liam; Torroba, Gonzalo; Wang, Huajia

    2015-05-26

    We study the renormalization of the Fermi surface coupled to a massless boson near three spatial dimensions. For this, we set up a Wilsonian RG with independent decimation procedures for bosons and fermions, where the four-fermion interaction “Landau parameters” run already at tree level. Our explicit one-loop analysis resolves previously found obstacles in the renormalization of finite-density field theory, including logarithmic divergences in nonlocal interactions and the appearance of multilogarithms. The key aspects of the RG are the above tree-level running, and a UV-IR mixing between virtual bosons and fermions at the quantum level, which is responsible for the renormalization of the Fermi velocity. We apply this approach to the renormalization of 2 k F singularities, and to Fermi surface instabilities in a companion paper, showing how multilogarithms are properly renormalized. We end with some comments on the renormalization of finite-density field theory with the inclusion of Landau damping of the boson.

  16. Renormalization group flows for the second Z{sub N} parafermionic field theory for N even

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Estienne, B., E-mail: b.d.a.estienne@uva.n [LPTHE, CNRS, UPMC Universite Paris 6 (France); Instituut voor Theoretische Fysica, Universiteit van Amsterdam (Netherlands)

    2010-07-26

    Extending the results obtained in the case N odd, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations of the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry Z{sub N} are studied for N even. The renormalization group equations, and their infra red fixed points, exhibit the same structure in both cases. In addition to the standard flow from the pth to the (p-2)th model, another fixed point corresponding to the (p-1)th model is found.

  17. Renormalization group flows for the second $\\mathbb{Z}_{N}$ parafermionic field theory for $N$ even

    CERN Document Server

    Estienne, Benoit

    2008-01-01

    Extending the results obtained in the case $N$ odd, the effect of slightly relevant perturbations of the second parafermionic field theory with the symmetry $\\mathbb{Z}_{N}$, for $N$ even, are studied. The renormalization group equations, and their infra red fixed points exhibit the same structure in both cases. In addition to the standard flow from the $p$-th to the $(p-2)$-th model, another fixed point corresponding to the $(p-1)$-th model is found.

  18. The theory of singular perturbations

    CERN Document Server

    De Jager, E M

    1996-01-01

    The subject of this textbook is the mathematical theory of singular perturbations, which despite its respectable history is still in a state of vigorous development. Singular perturbations of cumulative and of boundary layer type are presented. Attention has been given to composite expansions of solutions of initial and boundary value problems for ordinary and partial differential equations, linear as well as quasilinear; also turning points are discussed. The main emphasis lies on several methods of approximation for solutions of singularly perturbed differential equations and on the mathemat

  19. Renormalization-group theory for finite-size scaling in extreme statistics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Györgyi, G; Moloney, N R; Ozogány, K; Rácz, Z; Droz, M

    2010-04-01

    We present a renormalization-group (RG) approach to explain universal features of extreme statistics applied here to independent identically distributed variables. The outlines of the theory have been described in a previous paper, the main result being that finite-size shape corrections to the limit distribution can be obtained from a linearization of the RG transformation near a fixed point, leading to the computation of stable perturbations as eigenfunctions. Here we show details of the RG theory which exhibit remarkable similarities to the RG known in statistical physics. Besides the fixed points explaining universality, and the least stable eigendirections accounting for convergence rates and shape corrections, the similarities include marginally stable perturbations which turn out to be generic for the Fisher-Tippett-Gumbel class. Distribution functions containing unstable perturbations are also considered. We find that, after a transitory divergence, they return to the universal fixed line at the same or at a different point depending on the type of perturbation.

  20. Renormalization of a tensorial field theory on the homogeneous space SU(2)/U(1)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lahoche, Vincent; Oriti, Daniele

    2017-01-01

    We study the renormalization of a general field theory on the homogeneous space (SU(2)/ ≤ft. U(1)\\right){{}× d} with tensorial interaction and gauge invariance under the diagonal action of SU(2). We derive the power counting for arbitrary d. For the case d  =  4, we prove perturbative renormalizability to all orders via multi-scale analysis, study both the renormalized and effective perturbation series, and establish the asymptotic freedom of the model. We also outline a general power counting for the homogeneous space {{≤ft(SO(D)/SO(D-1)\\right)}× d} , of direct interest for quantum gravity models in arbitrary dimension, and point out the obstructions to the direct generalization of our results to these cases.

  1. Chiral Perturbation Theory and Unitarization

    CERN Document Server

    Ruiz-Arriola, E; Nieves, J; Peláez, J R

    2000-01-01

    We review our recent work on unitarization and chiral perturbation theory both in the $\\pi\\pi$ and the $\\pi N$ sectors. We pay particular attention to the Bethe-Salpeter and Inverse Amplitude unitarization methods and their recent applications to $\\pi\\pi$ and $\\pi N$ scattering.

  2. Perturbation Theory of the Cosmological Log-Density Field

    CERN Document Server

    Wang, Xin; Szapudi, István; Szalay, Alex; Chen, Xuelei; Lesgourgues, Julien; Riotto, Antonio; Sloth, Martin; 10.1088/0004-637X/735/1/32

    2011-01-01

    The matter density field exhibits a nearly lognormal probability density distribution (PDF) after entering into the nonlinear regime. Recently, it has been shown that the shape of the power spectrum of a logarithmically transformed density field is very close to the linear density power spectrum, motivating an analytic study of it. In this paper, we develop cosmological perturbation theory for the power spectrum of this field. Our formalism is developed in the context of renormalized perturbation theory, which helps to regulate the convergence behavior of the perturbation series, and of the Taylor- series expansion we use of the logarithmic mapping. This approach allows us to handle the critical issue of density smoothing in a straightforward way. We also compare our perturbative results with simulation measurements.

  3. Alien calculus and non perturbative effects in Quantum Field Theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bellon, Marc P.

    2016-12-01

    In many domains of physics, methods for dealing with non-perturbative aspects are required. Here, I want to argue that a good approach for this is to work on the Borel transforms of the quantities of interest, the singularities of which give non-perturbative contributions. These singularities in many cases can be largely determined by using the alien calculus developed by Jean Écalle. My main example will be the two point function of a massless theory given as a solution of a renormalization group equation.

  4. Non-perturbative renormalization of quark bilinear operators and B_K using domain wall fermions

    CERN Document Server

    Aoki, Y; Christ, N H; Dawson, C; Donnellan, M A; Izubuchi, T; Juttner, A; Li, S; Mawhinney, R D; Noaki, J; Sachrajda, Christopher T C; Soni, A; Tweedie, R J; Yamaguchi, A

    2007-01-01

    We present a calculation of the renormalization coefficients of the quark bilinear operators and the K-Kbar mixing parameter B_K. The coefficients relating the bare lattice operators to those in the RI/MOM scheme are computed non-perturbatively and then matched perturbatively to the MSbar scheme. The coefficients are calculated on the RBC/UKQCD 2+1 flavor dynamical lattice configurations. Specifically we use a 16^3 x 32 lattice volume, the Iwasaki gauge action at beta=2.13 and domain wall fermions with L_s=16.

  5. Cosmological perturbation theory and quantum gravity

    CERN Document Server

    Brunetti, Romeo; Hack, Thomas-Paul; Pinamonti, Nicola; Rejzner, Katarzyna

    2016-01-01

    It is shown how cosmological perturbation theory arises from a fully quantized perturbative theory of quantum gravity. Central for the derivation is a non-perturbative concept of gauge-invariant local observables by means of which perturbative invariant expressions of arbitrary order are generated. In particular, in the linearised theory, first order gauge-invariant observables familiar from cosmological perturbation theory are recovered. Explicit expressions of second order quantities are presented as well.

  6. Cosmological perturbation theory and quantum gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brunetti, Romeo [Dipartimento di Matematica, Università di Trento,Via Sommarive 14, 38123 Povo TN (Italy); Fredenhagen, Klaus [II Institute für Theoretische Physik, Universität Hamburg,Luruper Chaussee 149, 22761 Hamburg (Germany); Hack, Thomas-Paul [Institute für Theoretische Physik, Universität Leipzig,Brüderstr. 16, 04103 Leipzig (Germany); Pinamonti, Nicola [Dipartimento di Matematica, Università di Genova,Via Dodecaneso 35, 16146 Genova (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Genova,Via Dodecaneso 33, 16146 Genova (Italy); Rejzner, Katarzyna [Department of Mathematics, University of York,Heslington, York YO10 5DD (United Kingdom)

    2016-08-04

    It is shown how cosmological perturbation theory arises from a fully quantized perturbative theory of quantum gravity. Central for the derivation is a non-perturbative concept of gauge-invariant local observables by means of which perturbative invariant expressions of arbitrary order are generated. In particular, in the linearised theory, first order gauge-invariant observables familiar from cosmological perturbation theory are recovered. Explicit expressions of second order quantities are presented as well.

  7. Vector and Axial Currents in Wilson Chiral Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Aoki, Sinya; Sharpe, Stephen R

    2009-01-01

    We reconsider the construction of the vector and axial-vector currents in Wilson Chiral Perturbation Theory (WChPT), the low-energy effective theory for lattice QCD with Wilson fermions. We discuss in detail the finite renormalization of the currents that has to be taken into account in order to properly match the currents. We explicitly show that imposing the chiral Ward identities on the currents does, in general, affect the axial-vector current at O(a). As an application of our results we compute the pion decay constant to one loop in the two flavor theory. Our result differs from previously published ones.

  8. M{sub b} and f{sub B} from non-perturbatively renormalized HQET with N{sub f} = 2 light quarks

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blossier, Benoit [CNRS et Univ. Paris-Sud XI, Orsay (France). Lab. de Physique Theorique; Bulava, John [CERN, Geneva (Switzerland). Physics Dept.; Della Morte, Michele; Hippel, Georg von [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik; Donnellan, Michael; Simma, Hubert; Sommer, Rainer [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). NIC; Fritzsch, Patrick [Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik; Garron, Nicolas [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). Tait Inst.; Heitger, Jochen [Muenster Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik 1

    2011-12-15

    We present an updated analysis of the non-perturbatively renormalized b-quark mass and B meson decay constant based on CLS lattices with two dynamical non-perturbatively improved Wilson quarks. This update incorporates additional light quark masses and lattice spacings in large physical volume to improve chiral extrapolations and to reach the continuum limit. We use Heavy Quark Effective Theory (HQET) including 1/m{sub b} terms with non-perturbative coefficients based on the matching of QCD and HQET developed by the ALPHA collaboration during the past years. (orig.)

  9. Non-perturbative renormalization of four-quark operators and B_K with Schroedinger functional scheme in quenched domain-wall QCD

    CERN Document Server

    Nakamura, Y

    2007-01-01

    We present non-perturbative renormalization factors for $\\Delta S=2$ four-quark operators in quenched domain-wall QCD using the Schroedinger functional method. Non-perturbative renormalization factor for $B_K$ is evaluated at hadronic scale. Combined with the non-perturbative RG running obtained by the Alpha collaboration, our result yields renormalization factor which converts lattice bare $B_K$ to the renormalization group invariant one. We apply the renormalization factor to bare $B_K$ previously obtained by the CP-PACS collaboration with the quenched domain-wall QCD(DWQCD). We compare our result with previous ones obtained by perturbative renormalization factors, different renormalization schemes or different quark actions. We also show that chiral symmetry breaking effects in the renormalization factor are numerically small.

  10. The Schrödinger functional a renormalization probe for non-abelian gauge theories

    CERN Document Server

    Lüscher, Martin; Weisz, P; Wolff, U; L\\"{u}scher, Martin; Narayanan, Rajamani; Weisz, Peter; Wolff, Ulli

    1992-01-01

    Following Symanzik we argue that the Schr\\"odinger functional in lattice gauge theories without matter fields has a well-defined continuum limit. Due to gauge invariance no extra counter terms are required. The Schr\\"odinger functional is, moreover, accessible to numerical simulations. It may hence be used to study the scaling properties of the theory and in particular the evolution of the renormalized gauge coupling from low to high energies. A concrete proposition along this line is made and the necessary perturbative analysis of the Schr\\"odinger functional is carried through to 1-loop order.

  11. A Naturally Renormalized Quantum Field Theory

    OpenAIRE

    2006-01-01

    It was shown that quantum metric fluctuations smear out the singularities of Green's functions on the light cone [1], but it does not remove other ultraviolet divergences of quantum field theory. We have proved that the quantum field theory in Krein space, {\\it i.e.} indefinite metric quantization, removes all divergences of quantum field theory with exception of the light cone singularity [2,3]. In this paper, it is discussed that the combination of quantum field theory in Krein space togeth...

  12. On the renormalization of non-commutative field theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Blaschke, Daniel N.; Garschall, Thomas; Gieres, François; Heindl, Franz; Schweda, Manfred; Wohlgenannt, Michael

    2013-01-01

    This paper addresses three topics concerning the quantization of non-commutative field theories (as defined in terms of the Moyal star product involving a constant tensor describing the non-commutativity of coordinates in Euclidean space). To start with, we discuss the Quantum Action Principle and provide evidence for its validity for non-commutative quantum field theories by showing that the equation of motion considered as insertion in the generating functional Z c [ j] of connected Green functions makes sense (at least at one-loop level). Second, we consider the generalization of the BPHZ renormalization scheme to non-commutative field theories and apply it to the case of a self-interacting real scalar field: Explicit computations are performed at one-loop order and the generalization to higher loops is commented upon. Finally, we discuss the renormalizability of various models for a self-interacting complex scalar field by using the approach of algebraic renormalization.

  13. Non-perturbative running of renormalization constants from correlators in coordinate space using step scaling

    CERN Document Server

    Cichy, Krzysztof; Korcyl, Piotr

    2016-01-01

    Working in a quenched setup with Wilson twisted mass valence fermions, we explore the possibility to compute non-perturbatively the step scaling function using the coordinate (X-space) renormalization scheme. This scheme has the advantage of being on-shell and gauge invariant. The step scaling method allows us to calculate the running of the renormalization constants of quark bilinear operators. We describe here the details of this calculation. The aim of this exploratory study is to identify the feasibility of the X-space scheme when used in small volume simulations required by the step scaling technique. Eventually, we translate our final results to the continuum MSbar scheme and compare against four-loop analytic formulae finding satisfactory agreement.

  14. Non-perturbative running of renormalization constants from correlators in coordinate space using step scaling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cichy, Krzysztof; Jansen, Karl; Korcyl, Piotr

    2016-12-01

    Working in a quenched setup with Wilson twisted mass valence fermions, we explore the possibility to compute non-perturbatively the step scaling function using the coordinate (X-space) renormalization scheme. This scheme has the advantage of being on-shell and gauge invariant. The step scaling method allows us to calculate the running of the renormalization constants of quark bilinear operators. We describe here the details of this calculation. The aim of this exploratory study is to identify the feasibility of the X-space scheme when used in small volume simulations required by the step scaling technique. Eventually, we translate our final results to the continuum MS ‾ scheme and compare against four-loop analytic formulae finding satisfactory agreement.

  15. Testing gauge-invariant perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Törek, Pascal

    2016-01-01

    Gauge-invariant perturbation theory for theories with a Brout-Englert-Higgs effect, as developed by Fr\\"ohlich, Morchio and Strocchi, starts out from physical, exactly gauge-invariant quantities as initial and final states. These are composite operators, and can thus be considered as bound states. In case of the standard model, this reduces almost entirely to conventional perturbation theory. This explains the success of conventional perturbation theory for the standard model. However, this is due to the special structure of the standard model, and it is not guaranteed to be the case for other theories. Here, we review gauge-invariant perturbation theory. Especially, we show how it can be applied and that it is little more complicated than conventional perturbation theory, and that it is often possible to utilize existing results of conventional perturbation theory. Finally, we present tests of the predictions of gauge-invariant perturbation theory, using lattice gauge theory, in three different settings. In ...

  16. Renormalization and effective lagrangians

    Science.gov (United States)

    Polchinski, Joseph

    1984-01-01

    There is a strong intuitive understanding of renormalization, due to Wilson, in terms of the scaling of effective lagrangians. We show that this can be made the basis for a proof of perturbative renormalization. We first study renormalizability in the language of renormalization group flows for a toy renormalization group equation. We then derive an exact renormalization group equation for a four-dimensional λø 4 theory with a momentum cutoff. We organize the cutoff dependence of the effective lagrangian into relevant and irrelevant parts, and derive a linear equation for the irrelevant part. A lengthy but straightforward argument establishes that the piece identified as irrelevant actually is so in perturbation theory. This implies renormalizability. The method extends immediately to any system in which a momentum-space cutoff can be used, but the principle is more general and should apply for any physical cutoff. Neither Weinberg's theorem nor arguments based on the topology of graphs are needed.

  17. Non-perturbative renormalization of tensor bilinears in Schr\\"odinger Functional schemes

    CERN Document Server

    Fritzsch, Patrick; Preti, David

    2015-01-01

    We present preliminary result for the study of the renormalization group evolution of tensor bilinears in Schr\\"odinger Functional (SF) schemes for $N_f=0$ and $N_f=2$ QCD with non-perturbatively $\\mathcal{O}(a)$-improved Wilson fermions. First $N_f=2+1$ results (proceeding in parallel with the ongoing computation of the running quark masses [1] are also discussed. A one-loop perturbative calculation of the discretisation effects for the relevant step scaling functions has been carried out for both Wilson and $\\mathcal{O}(a)$-improved actions and for a large number of lattice resolutions. We also calculate the two-loop anomalous dimension in SF schemes for tensor currents through a scheme matching procedure with RI and $\\overline{\\rm MS}$. Thanks to the SF iterative procedure the non-perturbative running over two orders of magnitude in energy scales, as well as the corresponding Renormalization Group Invariant operators, have been determined.

  18. Renormalization group study of damping in nonequilibrium field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Zanella, J

    2006-01-01

    In this paper we shall study whether dissipation in a $\\lambda\\phi^{4}$ may be described, in the long wavelength, low frequency limit, with a simple Ohmic term $\\kappa\\dot{\\phi}$, as it is usually done, for example, in studies of defect formation in nonequilibrium phase transitions. We shall obtain an effective theory for the long wavelength modes through the coarse graining of shorter wavelengths. We shall implement this coarse graining by iterating a Wilsonian renormalization group transformation, where infinitesimal momentum shells are coarse-grained one at a time, on the influence action describing the dissipative dynamics of the long wavelength modes. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first application of the nonequilibrium renormalization group to the calculation of a damping coefficient in quantum field theory.

  19. Gauge theories in local causal perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Boas, F M

    1999-01-01

    In this thesis quantum gauge theories are considered in the framework of local, causal perturbation theory. Gauge invariance is described in terms of the BRS formalism. Local interacting field operators are constructed perturbatively and field equations are established. A nilpotent BRS transformation is defined on the local algebra of fields. It allows the definition of the algebra of local observables as an operator cohomology. This algebra of local observables can be represented in a Hilbert space. The interacting field operators are defined in terms of time ordered products of free field operators. For the results above to hold the time ordered products must satisfy certain normalization conditions. To formulate these conditions also for field operators that contain a spacetime derivative a suitable mathematical description of time ordered products is developed. Among the normalization conditions are Ward identities for the ghost current and the BRS current. The latter are generalizations of a normalizatio...

  20. Properties of hyperons in chiral perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Camalich, J. Martin; Geng, L.S. [Departamento de Fisica Teorica and IFIC, Universidad de Valencia-CSIC (Spain); Alvarez-Ruso, L. [Departamento de Fisica, Universidade de Coimbra (Portugal); Vacas, M.J. Vicente [Departamento de Fisica Teorica and IFIC, Universidad de Valencia-CSIC (Spain)

    2010-04-01

    The development of chiral perturbation theory in hyperon phenomenology has been troubled due to power-counting subtleties and to a possible slow convergence. Furthermore, the presence of baryon-resonances, e.g. the lowest-lying decuplet, complicates the approach, and the inclusion of their effects may become necessary. Recently, we have shown that a fairly good convergence is possible using a renormalization prescription of the loop-divergencies which recovers the power counting, is covariant and consistent with analyticity. Moreover, we have systematically incorporated the decuplet resonances taking care of both power-counting and consistency problems. A model-independent understanding of different properties including the magnetic moments of the baryon-octet, the electromagnetic structure of the decuplet resonances and the hyperon vector coupling f{sub 1}(0), has been successfully achieved within this approach. We will briefly review these developments and stress the important role they play for an accurate determination of the Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa matrix element V{sub us} from hyperon semileptonic decay data.

  1. Eikonal perturbation theory in photoionization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cajiao Vélez, F.; Krajewska, K.; Kamiński, J. Z.

    2016-02-01

    The eikonal perturbation theory is formulated and applied to photoionization by strong laser pulses. A special emphasis is put on the first order approximation with respect to the binding potential, which is known as the generalized eikonal approximation [2015 Phys. Rev. A 91 053417]. The ordinary eikonal approximation and its domain of applicability is derived from the generalized eikonal approximation. While the former approach is singular for the electron trajectories which return to the potential center, the generalized eikonal avoids this problem. This property makes it a promising tool for further investigations of rescattering and high-order harmonic generation processes.

  2. Non-perturbative fixed points and renormalization group improved effective potential

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A.G. Dias

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available The stability conditions of a renormalization group improved effective potential have been discussed in the case of scalar QED and QCD with a colorless scalar. We calculate the same potential in these models assuming the existence of non-perturbative fixed points associated with a conformal phase. In the case of scalar QED the barrier of instability found previously is barely displaced as we approach the fixed point, and in the case of QCD with a colorless scalar not only the barrier is changed but the local minimum of the potential is also changed.

  3. Deviation pattern approach for optimizing perturbative terms of QCD renormalization group invariant observables

    CERN Document Server

    Khellat, M

    2016-01-01

    We first consider the idea of renormalization group-induced estimates, in the context of optimization procedures, for the Brodsky-Lepage-Mackenzie approach to generate higher-order contributions for QCD perturbative series. Secondly, we develop the deviation pattern approach (DPA) in which through a series of comparisons between lower-order RG-induced estimates and the corresponding analytical calculations, we modify higher-order RG-induced estimates. Finally, using the normal estimation procedure and DPA, we get estimates of $\\alpha_s^4$ corrections for the Bjorken sum rule of polarized deed-inelastic scattering and for the non-singlet contribution to the Adler function.

  4. Renormalized entanglement entropy flow in mass-deformed ABJM theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Kyung Kiu; Kwon, O.-Kab; Park, Chanyong; Shin, Hyeonjoon

    2014-08-01

    We investigate a mass deformation effect on the renormalized entanglement entropy (REE) near the UV fixed point in (2+1)-dimensional field theory. In the context of the gauge/gravity duality, we use the Lin-Lunin-Maldacena geometries corresponding to the vacua of the mass-deformed ABJM theory. We analytically compute the small mass effect for various droplet configurations and show in holographic point of view that the REE is monotonically decreasing, positive, and stationary at the UV fixed point. These properties of the REE in (2+1)-dimensions are consistent with the Zamolodchikov c-function proposed in (1+1)-dimensional conformal field theory.

  5. Study on the Phase Equilibria of Hard Core Asakura-Oosawa Fluids with Renormalization-group Theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    付东

    2004-01-01

    An analytical equation of state (EOS) for hard core Asakura-Oosawa (AO) fluid is established by combining the AO potential, the first-order perturbation theory and the radial distribution function (RDF) for the hard sphere fluid.The phase equilibria are studied by using the renormalization-group (RG) theory. The obtained results agree well with the simulation data. Investigation shows that the attractive range parameter plays an important role in the phase equilibria for AO fluid.

  6. Recursive renormalization group theory based subgrid modeling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhou, YE

    1991-01-01

    Advancing the knowledge and understanding of turbulence theory is addressed. Specific problems to be addressed will include studies of subgrid models to understand the effects of unresolved small scale dynamics on the large scale motion which, if successful, might substantially reduce the number of degrees of freedom that need to be computed in turbulence simulation.

  7. Non-perturbative running and renormalization of kaon four-quark operators with nf=2+1 domain-wall fermions

    CERN Document Server

    Boyle, P A; Lytle, A T

    2011-01-01

    We compute the renormalization factors of four-quark operators needed for the study of $K\\to\\pi\\pi$ decay in the $\\Delta I=3/2$ channel. We evaluate the Z-factors at a low energy scale ($\\mu_0=1.145 \\GeV$) using four different non-exceptional RI-SMOM schemes on a large, coarse lattice ($a\\sim 0.14\\fm$) on which the bare matrix elements are also computed. Then we compute the universal, non-perturbative, scale evolution matrix of these renormalization factors between $\\mu_0$ and $3\\GeV$. We give the numerical results for the different steps of the computation in two different non-exceptional lattice schemes, and the connection to $\\msbar$ at $3\\GeV$ is made using one-loop perturbation theory.

  8. Geometric Hamiltonian structures and perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Omohundro, S.

    1984-08-01

    We have been engaged in a program of investigating the Hamiltonian structure of the various perturbation theories used in practice. We describe the geometry of a Hamiltonian structure for non-singular perturbation theory applied to Hamiltonian systems on symplectic manifolds and the connection with singular perturbation techniques based on the method of averaging.

  9. Matrix product density operators: Renormalization fixed points and boundary theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cirac, J.I. [Max-Planck-Institut für Quantenoptik, Hans-Kopfermann-Str. 1, D-85748 Garching (Germany); Pérez-García, D., E-mail: dperezga@ucm.es [Departamento de Análisis Matemático, Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Plaza de Ciencias 3, 28040 Madrid (Spain); ICMAT, Nicolas Cabrera, Campus de Cantoblanco, 28049 Madrid (Spain); Schuch, N. [Max-Planck-Institut für Quantenoptik, Hans-Kopfermann-Str. 1, D-85748 Garching (Germany); Verstraete, F. [Department of Physics and Astronomy, Ghent University (Belgium); Vienna Center for Quantum Technology, University of Vienna (Austria)

    2017-03-15

    We consider the tensors generating matrix product states and density operators in a spin chain. For pure states, we revise the renormalization procedure introduced in (Verstraete et al., 2005) and characterize the tensors corresponding to the fixed points. We relate them to the states possessing zero correlation length, saturation of the area law, as well as to those which generate ground states of local and commuting Hamiltonians. For mixed states, we introduce the concept of renormalization fixed points and characterize the corresponding tensors. We also relate them to concepts like finite correlation length, saturation of the area law, as well as to those which generate Gibbs states of local and commuting Hamiltonians. One of the main result of this work is that the resulting fixed points can be associated to the boundary theories of two-dimensional topological states, through the bulk-boundary correspondence introduced in (Cirac et al., 2011).

  10. Renormalization out of equilibrium in a superrenormalizable theory

    CERN Document Server

    Garny, Mathias

    2016-01-01

    We discuss the renormalization of the initial value problem in Nonequilibrium Quantum Field Theory within a simple, yet instructive, example and show how to obtain a renormalized time evolution for the two-point functions of a scalar field and its conjugate momentum at all times. The scheme we propose is applicable to systems that are initially far from equilibrium and compatible with non-secular approximation schemes which capture thermalization. It is based on Kadanoff-Baym equations for non-Gaussian initial states, complemented by usual vacuum counterterms. We explicitly demonstrate how various cutoff-dependent effects peculiar to nonequilibrium systems, including time-dependent divergences or initial-time singularities, are avoided by taking an initial non-Gaussian three-point vacuum correlation into account.

  11. Real space renormalization group theory of disordered models of glasses.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Angelini, Maria Chiara; Biroli, Giulio

    2017-03-28

    We develop a real space renormalization group analysis of disordered models of glasses, in particular of the spin models at the origin of the random first-order transition theory. We find three fixed points, respectively, associated with the liquid state, with the critical behavior, and with the glass state. The latter two are zero-temperature ones; this provides a natural explanation of the growth of effective activation energy scale and the concomitant huge increase of relaxation time approaching the glass transition. The lower critical dimension depends on the nature of the interacting degrees of freedom and is higher than three for all models. This does not prevent 3D systems from being glassy. Indeed, we find that their renormalization group flow is affected by the fixed points existing in higher dimension and in consequence is nontrivial. Within our theoretical framework, the glass transition results in an avoided phase transition.

  12. Investigating the critical properties of beyond-QCD theories using Monte Carlo Renormalization Group matching

    CERN Document Server

    Hasenfratz, Anna

    2009-01-01

    Monte Carlo Renormalization Group (MCRG) methods were designed to study the non-perturbative phase structure and critical behavior of statistical systems and quantum field theories. I adopt the 2-lattice matching method used extensively in the 1980's and show how it can be used to predict the existence of non-perturbative fixed points and their related critical exponents in many flavor SU(3) gauge theories. This work serves to test the method and I study relatively well understood systems: the $N_f=0$, 4 and 16 flavor models. The pure gauge and $N_f=4$ systems are confining and chirally broken and the MCRG method can predict their bare step scaling functions. Results for the $N_f=16$ model indicate the existence of an infrared fixed point with nearly marginal gauge coupling. I present preliminary results for the scaling dimension of the mass at this new fixed point.

  13. Renormalization Group Theory of Bolgiano Scaling in Boussinesq Turbulence

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rubinstein, Robert

    1994-01-01

    Bolgiano scaling in Boussinesq turbulence is analyzed using the Yakhot-Orszag renormalization group. For this purpose, an isotropic model is introduced. Scaling exponents are calculated by forcing the temperature equation so that the temperature variance flux is constant in the inertial range. Universal amplitudes associated with the scaling laws are computed by expanding about a logarithmic theory. Connections between this formalism and the direct interaction approximation are discussed. It is suggested that the Yakhot-Orszag theory yields a lowest order approximate solution of a regularized direct interaction approximation which can be corrected by a simple iterative procedure.

  14. Masses and Sigma Terms of Pentaquarks in Chiral Perturbation Theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI Xiao-Ya; L(U) Xiao-Fu

    2006-01-01

    Assuming that the recently θ+ and other exotic resonances belong to the pentaquark (-1-0) of SU(3)f with JP= 1/2, we constructed a relativistic effective lagrangian in the frame work of baryon chiral perturbation theory.The masses of pentaquarks under isospin symmetry is determined by calculating the propagator to one loop, where the extended on-mass-shell renormalization scheme is applied. Using the experimental data for masses of θ+, (I) and N, we estimated the mass of Σ. And the σ terms.

  15. Perturbation theory and renormalisation group equations

    CERN Document Server

    Litim, Daniel F; Litim, Daniel F.; Pawlowski, Jan M.

    2002-01-01

    We discuss the perturbative expansion of several one-loop improved renormalisation group equations. It is shown that in general the integrated renormalisation group flows fail to reproduce perturbation theory beyond one loop.

  16. High-loop perturbative renormalization constants for Lattice QCD (II): three-loop quark currents for tree-level Symanzik improved gauge action and n_f=2 Wilson fermions

    CERN Document Server

    Brambilla, Michele

    2013-01-01

    Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory was able to get three- (and even four-) loop results for finite Lattice QCD renormalization constants. More recently, a conceptual and technical framework has been devised to tame finite size effects, which had been reported to be significant for (logarithmically) divergent renormalization constants. In this work we present three-loop results for fermion bilinears in the Lattice QCD regularization defined by tree-level Symanzik improved gauge action and n_f=2 Wilson fermions. We discuss both finite and divergent renormalization constants in the RI'-MOM scheme. Since renormalization conditions are defined in the chiral limit, our results also apply to Twisted Mass QCD, for which non-perturbative computations of the same quantities are available. We emphasize the importance of carefully accounting for both finite lattice space and finite volume effects. In our opinion the latter have in general not attracted the attention they would deserve.

  17. Theory of strong turbulence by renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tchen, C. M.

    1981-01-01

    The hydrodynamical equations of turbulent motions are inhomogeneous and nonlinear in their inertia and force terms and will generate a hierarchy. A kinetic method was developed to transform the hydrodynamic equations into a master equation governing the velocity distribution, as a function of the time, the position and the velocity as an independent variable. The master equation presents the advantage of being homogeneous and having fewer nonlinear terms and is therefore simpler for the investigation of closure. After the closure by means of a cascade scaling procedure, the kinetic equation is derived and possesses a memory which represents the nonMarkovian character of turbulence. The kinetic equation is transformed back to the hydrodynamical form to yield an energy balance in the cascade form. Normal and anomalous transports are analyzed. The theory is described for incompressible, compressible and plasma turbulence. Applications of the method to problems relating to sound generation and the propagation of light in a nonfrozen turbulence are considered.

  18. Renormalization aspects of N=1 Super Yang-Mills theory in the Wess-Zumino gauge

    CERN Document Server

    Capri, M A L; Guimaraes, M S; Justo, I F; Mihaila, L; Sorella, S P; Vercauteren, D

    2014-01-01

    The renormalization of N=1 Super Yang-Mills theory is analysed in the Wess-Zumino gauge, employing the Landau condition. An all orders proof of the renormalizability of the theory is given by means of the Algebraic Renormalization procedure. Only three renormalization constants are needed, which can be identified with the coupling constant, gauge field and gluino renormalization. Moreover, due to the non-linear realization of the supersymmetry in the Wess-Zumino gauge, the renormalization factor of the gauge field turns out to be different from that of the gluino, as explicitly shown through a three loop calculation.

  19. The renormalization; La normalisation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rivasseau, V. [Paris-6 Univ., Lab. de Physique Theorique, 91 - Orsay (France); Gallavotti, G. [Universita di Roma, La Sapienza, Fisica, Roma (Italy); Zinn-Justin, J. [CEA Saclay, Dept. d' Astrophysique, de Physique des Particules, de Physique Nucleaire et de l' Instrumentation Associee, Serv. de Physique Theorique, 91- Gif sur Yvette (France); Connes, A. [College de France, 75 - Paris (France)]|[Institut des Hautes Etudes Scientifiques - I.H.E.S., 91 - Bures sur Yvette (France); Knecht, M. [Centre de Physique Theorique, CNRS-Luminy, 13 - Marseille (France); Mansoulie, B. [CEA Saclay, Dept. d' Astrophysique, de Physique des Particules, de Physique Nucleaire et de l' Instrumentation Associee, Serv. de Physique des Particules, 91- Gif sur Yvette (France)

    2002-07-01

    This document gathers 6 articles. In the first article the author reviews the theory of perturbative renormalization, discusses its limitations and gives a brief introduction to the powerful point of view of the renormalization group, which is necessary to go beyond perturbation theory and to define renormalization in a constructive way. The second article is dedicated to renormalization group methods by illustrating them with examples. The third article describes the implementation of renormalization ideas in quantum field theory. The mathematical aspects of renormalization are given in the fourth article where the link between renormalization and the Riemann-Hilbert problem is highlighted. The fifth article gives an overview of the main features of the theoretical calculations that have been done in order to obtain accurate predictions for the anomalous magnetic moments of the electron and of the muon within the standard model. The challenge is to make theory match the unprecedented accuracy of the last experimental measurements. The last article presents how ''physics beyond the standard model'' will be revealed at the large hadron collider (LHC) at CERN. This accelerator will be the first to explore the 1 TeV energy range directly. Supersymmetry, extra-dimensions and Higgs boson will be the different challenges. It is not surprising that all theories put forward today to subtend the electro-weak breaking mechanism, predict measurable or even spectacular signals at LHC. (A.C.)

  20. Gauge theory renormalizations from the open bosonic string

    CERN Document Server

    Di Vecchia, P; Magnea, L; Marotta, R; Di Vecchia, P; Lerda, A; Magnea, L; Marotta, R

    1995-01-01

    We present a unified point of view on the different methods available in the literature to extract gauge theory renormalization constants from the low-energy limit of string theory. The Bern-Kosower method, based on an off-shell continuation of string theory amplitudes, and the construction of low-energy string theory effective actions for gauge particles, can both be understood in terms of strings interacting with background gauge fields, and thus reproduce, in the low-energy limit, the field theory results of the background field method. We present in particular a consistent off-shell continuation of the one-loop gluon amplitudes in the open bosonic string that reproduces exactly the results of the background field method in the Feynman gauge.

  1. Bound states of the $\\phi^4$ model via the Non-Perturbative Renormalization Group

    CERN Document Server

    Rose, F; Leonard, F; Delamotte, B

    2016-01-01

    Using the nonperturbative renormalization group, we study the existence of bound states in the symmetry-broken phase of the scalar $\\phi^4$ theory in all dimensions between two and four and as a function of the temperature. The accurate description of the momentum dependence of the two-point function, required to get the spectrum of the theory, is provided by means of the Blaizot--M\\'endez-Galain--Wschebor approximation scheme. We confirm the existence of a bound state in dimension three, with a mass within 1% of previous Monte-Carlo and numerical diagonalization values.

  2. Real-space renormalized dynamical mean field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kubota, Dai; Sakai, Shiro; Imada, Masatoshi

    2016-05-01

    We propose real-space renormalized dynamical mean field theory (rr-DMFT) to deal with large clusters in the framework of a cluster extension of the DMFT. In the rr-DMFT, large clusters are decomposed into multiple smaller clusters through a real-space renormalization. In this work, the renormalization effect is taken into account only at the lowest order with respect to the intercluster coupling, which nonetheless reproduces exactly both the noninteracting and atomic limits. Our method allows us large cluster-size calculations which are intractable with the conventional cluster extensions of the DMFT with impurity solvers, such as the continuous-time quantum Monte Carlo and exact diagonalization methods. We benchmark the rr-DMFT for the two-dimensional Hubbard model on a square lattice at and away from half filling, where the spatial correlations play important roles. Our results on the spin structure factor indicate that the growth of the antiferromagnetic spin correlation is taken into account beyond the decomposed cluster size. We also show that the self-energy obtained from the large-cluster solver is reproduced by our method better than the solution obtained directly for the smaller cluster. When applied to the Mott metal-insulator transition, the rr-DMFT is able to reproduce the reduced critical value for the Coulomb interaction comparable to the large cluster result.

  3. Non-Perturbative Theory of Dispersion Interactions

    CERN Document Server

    Boström, M; Persson, C; Parsons, D F; Buhmann, S Y; Brevik, I; Sernelius, Bo E

    2015-01-01

    Some open questions exist with fluctuation-induced forces between extended dipoles. Conventional intuition derives from large-separation perturbative approximations to dispersion force theory. Here we present a full non-perturbative theory. In addition we discuss how one can take into account finite dipole size corrections. It is of fundamental value to investigate the limits of validity of the perturbative dispersion force theory.

  4. Renormalization of a Lorentz invariant doubled worldsheet theory

    CERN Document Server

    Nibbelink, Stefan Groot; Patalong, Peter

    2013-01-01

    Manifestly T-duality covariant worldsheet string models can be constructed by doubling the coordinate fields. We describe the underlying gauge symmetry of a recently proposed Lorentz invariant doubled worldsheet theory that makes half of the worldsheet degrees of freedom redundant. By shifting the Lagrange multiplier, that enforces the gauge fixing condition, the worldsheet action can be cast into various guises. We investigate the renormalization of this theory using a non-linear background/quantum split by employing a normal coordinate expansion adapted to the gauge-fixed theory. The propagator of the doubled coordinates contains a projection operator encoding that half of them do not propagate. We determine the doubled target space equations of motion by requiring one-loop Weyl invariance. Some of them are generalizations of the conventional sigma model beta-functions, while others seem to be novel to the doubled theory: In particular, a dilaton equation seems related to the strong constraint of double fie...

  5. Dimensional reduction of Markov state models from renormalization group theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Orioli, S.; Faccioli, P.

    2016-09-01

    Renormalization Group (RG) theory provides the theoretical framework to define rigorous effective theories, i.e., systematic low-resolution approximations of arbitrary microscopic models. Markov state models are shown to be rigorous effective theories for Molecular Dynamics (MD). Based on this fact, we use real space RG to vary the resolution of the stochastic model and define an algorithm for clustering microstates into macrostates. The result is a lower dimensional stochastic model which, by construction, provides the optimal coarse-grained Markovian representation of the system's relaxation kinetics. To illustrate and validate our theory, we analyze a number of test systems of increasing complexity, ranging from synthetic toy models to two realistic applications, built form all-atom MD simulations. The computational cost of computing the low-dimensional model remains affordable on a desktop computer even for thousands of microstates.

  6. An improved renormalization group theory for real fluids.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mi, Jianguo; Zhong, Chongli; Li, Yi-Gui; Tang, Yiping

    2004-09-15

    On the basis of White's theory, an improved renormalization group (RG) theory is developed for chain bonding fluids inside the critical region. Outside the critical region, the statistical associating fluid theory based on the first-order mean sphere approximation [Fluid Phase Equilibria 171, 27 (2000)] is adopted and all the microscopic parameters are taken directly from its earlier application of real fluids. Inside the critical region, the RG transformation for long-range density fluctuation is derived in the k space, which illustrates explicitly the contributions from the mean-field term, the local density fluctuation, and the nonlocal density fluctuation. The RG theory is applied to describe physical behavior of ten n alkanes (C1-C10) both near to and far from the critical point. With no additional parameters for chain bonding fluids, good results are obtained for critical specific heat and phase coexistence curves and the resulting critical exponents are in good agreement with the reported nonclassic values.

  7. Dimensional reduction of Markov state models from renormalization group theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Orioli, S; Faccioli, P

    2016-09-28

    Renormalization Group (RG) theory provides the theoretical framework to define rigorous effective theories, i.e., systematic low-resolution approximations of arbitrary microscopic models. Markov state models are shown to be rigorous effective theories for Molecular Dynamics (MD). Based on this fact, we use real space RG to vary the resolution of the stochastic model and define an algorithm for clustering microstates into macrostates. The result is a lower dimensional stochastic model which, by construction, provides the optimal coarse-grained Markovian representation of the system's relaxation kinetics. To illustrate and validate our theory, we analyze a number of test systems of increasing complexity, ranging from synthetic toy models to two realistic applications, built form all-atom MD simulations. The computational cost of computing the low-dimensional model remains affordable on a desktop computer even for thousands of microstates.

  8. Non-perturbative renormalization of quark mass in Nf=2+1 QCD with the Schroedinger functional scheme

    CERN Document Server

    Aoki, S; Ishizuka, N; Izubuchi, T; Kanaya, K; Kuramashi, Y; Murano, K; Namekawa, Y; Okawa, M; Taniguchi, Y; Ukawa, A; Ukita, N; Yoshié, T

    2010-01-01

    We present an evaluation of the quark mass renormalization factor for Nf=2+1 QCD. The Schroedinger functional scheme is employed as the intermediate scheme to carry out non-perturbative running from the low energy region, where renormalization of bare mass is performed on the lattice, to deep in the high energy perturbative region, where the conversion to the renormalization group invariant mass or the MS-bar scheme is safely carried out. For numerical simulations we adopted the Iwasaki gauge action and non-perturbatively improved Wilson fermion action with the clover term. Seven renormalization scales are used to cover from low to high energy regions and three lattice spacings to take the continuum limit at each scale. The regularization independent step scaling function of the quark mass for the Nf=2+1 QCD is obtained in the continuum limit. Renormalization factors for the pseudo scalar density and the axial vector current are also evaluated for the same action and the bare couplings as two recent large sca...

  9. Baryon chiral perturbation theory extended beyond the low-energy region

    CERN Document Server

    Epelbaum, E; Meißner, Ulf-G; Yao, De-Liang

    2015-01-01

    We consider an extension of the one-nucleon sector of baryon chiral perturbation theory beyond the low-energy region. The applicability of this approach for higher energies is restricted to small scattering angles, i.e. the kinematical region, where the quark structure of hadrons cannot be resolved. The main idea is to re-arrange the low-energy effective Lagrangian according to a new power counting and to exploit the freedom of the choice of the renormalization condition for loop diagrams. We generalize the extended on-mass-shell scheme for the one-nucleon sector of baryon chiral perturbation theory by choosing a sliding scale, that is we expand the physical amplitudes around kinematical points beyond the threshold. This requires the introduction of complex-valued renormalized coupling constants which can be either extracted from experimental data, or calculated using the renormalization group evolution of coupling constants fixed in threshold region.

  10. The renormalization group and two dimensional multicritical effective scalar field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Morris, T R

    1995-01-01

    Direct verification of the existence of an infinite set of multicritical non-perturbative FPs (Fixed Points) for a single scalar field in two dimensions, is in practice well outside the capabilities of the present standard approximate non-perturbative methods. We apply a derivative expansion of the exact RG (Renormalization Group) equations in a form which allows the corresponding FP equations to appear as non-linear eigenvalue equations for the anomalous scaling dimension \\eta. At zeroth order, only continuum limits based on critical sine-Gordon models, are accessible. At second order in derivatives, we perform a general search over all \\eta\\ge.02, finding the expected first ten FPs, and {\\sl only} these. For each of these we verify the correct relevant qualitative behaviour, and compute critical exponents, and the dimensions of up to the first ten lowest dimension operators. Depending on the quantity, our lowest order approximate description agrees with CFT (Conformal Field Theory) with an accuracy between ...

  11. Unified theory of electron-phonon renormalization and phonon-assisted optical absorption.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Patrick, Christopher E; Giustino, Feliciano

    2014-09-10

    We present a theory of electronic excitation energies and optical absorption spectra which incorporates energy-level renormalization and phonon-assisted optical absorption within a unified framework. Using time-independent perturbation theory we show how the standard approaches for studying vibronic effects in molecules and those for addressing electron-phonon interactions in solids correspond to slightly different choices for the non-interacting Hamiltonian. Our present approach naturally leads to the Allen-Heine theory of temperature-dependent energy levels, the Franck-Condon principle, the Herzberg-Teller effect and to phonon-assisted optical absorption in indirect band gap materials. In addition, our theory predicts sub-gap phonon-assisted optical absorption in direct gap materials, as well as an exponential edge which we tentatively assign to the Urbach tail. We also consider a semiclassical approach to the calculation of optical absorption spectra which simultaneously captures energy-level renormalization and phonon-assisted transitions and is especially suited to first-principles electronic structure calculations. We demonstrate this approach by calculating the phonon-assisted optical absorption spectrum of bulk silicon.

  12. The ambiguity in ray perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Snieder, R.; Sambridge, M. [Utrecht Univ., Utrecht (Netherlands)]|[Cambridge Univ., Cambridge (United Kingdom)

    1993-12-01

    Ray perturbation theory is concerned with the change in ray paths and travel times due to changes in the slowness model or the end-point conditions of rays. Several different formulations of ray perturbation theory have been developed. Even for the same physical problem different perturbation equations have been derived. The reason for this is that ray perturbation theory contains a fundamental ambiguity. One can move a point along a curve without changing the shape of the curve. This means that the mapping from a reference curve to a perturbed curve is not uniquely defined, because on may associated a point on the reference curve with different points on the perturbed curve. The mapping that is used is usually defined implicitly by the choice of the coordinate system or the independent parameter. In this paper, a fomalism is developed where one can specify explicitly the mapping from the reference curve to the perturbed curve by choosing a stretch factor that relates increments in arc length along the reference curve and the perturbed curve. This is incorporated in a theory that is accurate to first order in the ray position and to second order in the travel time. The second order travel time perturbation describes the effect of changes in the position of the ray on the travel time. In the formulation of this paper, paraxial ray perturbations, slowness perturbations, and pure ray bending are treated in a uniform fashion. This may be very useful in nonlinear tomographic inversions which include earthquake relocation.

  13. Perturbative renormalization factors and O(a^2) corrections for lattice 4-fermion operators with improved fermion/gluon actions

    CERN Document Server

    Constantinou, Martha; Frezzotti, Roberto; Lubicz, Vittorio; Panagopoulos, Haralambos; Skouroupathis, Apostolos; Stylianou, Fotos

    2010-01-01

    In this work we calculate the corrections to the amputated Green's functions of 4-fermion operators, in 1-loop Lattice Perturbation theory. One of the novel aspects of our calculations is that they are carried out to O(a^2) (a: lattice spacing). We employ the Wilson/clover action for massless fermions (also applicable for the twisted mass action in the chiral limit) and a family of Symanzik improved actions for gluons. Our calculations have been carried out in a general covariant gauge. Results have been obtained for several popular choices of values for the Symanzik coefficients. While our Green's function calculations regard any pointlike 4-fermion operators which do not mix with lower dimension ones, we pay particular attention to DF=2 operators, both Parity Conserving and Parity Violating (F: flavour). We compute the perturbative renormalization constants for a complete basis of 4-fermion operators and we study their mixing pattern. For some of the actions considered here, even O(a^0) results did not exis...

  14. Non-perturbative renormalization of quark bilinear operators with N{sub f}=2 (tmQCD) Wilson fermions and the tree-level improved gauge action

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Constantinou, M. [Cyprus Univ., Nicosia (Cyprus). Dept. of Physics; Dimopoulos, P. [Roma ' ' La Sapienza' ' Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; INFN, Rome (Italy); Frezzotti, R. [Roma ' ' Tor Vergata' ' Univ. (Italy). Dipt. di Fisica; INFN, Roma (IT)] (and others)

    2010-06-15

    We present results for the renormalization constants of bilinear quark operators obtained b4>UNL<426>UNL using the tree-level Symanzik improved gauge action and the N{sub f}=2 twisted mass fermion action at maximal twist, which guarantees automatic O(a)- improvement. Our results are also relevant for the corresponding standard (untwisted) Wilson fermionic action since the two actions only differ, in the massless limit, by a chiral rotation of the quark fields. The scale-independent renormalization constants Z{sub V}, Z{sub A} and the ratio Z{sub P}/Z{sub S} have been computed using the RI-MOM approach, as well as other alternative methods. For Z{sub A} and Z{sub P}/Z{sub S}, the latter are based on both standard twisted mass and Osterwalder-Seiler fermions, while for Z{sub V} a Ward Identity has been used. The quark field renormalization constant Z{sub q} and the scale dependent renormalization constants Z{sub S}, Z{sub P} and Z{sub T} are determined in the RI-MOM scheme. Leading discretization effects of O(g{sup 2}a{sup 2}), evaluated in one-loop perturbation theory, are explicitly subtracted from the RI-MOM estimates. (orig.)

  15. Quantum field theory and renormalization a la Stuckelberg-Petermann-Epstein-Glaser

    CERN Document Server

    Gali, Virginia

    2016-01-01

    The objective of this thesis is to analyze certain results presented by Nguyen Viet Dang in his article on the extension of distributions on Riemannian manifolds (cf. [5]). Some of his proofs were thoroughly revised. In addition, corrections or more detailed descriptions and explanations were added to them. In the present work, we study the renormalization of perturbative quantum field theory (pQFT) as a problem of extension of distributions originally defined on the complement of a closed set in a manifold. Our approach is simpler in the case of locally Euclidean quantum field theories (QFT). There- fore, we choose to work with spacetimes which are d-dimensional Riemannian manifolds (instead of pseudo-Riemannian manifolds). This has the advantage that we deal only with the Green functions and there are no time ordered products of fields. The geometric view also favors the study of renormalization in coordinate space. This is crucial for theories with curved spacetime backgrounds; in such scenarios, translati...

  16. Renormalization group evolution of the universal theories EFT

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wells, James D.; Zhang, Zhengkang [Michigan Center for Theoretical Physics, Department of Physics, University of Michigan,Ann Arbor, MI 48109 (United States)

    2016-06-21

    The conventional oblique parameters analyses of precision electroweak data can be consistently cast in the modern framework of the Standard Model effective field theory (SMEFT) when restrictions are imposed on the SMEFT parameter space so that it describes universal theories. However, the usefulness of such analyses is challenged by the fact that universal theories at the scale of new physics, where they are matched onto the SMEFT, can flow to nonuniversal theories with renormalization group (RG) evolution down to the electroweak scale, where precision observables are measured. The departure from universal theories at the electroweak scale is not arbitrary, but dictated by the universal parameters at the matching scale. But to define oblique parameters, and more generally universal parameters at the electroweak scale that directly map onto observables, additional prescriptions are needed for the treatment of RG-induced nonuniversal effects. We perform a RG analysis of the SMEFT description of universal theories, and discuss the impact of RG on simplified, universal-theories-motivated approaches to fitting precision electroweak and Higgs data.

  17. Renormalized Polyakov loops in various representations in finite temperature SU(2) gauge theory

    CERN Document Server

    Huebner, K

    2008-01-01

    We present results for the renormalized Polyakov loop in the three lowest irreducible representations of SU(2) gauge theory at finite temperature. We will discuss their scaling behavior near $T_c$ and test Casimir scaling in the deconfined phase. Moreover, we will compare these results to calculations for the renormalized Polyakov loops in several representations in the SU(3) gauge theory.

  18. Perturbative spacetimes from Yang-Mills theory

    CERN Document Server

    Luna, Andrés; Nicholson, Isobel; Ochirov, Alexander; O'Connell, Donal; Westerberg, Niclas; White, Chris D.

    2017-04-12

    The double copy relates scattering amplitudes in gauge and gravity theories. In this paper, we expand the scope of the double copy to construct spacetime metrics through a systematic perturbative expansion. The perturbative procedure is based on direct calculation in Yang-Mills theory, followed by squaring the numerator of certain perturbative diagrams as specified by the double-copy algorithm. The simplest spherically symmetric, stationary spacetime from the point of view of this procedure is a particular member of the Janis-Newman-Winicour family of naked singularities. Our work paves the way for applications of the double copy to physically interesting problems such as perturbative black-hole scattering.

  19. Perturbative spacetimes from Yang-Mills theory

    CERN Document Server

    Luna, Andres; Nicholson, Isobel; Ochirov, Alexander; O'Connell, Donal; Westerberg, Niclas; White, Chris D.

    2016-01-01

    The double copy relates scattering amplitudes in gauge and gravity theories. In this paper, we expand the scope of the double copy to construct spacetime metrics through a systematic perturbative expansion. The perturbative procedure is based on direct calculation in Yang-Mills theory, followed by squaring the numerator of certain perturbative diagrams as specified by the double-copy algorithm. The simplest spherically symmetric, stationary spacetime from the point of view of this procedure is a particular member of the Janis-Newman-Winicour family of naked singularities. Our work paves the way for applications of the double copy to physically interesting problems such as perturbative black-hole scattering.

  20. A new determination of $\\alpha_S$ from Renormalization Group Optimized Perturbation

    CERN Document Server

    Kneur, J-L

    2013-01-01

    A new version of the so-called optimized perturbation (OPT), implementing consistently renormalization group properties, is used to calculate the nonperturbative ratio $F_\\pi/\\overline\\Lambda$ of the pion decay constant and the basic QCD scale in the $\\overline{MS}$ scheme. Using the experimental $F_\\pi$ input value it provides a new determination of $\\overline\\Lambda$ for $n_f=2$ and $n_f=3$, and of the QCD coupling constant $\\overline\\alpha_S $ at various scales once combined with a standard perturbative evolution. The stability and empirical convergence properties of the RGOPT modified series is demonstrated up to the third order. We examine the difference sources of theoretical uncertainties and obtain $\\overline\\alpha_S (m_Z) =0.1174 ^{+.0010}_{-.0005} \\pm .001 \\pm .0005_{evol}$, where the first errors are estimates of the intrinsic theoretical uncertainties of our method, and the second errors come from present uncertainties in $F_\\pi/F_0$, where $F_0$ is $F_\\pi$ in the exact chiral $SU(3)$ limit.

  1. \\alpha_S from $F_\\pi$ and Renormalization Group Optimized Perturbation

    CERN Document Server

    Kneur, J -L

    2013-01-01

    A variant of variationally optimized perturbation, incorporating renormalization group properties in a straightforward way, uniquely fixes the variational mass interpolation in terms of the anomalous mass dimension. It is used at three successive orders to calculate the nonperturbative ratio $F_\\pi/\\Lambda$ of the pion decay constant and the basic QCD scale in the MSbar scheme. We demonstrate the good stability and (empirical) convergence properties of this modified perturbative series for this quantity, and provide simple and generic cures to previous problems of the method, principally the generally non-unique and non-real optimal solutions beyond lowest order. Using the experimental $F_\\pi$ input value we determine \\Lambda^{n_f=2}\\simeq 359^{+38}_{-25} \\pm 5 MeV and \\Lambda^{n_f=3}=317^{+14}_{-7} \\pm 13 MeV, where the first quoted errors are our estimate of theoretical uncertainties of the method, which we consider conservative. The second uncertainties come from the present uncertainties in F_\\pi/F and F_...

  2. General degeneracy in density functional perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Palenik, Mark C

    2016-01-01

    Degenerate perturbation theory from quantum mechanics is inadequate in density functional theory (DFT) because of nonlinearity in the Kohn-Sham potential. We develop the fully general degenerate perturbation theory for DFT without assuming that the degeneracy is required by symmetry. The resulting methodology is applied to the iron atom ground state in order to demonstrate the effects of degeneracy that appears both due to symmetry requirements and accidentally, between different representations of the symmetry group.

  3. Quantitative methods in classical perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Giorgilli, A.

    Poincaré proved that the series commonly used in Celestial mechanics are typically non convergent, although their usefulness is generally evident. Recent work in perturbation theory has enlightened this conjecture of Poincaré, bringing into evidence that the series of perturbation theory, although non convergent in general, furnish nevertheless valuable approximations to the true orbits for a very large time, which in some practical cases could be comparable with the age of the universe. The aim of the author's paper is to introduce the quantitative methods of perturbation theory which allow to obtain such powerful results.

  4. Renormalization theory in four dimensional scalar fields. Pt. 2

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gallavotti, G.; Nicolo, F.

    1985-09-01

    We interpret the results of the preceding paper (1985) in terms of partial resummations of the perturbative series for the effective interaction. As an application we sketch how our resummation method leads to a simple summation rule leading to a convergent expansion for the Schwinger functions of the planar PHI/sub 4//sup 4/-theory.

  5. Perturbative Chern-Simons theory revisited

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    McLellan, Brendan Donald Kenneth

    2013-01-01

    We reconsider perturbative Chern-Simons theory on a closed and oriented three-manifold with a choice of contact structure following C. Beasley and E. Witten. Closed three manifolds that admit a Sasakian structure are explicitly computed to first order in perturbation in terms of their Seifert dat...

  6. Renormalization and Hopf Algebraic Structure of the 5-Dimensional Quartic Tensor Field Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Avohou, Remi Cocou; Tanasa, Adrian

    2015-01-01

    This paper is devoted to the study of renormalization of the quartic melonic tensor model in dimension (=rank) five. We review the perturbative renormalization and the computation of the one loop beta function, confirming the asymptotic freedom of the model. We then define the Connes-Kreimer-like Hopf algebra describing the combinatorics of the renormalization of this model and we analyze in detail, at one- and two-loop levels, the Hochschild cohomology allowing to write the combinatorial Dyson-Schwinger equations. Feynman tensor graph Hopf subalgebras are also exhibited.

  7. Non-sequential double ionization with time-dependent renormalized natural orbital theory

    CERN Document Server

    Brics, M; Bauer, D

    2014-01-01

    Recently introduced time-dependent renormalized natural orbital theory (TDRNOT) is tested on non-sequential double ionization (NSDI) of a numerically exactly solvable one-dimensional model He atom subject to few-cycle, 800-nm laser pulses. NSDI of atoms in strong laser fields is a prime example of non-perturbative, highly correlated electron dynamics. As such, NSDI is an important "worst-case" benchmark for any time-dependent few and many-body technique beyond linear response. It is found that TDRNOT reproduces the celebrated NSDI "knee," i.e., a many-order-of-magnitude enhancement of the double ionization yield (as compared to purely sequential ionization) with only the ten most significant natural orbitals (NOs) per spin. Correlated photoelectron spectra - as "more differential" observables - require more NOs.

  8. Critical asymmetry in renormalization group theory for fluids.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Wei; Wu, Liang; Wang, Long; Li, Liyan; Cai, Jun

    2013-06-21

    The renormalization-group (RG) approaches for fluids are employed to investigate critical asymmetry of vapour-liquid equilibrium (VLE) of fluids. Three different approaches based on RG theory for fluids are reviewed and compared. RG approaches are applied to various fluid systems: hard-core square-well fluids of variable ranges, hard-core Yukawa fluids, and square-well dimer fluids and modelling VLE of n-alkane molecules. Phase diagrams of simple model fluids and alkanes described by RG approaches are analyzed to assess the capability of describing the VLE critical asymmetry which is suggested in complete scaling theory. Results of thermodynamic properties obtained by RG theory for fluids agree with the simulation and experimental data. Coexistence diameters, which are smaller than the critical densities, are found in the RG descriptions of critical asymmetries of several fluids. Our calculation and analysis show that the approach coupling local free energy with White's RG iteration which aims to incorporate density fluctuations into free energy is not adequate for VLE critical asymmetry due to the inadequate order parameter and the local free energy functional used in the partition function.

  9. System-reservoir theory with anharmonic baths: a perturbative approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bhadra, Chitrak; Banerjee, Dhruba

    2016-04-01

    In this paper we develop the formalism of a general system coupled to a reservoir (the words ‘bath’ and ‘reservoir’ will be used interchangeably) consisting of nonlinear oscillators, based on perturbation theory at the classical level, by extending the standard Zwanzig approach of elimination of bath degrees of freedom order by order in perturbation. We observe that the fluctuation dissipation relation (FDR) of the second kind in its standard form for harmonic baths gets modified due to the nonlinearity and this is manifested through higher powers of {{k}\\text{B}}T in the expression for two-time noise correlation. On the flip side, this very modification allows us to define a dressed (renormalized) system-bath coupling that depends on the temperature and the nonlinear parameters of the bath in such a way that the structure of the FDR (of the second kind) is maintained. As an aside, we also observe that the first moment of the noise arising from a nonlinear bath can be non-zero, even in the absence of any external drive, if the reservoir potential is asymmetric with respect to one of its minima, about which one builds up the perturbation theory.

  10. General framework of the non-perturbative renormalization group for non-equilibrium steady states

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Canet, Leonie [Laboratoire de Physique et Modelisation des Milieux Condenses, Universite Joseph Fourier Grenoble I-CNRS, BP166, 38042 Grenoble Cedex (France); Chate, Hugues [Service de Physique de l' Etat Condense, CEA-Saclay, 91191 Gif-sur-Yvette Cedex (France); Delamotte, Bertrand, E-mail: leonie.canet@grenoble.cnrs.fr [Laboratoire de Physique Theorique de la Matiere Condensee, Universite Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris VI, CNRS UMR 7600, 4 Place Jussieu, 75252 Paris Cedex 05 (France)

    2011-12-09

    This paper is devoted to presenting in detail the non-perturbative renormalization group (NPRG) formalism to investigate out-of-equilibrium systems and critical dynamics in statistical physics. The general NPRG framework for studying non-equilibrium steady states in stochastic models is expounded and fundamental technicalities are stressed, mainly regarding the role of causality and of It o-bar 's discretization. We analyze the consequences of It o-bar 's prescription in the NPRG framework and eventually provide an adequate regularization to encode them automatically. Besides, we show how to build a supersymmetric NPRG formalism with emphasis on time-reversal symmetric problems, whose supersymmetric structure allows for a particularly simple implementation of NPRG in which causality issues are transparent. We illustrate the two approaches on the example of Model A within the derivative expansion approximation at order 2 and check that they yield identical results. We stress, though, that the framework presented here also applies to genuinely out-of-equilibrium problems. (paper)

  11. Optimal Renormalization-Group Improvement of the Perturbative Series for the $e^+e^-$-Annihilation Cross-Section

    CERN Document Server

    Ahmady, M R; Elias, V; Fariborz, A H; McKeon, D G C; Sherry, T N; Squires, A; Steele, T G

    2003-01-01

    Using renormalization-group methods, we derive differential equations for the all-orders summation of logarithmic corrections to the QCD series for $R(s) =\\sigma(e^+e^- \\to {\\rm hadrons})/\\sigma(e^+e^- \\to \\mu^+\\mu^-)$, as obtained from the imaginary part of the purely-perturbative vector-current correlation function. We present explicit solutions for the summation of leading and up to three subsequent subleading orders of logarithms. The summations accessible from the four-loop vector-correlator not only lead to a substantial reduction in sensitivity to the renormalization scale, but necessarily impose a common infrared bound on perturbative approximations to $R(s)$, regardless of the infrared behaviour of the true QCD couplant.

  12. Non-perturbative renormalization of quark mass in Nf=2+1 QCD with the Schroedinger functional scheme

    CERN Document Server

    Taniguchi, Yusuke

    2010-01-01

    We present an evaluation of the quark mass renormalization factor for Nf=2+1 QCD. The Schroedinger functional scheme is employed as the intermediate scheme to carry out non-perturbative running from the low energy to deep in the high energy perturbative region. The regularization independent step scaling function of the quark mass is obtained in the continuum limit. Renormalization factors for the pseudo scalar density and the axial vector current are also evaluated for the same action and the bare couplings as two recent large scale Nf=2+1 simulations; previous work of the CP-PACS/JLQCD collaboration, which covered the up-down quark mass range heavier than m_pi=500 MeV and that of PACS-CS collaboration on the physical point using the reweighting technique.

  13. Effective Field Theory of Cosmological Perturbations

    CERN Document Server

    Piazza, Federico

    2013-01-01

    The effective field theory of cosmological perturbations stems from considering a cosmological background solution as a state displaying spontaneous breaking of time translations and (adiabatic) perturbations as the related Nambu-Goldstone modes. With this insight, one can systematically develop a theory for the cosmological perturbations during inflation and, with minor modifications, also describe in full generality the gravitational interactions of dark energy, which are relevant for late-time cosmology. The formalism displays a unique set of Lagrangian operators containing an increasing number of cosmological perturbations and derivatives. We give an introductory description of the unitary gauge formalism for theories with broken gauge symmetry---that allows to write down the most general Lagrangian---and of the Stueckelberg "trick"---that allows to recover gauge invariance and to make the scalar field explicit. We show how to apply this formalism to gravity and cosmology and we reproduce the detailed ana...

  14. General degeneracy in density functional perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Palenik, Mark C.; Dunlap, Brett I.

    2017-07-01

    Degenerate perturbation theory from quantum mechanics is inadequate in density functional theory (DFT) because of nonlinearity in the Kohn-Sham potential. Herein, we develop the fully general perturbation theory for open-shell, degenerate systems in Kohn-Sham DFT, without assuming the presence of symmetry or equal occupation of degenerate orbitals. To demonstrate the resulting methodology, we apply it to the iron atom in the central field approximation, perturbed by an electric quadrupole. This system was chosen because it displays both symmetry required degeneracy, between the five 3 d orbitals, as well as accidental degeneracy, between the 3 d and 4 s orbitals. The quadrupole potential couples the degenerate 3 d and 4 s states, serving as an example of the most general perturbation.

  15. Renormalization group theory of the three dimensional dilute Bose gas

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Bijlsma, M.; Stoof, H.T.C.

    1996-01-01

    We study the three-dimensional atomic Bose gas using renormalization group techniques. Using our knowledge of the microscopic details of the interatomic interaction, we determine the correct initial values of our renormalization group equations and thus obtain also information on nonuniversal

  16. Renormalization aspects of N = 1 Super Yang-Mills theory in the Wess-Zumino gauge

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Capri, M.A.L.; Granado, D.R.; Guimaraes, M.S.; Justo, I.F.; Sorella, S.P.; Vercauteren, D. [UERJ-Universidade do Estado do Rio de Janeiro, Departamento de Fisica Teorica, Instituto de Fisica, Maracana, Rio de Janeiro (Brazil); Mihaila, L. [Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Institut fuer Theoretische Teilchenphysik, Karlsruhe (Germany)

    2014-04-15

    The renormalization of N = 1 Super Yang-Mills theory is analyzed in the Wess-Zumino gauge, employing the Landau condition. An all-orders proof of the renormalizability of the theory is given by means of the Algebraic Renormalization procedure. Only three renormalization constants are needed, which can be identified with the coupling constant, gauge field, and gluino renormalization. The nonrenormalization theorem of the gluon-ghost-antighost vertex in the Landau gauge is shown to remain valid in N = 1 Super Yang-Mills. Moreover, due to the non-linear realization of the supersymmetry in the Wess-Zumino gauge, the renormalization factor of the gauge field turns out to be different from that of the gluino. These features are explicitly checked through a three-loop calculation. (orig.)

  17. Renormalization Group Invariance and Optimal QCD Renormalization Scale-Setting

    CERN Document Server

    Wu, Xing-Gang; Wang, Sheng-Quan; Fu, Hai-Bing; Ma, Hong-Hao; Brodsky, Stanley J; Mojaza, Matin

    2014-01-01

    A valid prediction from quantum field theory for a physical observable should be independent of the choice of renormalization scheme -- this is the primary requirement of renormalization group invariance (RGI). Satisfying scheme invariance is a challenging problem for perturbative QCD (pQCD), since truncated perturbation series do not automatically satisfy the requirements of the renormalization group. Two distinct approaches for satisfying the RGI principle have been suggested in the literature. One is the "Principle of Maximum Conformality" (PMC) in which the terms associated with the $\\beta$-function are absorbed into the scale of the running coupling at each perturbative order; its predictions are scheme and scale independent at every finite order. The other approach is the "Principle of Minimum Sensitivity" (PMS), which is based on local RGI; the PMS approach determines the optimal renormalization scale by requiring the slope of the approximant of an observable to vanish. In this paper, we present a deta...

  18. Homological Perturbation Theory and Mirror Symmetry

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jian ZHOU

    2003-01-01

    We explain how deformation theories of geometric objects such as complex structures,Poisson structures and holomorphic bundle structures lead to differential Gerstenhaber or Poisson al-gebras. We use homological perturbation theory to construct A∞ algebra structures on the cohomology,and their canonically defined deformations. Such constructions are used to formulate a version of A∞algebraic mirror symmetry.

  19. Second order perturbation theory for embedded eigenvalues

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Faupin, Jeremy; Møller, Jacob Schach; Skibsted, Erik

    2011-01-01

    We study second order perturbation theory for embedded eigenvalues of an abstract class of self-adjoint operators. Using an extension of the Mourre theory, under assumptions on the regularity of bound states with respect to a conjugate operator, we prove upper semicontinuity of the point spectrum...

  20. World-line perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    van Holten, Jan-Willem

    2016-01-01

    The motion of a compact body in space and time is commonly described by the world line of a point representing the instantaneous position of the body. In General Relativity such a world-line formalism is not quite straightforward because of the strict impossibility to accommodate point masses and rigid bodies. In many situations of practical interest it can still be made to work using an effective hamiltonian or energy-momentum tensor for a finite number of collective degrees of freedom of the compact object. Even so exact solutions of the equations of motion are often not available. In such cases families of world lines of compact bodies in curved space-times can be constructed by a perturbative procedure based on generalized geodesic deviation equations. Examples for simple test masses and for spinning test bodies are presented.

  1. Adiabatic density-functional perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gonze, Xavier

    1995-08-01

    The treatment of adiabatic perturbations within density-functional theory is examined, at arbitrary order of the perturbation expansion. Due to the extremal property of the energy functional, standard variation-perturbation theorems can be used. The different methods (Sternheimer equation, extremal principle, Green's function, and sum over state) for obtaining the perturbation expansion of the wave functions are presented. The invariance of the Hilbert space of occupied wave functions with respect to a unitary transformation leads to the definition of a ``parallel-transport-gauge'' and a ``diagonal-gauge'' perturbation expansion. Then, the general expressions are specialized for the second, third, and fourth derivative of the energy, with an example of application of the method up to third order.

  2. SU(3)-breaking corrections to the baryon-octet magnetic moments in chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Camalich, J Martin; Geng, L S; Vacas, M J Vicente

    2009-01-01

    We report a calculation of the baryon magnetic moments using covariant chiral perturbation theory within the extended-on-mass-shell renormalization scheme including intermediate octet and decuplet contributions. By fitting the two available low-energy constants, we improve the Coleman-Glashow description of the data when we include the leading SU(3) breaking effects coming from the lowest-order loops. We compare with previous attempts at the same order using heavy-baryon and covariant infrared chiral perturbation theory, and discuss the source of the differences.

  3. Operator Decomposition Framework for Perturbation Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Abdel-Khalik, Hany S.; Wang, Congjian; Bang, Young Suk [North Carolina State University, Raleigh (United States)

    2012-05-15

    This summary describes a new framework for perturbation theory intended to improve its performance, in terms of the associated computational cost and the complexity of implementation, for routine reactor calculations in support of design, analysis, and regulation. Since its first introduction in reactor analysis by Winger, perturbation theory has assumed an aura of sophistication with regard to its implementation and its capabilities. Only few reactor physicists, typically mathematically proficient, have contributed to its development, with the general body of the nuclear engineering community remaining unaware of its current status, capabilities, and challenges. Given its perceived sophistication and the small body of community users, the application of perturbation theory has been limited to investigatory analyses only. It is safe to say that the nuclear community is split into two groups, a small one which understands the theory and, and a much bigger group with the perceived notion that perturbation theory is nothing but a fancy mathematical approach that has very little use in practice. Over the past three years, research has demonstrated two goals. First, reduce the computational cost of perturbation theory in order to enable its use for routine reactor calculations. Second, expose some of the myth about perturbation theory and present it in a form that is simple and relatable in order to stimulate the interest of nuclear practitioners, especially those who are currently working on the development of next generation reactor design and analysis tools. The operator decomposition approach has its roots in linear algebra and can be easily understood by code developers, especially those involved in the design of iterative numerical solution strategies

  4. Improved renormalization group theory for critical asymmetry of fluids.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Long; Zhao, Wei; Wu, Liang; Li, Liyan; Cai, Jun

    2013-09-28

    We develop an improved renormalization group (RG) approach incorporating the critical vapor-liquid equilibrium asymmetry. In order to treat the critical asymmetry of vapor-liquid equilibrium, the integral measure is introduced in the Landau-Ginzbug partition function to achieve a crossover between the local order parameter in Ising model and the density of fluid systems. In the implementation of the improved RG approach, we relate the integral measure with the inhomogeneous density distribution of a fluid system and combine the developed method with SAFT-VR (statistical associating fluid theory of variable range) equation of state. The method is applied to various fluid systems including square-well fluid, square-well dimer fluid and real fluids such as methane (CH4), ethane (C2H6), trifluorotrichloroethane (C2F3Cl3), and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6). The descriptions of vapor-liquid equilibria provided by the developed method are in excellent agreement with simulation and experimental data. Furthermore, the improved method predicts accurate and qualitatively correct behavior of coexistence diameter near the critical point and produces the non-classical 3D Ising criticality.

  5. The impact of renormalization group theory on magnetism

    Science.gov (United States)

    Köbler, U.; Hoser, A.

    2007-11-01

    The basic issues of renormalization group (RG) theory, i.e. universality, crossover phenomena, relevant interactions etc. are verified experimentally on magnetic materials. Universality is demonstrated on account of the saturation of the magnetic order parameter for T ↦ 0. Universal means that the deviations with respect to saturation at T = 0 can perfectly be described by a power function of absolute temperature with an exponent ɛ that is independent of spin structure and lattice symmetry. Normally the Tɛ function holds up to ~0.85Tc where crossover to the critical power function occurs. Universality for T ↦ 0 cannot be explained on the basis of the material specific magnon dispersions that are due to atomistic symmetry. Instead, continuous dynamic symmetry has to be assumed. The quasi particles of the continuous symmetry can be described by plane waves and have linear dispersion in all solids. This then explains universality. However, those quasi particles cannot be observed using inelastic neutron scattering. The principle of relevance is demonstrated using the competition between crystal field interaction and exchange interaction as an example. If the ratio of crystal field interaction to exchange interaction is below some threshold value the local crystal field is not relevant under the continuous symmetry of the ordered state and the saturation moment of the free ion is observed for T ↦ 0. Crossover phenomena either between different exponents or between discrete changes of the pre-factor of the Tɛ function are demonstrated for the spontaneous magnetization and for the heat capacity.

  6. Experimental test of renormalization group theory on the uniaxial, dipolar coupled ferromagnet LiTbf4

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Als-Nielsen, Jens Aage

    1976-01-01

    The transverse correlation range ξ and the susceptibility in the critical region has been measured by neutron scattering. A special technique required to resolve the superdiverging longitudinal correlation range has been utilized. The results for ξ together with existing specific-heat data are in...... are in remarkable agreement with the renormalization group theory of systems with marginal dimensionality. The ratio between the susceptibility amplitudes above and below Tc was found to be 2 in accordance with renormalization-group and meanfield theory....

  7. Chiral Perturbation Theory With Lattice Regularization

    CERN Document Server

    Ouimet, P P A

    2005-01-01

    In this work, alternative methods to regularize chiral perturbation theory are discussed. First, Long Distance Regularization will be considered in the presence of the decuplet of the lightest spin 32 baryons for several different observables. This serves motivation and introduction to the use of the lattice regulator for chiral perturbation theory. The mesonic, baryonic and anomalous sectors of chiral perturbation theory will be formulated on a lattice of space time points. The consistency of the lattice as a regulator will be discussed in the context of the meson and baryon masses. Order a effects will also be discussed for the baryon masses, sigma terms and magnetic moments. The work will close with an attempt to derive an effective Wess-Zumino-Witten Lagrangian for Wilson fermions at non-zero a. Following this discussion, there will be a proposal for a phenomenologically useful WZW Lagrangian at non-zero a.

  8. Renormalization theory in four dimensional scalar fields. Pt. 1

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gallavotti, G.; Nicolo, F.

    1985-08-01

    We present a renormalization group appraoch to the renormalization thoery of PHI/sub 4//sup 4/ using techniques that have been introduced and used in previous papers and that lead to very simple methods to bound the coefficients of the effective potential and of the Schwinger functions. The main aim of this paper is to show how one can in this way obtain the n-bounds.

  9. Matter Density Perturbations in Modified Teleparallel Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Wu, Yi-Peng

    2012-01-01

    We study the matter density perturbations in modified teleparallel gravity theories, where extra degrees of freedom arise from the local Lorentz violation in the tangent space. We formulate a vierbein perturbation with variables addressing all the 16 components of the vierbein field. By assuming the perfect fluid matter source, we examine the cosmological implication of the 6 unfamiliar new degrees of freedom in modified $f(T)$ gravity theories. We find that despite the new modes in the vierbein scenario provide no explicit significant effect in the small-scale regime, they exhibit some deviation from the standard general relativity results in super-horizon scales.

  10. Vector Meson Masses in Chiral Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Bijnens, J; Talavera, P

    1997-01-01

    We discuss the vector meson masses within the context of Chiral Perturbation Theory performing an expansion in terms of the momenta, quark masses and 1/Nc. We extend the previous analysis to include isospin breaking effects and also include up to order p^4. We discuss vector meson chiral perturbation theory in some detail and present a derivation from a relativistic lagrangian. The unknown coefficients are estimated in various ways. We also discuss the relevance of electromagnetic corrections and the implications of the present calculation for the determination of quark masses.

  11. Introduction to non-perturbative heavy quark effective theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sommer, R. [DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC

    2010-08-15

    My lectures on the effective field theory for heavy quarks, an expansion around the static limit, concentrate on the motivation and formulation of HQET, its renormalization and discretization. This provides the basis for understanding that and how this effective theory can be formulated fully non-perturbatively in the QCD coupling, while by the very nature of an effective field theory, it is perturbative in the expansion parameter 1/m. After the couplings in the effective theory have been determined, the result at a certain order in 1/m is unique up to higher order terms in 1/m. In particular the continuum limit of the lattice regularized theory exists and leaves no trace of how it was regularized. In other words, the theory yields an asymptotic expansion of the QCD observables in 1/m - as usual in a quantum field theory modified by powers of logarithms. None of these properties has been shown rigorously (e.g. to all orders in perturbation theory) but perturbative computations and recently also non-perturbative lattice results give strong support to this ''standard wisdom''. A subtle issue is that a theoretically consistent formulation of the theory is only possible through a non-perturbative matching of its parameters with QCD at finite values of 1/m. As a consequence one finds immediately that the splitting of a result for a certain observable into, for example, lowest order and first order is ambiguous. Depending on how the matching between effective theory and QCD is done, a first order contribution may vanish and appear instead in the lowest order. For example, the often cited phenomenological HQET parameters anti {lambda} and {lambda}{sub 1} lack a unique non-perturbative definition. But this does not affect the precision of the asymptotic expansion in 1/m. The final result for an observable is correct up to order (1/m){sup n+1} if the theory was treated including (1/m){sup n} terms. Clearly, the weakest point of HQET is that it

  12. Perturbative quantization of Yang-Mills theory with classical double as gauge algebra

    CERN Document Server

    Ruiz, F Ruiz

    2015-01-01

    Perturbative quantization of Yang-Mills theory with a gauge algebra given by the classical double of a semisimple Lie algebra is considered. The classical double of a real Lie algebra is a nonsemisimple real Lie algebra that admits a nonpositive definite invariant metric, the indefiniteness of the metric suggesting an apparent lack of unitarity. It is shown that the theory is UV divergent at one loop and that there are no radiative corrections at higher loops. One-loop UV divergences are removed through renormalization of the coupling constant, thus introducing a renormalization scale. The terms in the classical action that would spoil unitarity are proved to be cohomologically trivial with respect to the Slavnov-Taylor operator that controls gauge invariance for the quantum theory. Hence they do not contribute gauge invariant radiative corrections to the quantum effective action and the theory is unitary.

  13. Perturbative quantization of Yang-Mills theory with classical double as gauge algebra

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ruiz Ruiz, F. [Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Departamento de Fisica Teorica I, Madrid (Spain)

    2016-02-15

    Perturbative quantization of Yang-Mills theory with a gauge algebra given by the classical double of a semisimple Lie algebra is considered. The classical double of a real Lie algebra is a nonsemisimple real Lie algebra that admits a nonpositive definite invariant metric, the indefiniteness of the metric suggesting an apparent lack of unitarity. It is shown that the theory is UV divergent at one loop and that there are no radiative corrections at higher loops. One-loop UV divergences are removed through renormalization of the coupling constant, thus introducing a renormalization scale. The terms in the classical action that would spoil unitarity are proved to be cohomologically trivial with respect to the Slavnov-Taylor operator that controls gauge invariance for the quantum theory. Hence they do not contribute gauge invariant radiative corrections to the quantum effective action and the theory is unitary. (orig.)

  14. Four-Dimensional Spin Foam Perturbation Theory

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    João Faria Martins

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available We define a four-dimensional spin-foam perturbation theory for the BF-theory with a B∧B potential term defined for a compact semi-simple Lie group G on a compact orientable 4-manifold M. This is done by using the formal spin foam perturbative series coming from the spin-foam generating functional. We then regularize the terms in the perturbative series by passing to the category of representations of the quantum group U_q(g where g is the Lie algebra of G and q is a root of unity. The Chain-Mail formalism can be used to calculate the perturbative terms when the vector space of intertwiners Λ⊗Λ→A, where A is the adjoint representation of g, is 1-dimensional for each irrep Λ. We calculate the partition function Z in the dilute-gas limit for a special class of triangulations of restricted local complexity, which we conjecture to exist on any 4-manifold M. We prove that the first-order perturbative contribution vanishes for finite triangulations, so that we define a dilute-gas limit by using the second-order contribution. We show that Z is an analytic continuation of the Crane-Yetter partition function. Furthermore, we relate Z to the partition function for the F∧F theory.

  15. Renormalization of gauge theories in the background-field approach arXiv

    CERN Document Server

    Barvinsky, Andrei O.; Herrero-Valea, Mario; Sibiryakov, Sergey M.; Steinwachs, Christian F.

    Using the background-field method we demonstrate the Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin (BRST) structure of counterterms in a broad class of gauge theories. In other words, the renormalization procedure for these gauge theories is compatible with their gauge invariance. This class encompasses Yang-Mills theories (with possibly Abelian subgroups) and relativistic gravity, including both renormalizable and non-renormalizable (effective) theories. Our results also hold for non-relativistic models such as Yang-Mills theories with anisotropic scaling or Horava gravity. They strengthen and generalize the existing results in the literature concerning the renormalization of gauge systems. We illustrate our general approach with several explicit examples.

  16. Baryon form factors in chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Kubis, B; Kubis, Bastian; Meissner, Ulf-G.

    2001-01-01

    We analyze the electromagnetic form factors of the ground state baryon octet to fourth order in relativistic baryon chiral perturbation theory. Predictions for the \\Sigma^- charge radius and the \\Lambda-\\Sigma^0 transition moment are found to be in excellent agreement with the available experimental information. Furthermore, the convergence behavior of the hyperon charge radii is shown to be more than satisfactory.

  17. Geometric singular perturbation theory in biological practice

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Hek, G.

    2010-01-01

    Geometric singular perturbation theory is a useful tool in the analysis of problems with a clear separation in time scales. It uses invariant manifolds in phase space in order to understand the global structure of the phase space or to construct orbits with desired properties. This paper explains an

  18. Revisiting on-shell renormalization conditions in theories with flavour mixing

    CERN Document Server

    Grimus, W

    2016-01-01

    In this review, we present a derivation of the on-shell renormalization conditions for scalar and fermionic fields in theories with and without parity conservation. We also discuss the specifics of Majorana fermions. Our approach only assumes a canonical form for the renormalized propagators and exploits the fact that the inverse propagators are non-singular in $\\varepsilon = p^2 - m_n^2$, where $p$ is the external four-momentum and $m_n$ is a pole mass. In this way, we obtain full agreement with commonly used on-shell conditions. We also discuss how they are implemented in renormalization.

  19. Revisiting on-shell renormalization conditions in theories with flavor mixing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grimus, W.; Löschner, M.

    2016-08-01

    In this review, we present a derivation of the on-shell renormalization conditions for scalar and fermionic fields in theories with and without parity conservation. We also discuss the specifics of Majorana fermions. Our approach only assumes a canonical form for the renormalized propagators and exploits the fact that the inverse propagators are nonsingular in 𝜀 = p2 - m n2, where p is the external four-momentum and mn is a pole mass. In this way, we obtain full agreement with commonly used on-shell conditions. We also discuss how they are implemented in renormalization.

  20. Renormalization-group theory for the eddy viscosity in subgrid modeling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhou, YE; Vahala, George; Hossain, Murshed

    1988-01-01

    Renormalization-group theory is applied to incompressible three-dimensional Navier-Stokes turbulence so as to eliminate unresolvable small scales. The renormalized Navier-Stokes equation now includes a triple nonlinearity with the eddy viscosity exhibiting a mild cusp behavior, in qualitative agreement with the test-field model results of Kraichnan. For the cusp behavior to arise, not only is the triple nonlinearity necessary but the effects of pressure must be incorporated in the triple term. The renormalized eddy viscosity will not exhibit a cusp behavior if it is assumed that a spectral gap exists between the large and small scales.

  1. Exploring arbitrarily high orders of optimized perturbation theory in QCD with nf -> 16.5

    CERN Document Server

    Stevenson, P M

    2016-01-01

    Perturbative QCD with nf flavours of massless quarks becomes simple in the hypothetical limit nf -> 16.5, where the leading beta-function coefficient vanishes. The Banks-Zaks (BZ) expansion in a0=(8/321)(16.5-nf) is straightforward to obtain from perturbative results in MSbar or any renormalization scheme (RS) whose nf dependence is `regular.' However, `irregular' RS's are perfectly permissible and should ultimately lead to the same BZ results. We show here that the `optimal' RS determined by the Principle of Minimal Sensitivity does yield the same BZ-expansion results when all orders of perturbation theory are taken into account. The BZ limit provides an arena for exploring optimized perturbation theory at arbitrarily high orders. These explorations are facilitated by a `master equation' expressing the optimization conditions in the fixed-point limit. We find an intriguing strong/weak coupling duality a -> a*^2/a about the fixed point a*.

  2. Casimir scaling and renormalization of Polyakov loops in large-N gauge theories

    CERN Document Server

    Mykkanen, Anne; Rummukainen, Kari

    2012-01-01

    We study Casimir scaling and renormalization properties of Polyakov loops in different irreducible representations in SU(N) gauge theories; in particular, we investigate the approach to the large-N limit, by performing lattice simulations of Yang-Mills theories with an increasing number of colors, from 2 to 6. We consider the twelve lowest irreducible representations for each gauge group, and find strong numerical evidence for nearly perfect Casimir scaling of the bare Polyakov loops in the deconfined phase. Then we discuss the temperature dependence of renormalized loops, which is found to be qualitatively and quantitatively very similar for the various gauge groups. In particular, close to the deconfinement transition, the renormalized Polyakov loop increases with the temperature, and its logarithm reveals a characteristic dependence on the inverse of the square of the temperature. At higher temperatures, the renormalized Polyakov loop overshoots one, reaches a maximum, and then starts decreasing, in agreem...

  3. A general theory of linear cosmological perturbations: bimetric theories

    CERN Document Server

    Lagos, Macarena

    2016-01-01

    We implement the method developed in [1] to construct the most general parametrised action for linear cosmological perturbations of bimetric theories of gravity. Specifically, we consider perturbations around a homogeneous and isotropic background, and identify the complete form of the action invariant under diffeomorphism transformations, as well as the number of free parameters characterising this cosmological class of theories. We discuss, in detail, the case without derivative interactions, and compare our results with those found in massive bigravity.

  4. A primer for Chiral Perturbative Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Scherer, Stefan [Mainz Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik; Schindler, Matthias R. [South Carolina Univ., Columbia, SC (United States). Dept. of Physics; George Washington Univ., Washington, DC (United States). Dept. of Physics

    2012-07-01

    Chiral Perturbation Theory, as effective field theory, is a commonly accepted and well established working tool, approximating quantum chromodynamics at energies well below typical hadron masses. This volume, based on a number of lectures and supplemented with additional material, provides a pedagogical introduction for graduate students and newcomers entering the field from related areas of nuclear and particle physics. Starting with the the Lagrangian of the strong interactions and general symmetry principles, the basic concepts of Chiral Perturbation Theory in the mesonic and baryonic sectors are developed. The application of these concepts is then illustrated with a number of examples. A large number of exercises (81, with complete solutions) are included to familiarize the reader with helpful calculational techniques. (orig.)

  5. A primer for chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Scherer, Stefan

    2012-01-01

    Chiral Perturbation Theory, as effective field theory, is a commonly accepted and well established working tool, approximating quantum chromodynamics at energies well below typical hadron masses. This volume, based on a number of lectures and supplemented with additional material, provides a pedagogical introduction for graduate students and newcomers entering the field from related areas of nuclear and particle physics. Starting with the the Lagrangian of the strong interactions and general symmetry principles, the basic concepts of Chiral Perturbation Theory in the mesonic and baryonic sectors are developed. The application of these concepts is then illustrated with a number of examples. A large number of exercises (81, with complete solutions) are included to familiarize the reader with helpful calculational techniques.

  6. SPT 2004: Symmetry and Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Prinari, Barbara; Rauch-Wojciechowski, Stefan; Terracini, Susanna

    2005-01-01

    This proceedings volume is a collection of papers presented at the International Conference on SPT2004 focusing on symmetry, perturbation theory, and integrability. The book provides an updated overview of the recent developments in the various different fields of nonlinear dynamics, covering both theory and applications. Special emphasis is given to algebraic and geometric integrability, solutions to the N-body problem of the “choreography” type, geometry and symmetry of dynamical systems, integrable evolution equations, various different perturbation theories, and bifurcation analysis. The contributors to this volume include some of the leading scientists in the field, among them: I Anderson, D Bambusi, S Benenti, S Bolotin, M Fels, W Y Hsiang, V Matveev, A V Mikhailov, P J Olver, G Pucacco, G Sartori, M A Teixeira, S Terracini, F Verhulst and I Yehorchenko.

  7. PERTURBATION THEORY FOR THE FOCK-DIRAC DENSITY MATRIX

    Science.gov (United States)

    ATOMIC ENERGY LEVELS, *ATOMIC ORBITALS, *QUANTUM THEORY , ATOMIC SPECTROSCOPY, ELECTRONS, EXCITATION, FUNCTIONS(MATHEMATICS), MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS, NUCLEAR SPINS, PERTURBATION THEORY , SOLID STATE PHYSICS, THEORY

  8. Discrete Renormalization Group for SU(2) Tensorial Group Field Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Carrozza, Sylvain

    2014-01-01

    This article provides a Wilsonian description of the perturbatively renormalizable Tensorial Group Field Theory introduced in arXiv:1303.6772 [hep-th] (Commun. Math. Phys. 330, 581-637). It is a rank-3 model based on the gauge group SU(2), and as such is expected to be related to Euclidean quantum gravity in three dimensions. By means of a power-counting argument, we introduce a notion of dimensionality of the free parameters defining the action. General flow equations for the dimensionless bare coupling constants can then be derived, in terms of a discretely varying cut-off, and in which all the so-called melonic Feynman diagrams contribute. Linearizing around the Gaussian fixed point allows to recover the splitting between relevant, irrelevant, and marginal coupling constants. Pushing the perturbative expansion to second order for the marginal parameters, we are able to determine their behaviour in the vicinity of the Gaussian fixed point. Along the way, several technical tools are reviewed, including a dis...

  9. c-function and central charge of the sine-Gordon model from the non-perturbative renormalization group flow

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    V. Bacsó

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available In this paper we study the c-function of the sine-Gordon model taking explicitly into account the periodicity of the interaction potential. The integration of the c-function along trajectories of the non-perturbative renormalization group flow gives access to the central charges of the model in the fixed points. The results at vanishing frequency β2, where the periodicity does not play a role, are retrieved and the independence on the cutoff regulator for small frequencies is discussed. Our findings show that the central charge obtained integrating the trajectories starting from the repulsive low-frequencies fixed points (β2<8π to the infra-red limit is in good quantitative agreement with the expected Δc=1 result. The behavior of the c-function in the other parts of the flow diagram is also discussed. Finally, we point out that including also higher harmonics in the renormalization group treatment at the level of local potential approximation is not sufficient to give reasonable results, even if the periodicity is taken into account. Rather, incorporating the wave-function renormalization (i.e. going beyond local potential approximation is crucial to get sensible results even when a single frequency is used.

  10. Large-Scale Structure in Brane-Induced Gravity I. Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Scoccimarro, Roman

    2009-01-01

    We study the growth of subhorizon perturbations in brane-induced gravity using perturbation theory. We solve for the linear evolution of perturbations taking advantage of the symmetry under gauge transformations along the extra-dimension to decouple the bulk equations in the quasistatic approximation, which we argue may be a better approximation at large scales than thought before. We then study the nonlinearities in the bulk and brane equations, concentrating on the workings of the Vainshtein mechanism by which the theory becomes general relativity (GR) at small scales. We show that at the level of the power spectrum, to a good approximation, the effect of nonlinearities in the modified gravity sector may be absorbed into a renormalization of the gravitational constant. Since weak lensing is entirely unaffected by the extra nonlinear physics in these theories, the modified gravity can be described in this approximation by a single function, an effective gravitational constant that depends on space and time. ...

  11. Acoustic anisotropic wavefields through perturbation theory

    KAUST Repository

    Alkhalifah, Tariq Ali

    2013-09-01

    Solving the anisotropic acoustic wave equation numerically using finite-difference methods introduces many problems and media restriction requirements, and it rarely contributes to the ability to resolve the anisotropy parameters. Among these restrictions are the inability to handle media with η<0 and the presence of shear-wave artifacts in the solution. Both limitations do not exist in the solution of the elliptical anisotropic acoustic wave equation. Using perturbation theory in developing the solution of the anisotropic acoustic wave equation allows direct access to the desired limitation-free solutions, that is, solutions perturbed from the elliptical anisotropic background medium. It also provides a platform for parameter estimation because of the ability to isolate the wavefield dependency on the perturbed anisotropy parameters. As a result, I derive partial differential equations that relate changes in the wavefield to perturbations in the anisotropy parameters. The solutions of the perturbation equations represented the coefficients of a Taylor-series-type expansion of the wavefield as a function of the perturbed parameter, which is in this case η or the tilt of the symmetry axis. The expansion with respect to the symmetry axis allows use of an acoustic transversely isotropic media with a vertical symmetry axis (VTI) kernel to estimate the background wavefield and the corresponding perturbation coefficients. The VTI extrapolation kernel is about one-fourth the cost of the transversely isotropic model with a tilt in the symmetry axis kernel. Thus, for a small symmetry axis tilt, the cost of migration using a first-order expansion can be reduced. The effectiveness of the approach was demonstrated on the Marmousi model.

  12. Renormalization: an advanced overview

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Gurau, R.; Rivasseau, V.; Sfondrini, A.|info:eu-repo/dai/nl/330983083

    2014-01-01

    We present several approaches to renormalization in QFT: the multi-scale analysis in perturbative renormalization, the functional methods \\`a la Wetterich equation, and the loop-vertex expansion in non-perturbative renormalization. While each of these is quite well-established, they go beyond

  13. Stochastic multireference Epstein-Nesbet perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sharma, Sandeep; Jeanmairet, Guillaume; Alavi, Ali; Umrigar, C J

    2016-01-01

    We extend the recently proposed heat-bath configuration interaction (HCI) method [Holmes, Tubman, Umrigar, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 12, 3674 (2016)], by introducing a stochastic algorithm for performing multireference Epstein-Nesbet perturbation theory, in order to completely eliminate the severe memory bottleneck of the original method. The proposed stochastic algorithm has several attractive features. First, there is no sign problem that plagues several quantum Monte Carlo methods. Second, instead of using Metropolis-Hastings sampling, we use the Alias method to directly sample determinants from the reference wavefunction, thus avoiding correlations between consecutive samples. Third, in addition to removing the memory bottleneck, stochastic-HCI (s-HCI) is faster than the deterministic variant for most systems if a stochastic error of 0.1 mHa is acceptable. Fourth, within the s-HCI algorithm one can trade memory for a modest increase in computer time. Fifth, the perturbative calculation is embarrassingly par...

  14. Gluonic Lorentz violation and chiral perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Noordmans, J. P.

    2017-04-01

    By applying chiral-perturbation-theory methods to the QCD sector of the Lorentz-violating Standard-Model Extension, we investigate Lorentz violation in the strong interactions. In particular, we consider the C P T -even pure-gluon operator of the minimal Standard-Model Extension. We construct the lowest-order chiral effective Lagrangian for three as well as two light quark flavors. We develop the power-counting rules and construct the heavy-baryon chiral-perturbation-theory Lagrangian, which we use to calculate Lorentz-violating contributions to the nucleon self-energy. Using the constructed effective operators, we derive the first stringent limits on many of the components of the relevant Lorentz-violating parameter. We also obtain the Lorentz-violating nucleon-nucleon potential. We suggest that this potential may be used to obtain new limits from atomic-clock or deuteron storage-ring experiments.

  15. Molecular Cluster Perturbation Theory. I. Formalism

    CERN Document Server

    Byrd, Jason N; Molt,, Robert W; Bartlett, Rodney J; Sanders, Beverly A; Lotrich, Victor F

    2014-01-01

    We present second-order molecular cluster perturbation theory (MCPT(2)), a methodology to calculate arbitrarily large systems with explicit calculation of individual wavefunctions in a coupled cluster framework. This new MCPT(2) framework uses coupled cluster perturbation theory and an expansion in terms of molecular dimer interactions to obtain molecular wavefunctions that are infinite order in both the electronic fluctuation operator and all possible dimer (and products of dimers) interactions. The MCPT(2) framework has been implemented in the new SIA/ACES parallel architecture, making use of the advanced dynamic memory control and fine grained parallelism to perform very large explicit molecular cluster calculations. To illustrate the power of this method, we have computed energy shifts and lattice site dipole moments for the polar and non-polar configurations of solid hydrogen fluoride by scaling an explicit lattice to the bulk limit. The explicit lattice size without periodic boundary conditions was scal...

  16. Perturbation theory for solitons in optical fibers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kaup, D. J.

    1990-11-01

    Using a singular perturbation expansion, we study the evolution of a Raman loss compensated soliton in an optical fiber. Our analytical results agree quite well with the numerical results of Mollenauer, Gordon, and Islam [IEEE J. Quantum Electron. QE-22, 157 (1986)]. However, there are some differences in that our theory predicts an additional structure that was only partially seen in the numerical calculations. Our analytical results do give a quite good qualitative and quantitative check of the numerical results.

  17. Renormalization Group and Phase Transitions in Spin, Gauge, and QCD Like Theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Liu, Yuzhi [Univ. of Iowa, Iowa City, IA (United States)

    2013-08-01

    In this thesis, we study several different renormalization group (RG) methods, including the conventional Wilson renormalization group, Monte Carlo renormalization group (MCRG), exact renormalization group (ERG, or sometimes called functional RG), and tensor renormalization group (TRG).

  18. Renormalization of the energy-momentum tensor on the lattice

    CERN Document Server

    Pepe, Michele

    2015-01-01

    We present the calculation of the non-perturbative renormalization constants of the energy-momentum tensor in the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory. That computation is carried out in the framework of shifted boundary conditions, where a thermal quantum field theory is formulated in a moving reference frame. The non-perturbative renormalization factors are then used to measure the Equation of State of the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory. Preliminary numerical results are presented and discussed.

  19. Electroweak theory. Framework of on-shell renormalization and study of higher-order effects

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aoki, Ken-ichi; Hioki, Zenro; Kawabe, Rokuo; Konuma, Michiji; Muta, Taizo

    1983-03-01

    The electroweak theory (the Weinberg-Salam theory) is reviewed emphasizing its aspect of a renormalizable gauge field theory with spontaneous symmetry breaking. The on-shell renormalization procedure is developed where all the renormalization constants are fixed on the mass shell of gauge bosons, fermions and Higgs bosons. It is applied to the calculation of radiative corrections to leptonic processes ..nu.. sub(..mu..)e ..-->.. ..nu.. sub(..mu..)e, ..nu..-bar sub(..mu..)e ..-->.. ..nu..-bar sub(..mu..)e, ..nu.. sub(..mu..)e ..-->.. ..mu nu..sub(e) and ..mu.. ..-->.. e..nu..-barsub(e)..nu.. sub (..mu..). The experimental significance of the radiative corrections and the effect of the corrections to the values of physical masses of W/sup + -/ and Z are discussed. The relation among different renormalization procedures is clarified.

  20. Perturbative quantum gravity in double field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boels, Rutger H.; Horst, Christoph

    2016-04-01

    We study perturbative general relativity with a two-form and a dilaton using the double field theory formulation which features explicit index factorisation at the Lagrangian level. Explicit checks to known tree level results are performed. In a natural covariant gauge a ghost-like scalar which contributes even at tree level is shown to decouple consistently as required by perturbative unitarity. In addition, a lightcone gauge is explored which bypasses the problem altogether. Using this gauge to study BCFW on-shell recursion, we can show that most of the D-dimensional tree level S-matrix of the theory, including all pure graviton scattering amplitudes, is reproduced by the double field theory. More generally, we argue that the integrand may be reconstructed from its single cuts and provide limited evidence for off-shell cancellations in the Feynman graphs. As a straightforward application of the developed technology double field theory-like expressions for four field string corrections are derived.

  1. Perturbative quantum gravity in double field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Boels, Rutger H

    2015-01-01

    We study perturbative general relativity with a two-form and a dilaton using the double field theory formulation which features explicit index factorisation at the Lagrangian level. Explicit checks to known tree level results are performed. In a natural covariant gauge a ghost-like scalar which contributes even at tree level is shown to decouple consistently as required by perturbative unitarity. In addition, a lightcone gauge is explored which bypasses the problem altogether. Using this gauge to study BCFW on-shell recursion, we can show that most of the D-dimensional tree level S-matrix of the theory, including all pure graviton scattering amplitudes, is reproduced by the double field theory. More generally, we argue that the integrand may be reconstructed from its single cuts and provide limited evidence for off-shell cancellations in the Feynman graphs. As a straightforward application of the developed technology double field theory-like expressions for four field string corrections are derived.

  2. Perturbation theory for plasmonic modulation and sensing

    KAUST Repository

    Raman, Aaswath

    2011-05-25

    We develop a general perturbation theory to treat small parameter changes in dispersive plasmonic nanostructures and metamaterials. We specifically apply it to dielectric refractive index and metallic plasma frequency modulation in metal-dielectric nanostructures. As a numerical demonstration, we verify the theory\\'s accuracy against direct calculations for a system of plasmonic rods in air where the metal is defined by a three-pole fit of silver\\'s dielectric function. We also discuss new optical behavior related to plasma frequency modulation in such systems. Our approach provides new physical insight for the design of plasmonic devices for biochemical sensing and optical modulation and future active metamaterial applications. © 2011 American Physical Society.

  3. Chiral perturbation theory for lattice QCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Baer, Oliver

    2010-07-21

    The formulation of chiral perturbation theory (ChPT) for lattice Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD) is reviewed. We start with brief summaries of ChPT for continuum QCD as well as the Symanzik effective theory for lattice QCD. We then review the formulation of ChPT for lattice QCD. After an additional chapter on partial quenching and mixed action theories various concrete applications are discussed: Wilson ChPT, staggered ChPT and Wilson ChPT with a twisted mass term. The remaining chapters deal with the epsilon regime with Wilson fermions and selected results in mixed action ChPT. Finally, the formulation of heavy vector meson ChPT with Wilson fermions is discussed. (orig.)

  4. Phenomenological theory of a renormalized simplified model based on time-convolutionless mode-coupling theory near the glass transition

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tokuyama, Michio

    2017-01-01

    The renormalized simplified model is proposed to investigate indirectly how the static structure factor plays an important role in renormalizing a quadratic nonlinear term in the ideal mode-coupling memory function near the glass transition. The renormalized simplified recursion equation is then derived based on the time-convolutionless mode-coupling theory (TMCT) proposed recently by the present author. This phenomenological approach is successfully applied to check from a unified point of view how strong liquids are different from fragile liquids. The simulation results for those two types of liquids are analyzed consistently by the numerical solutions of the recursion equation. Then, the control parameter dependence of the renormalized nonlinear exponent in both types of liquids is fully investigated. Thus, it is shown that there exists a novel difference between the universal behavior in strong liquids and that in fragile liquids not only for their transport coefficients but also for their dynamics.

  5. Hyperfine Coupling Constants from Internally Contracted Multireference Perturbation Theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shiozaki, Toru; Yanai, Takeshi

    2016-09-13

    We present an accurate method for calculating hyperfine coupling constants (HFCCs) based on the complete active space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) with full internal contraction. The HFCCs are computed as a first-order property using the relaxed CASPT2 spin-density matrix that takes into account orbital and configurational relaxation due to dynamical electron correlation. The first-order unrelaxed spin-density matrix is calculated from one- and two-body spin-free counterparts that are readily available in the CASPT2 nuclear gradient program [M. K. MacLeod and T. Shiozaki, J. Chem. Phys. 142, 051103 (2015)], whereas the second-order part is computed directly using the newly extended automatic code generator. The relaxation contribution is then calculated from the so-called Z-vectors that are available in the CASPT2 nuclear gradient program. Numerical results are presented for the CN and AlO radicals, for which the CASPT2 values are comparable (or, even superior in some cases) to the ones computed by the coupled-cluster and density matrix renormalization group methods. The HFCCs for the hexaaqua complexes with V(II), Cr(III), and Mn(II) are also presented to demonstrate the accuracy and efficiency of our code.

  6. Tests of Chiral perturbation theory with COMPASS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Friedrich Jan M.

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available The COMPASS experiment at CERN accesses pion-photon reactions via the Primakoff effect., where high-energetic pions react with the quasi-real photon field surrounding the target nuclei. When a single real photon is produced, pion Compton scattering is accessed and from the measured cross-section shape, the pion polarisability is determined. The COMPASS measurement is in contradiction to the earlier dedicated measurements, and rather in agreement with the theoretical expectation from ChPT. In the same experimental data taking, reactions with neutral and charged pions in the final state are measured and analyzed in the context of chiral perturbation theory.

  7. Inflationary perturbations in no-scale theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Salvio, Alberto [CERN, Theoretical Physics Department, Geneva (Switzerland)

    2017-04-15

    We study the inflationary perturbations in general (classically) scale-invariant theories. Such scenario is motivated by the hierarchy problem and provides natural inflationary potentials and dark matter candidates. We analyse in detail all sectors (the scalar, vector and tensor perturbations) giving general formulae for the potentially observable power spectra, as well as for the curvature spectral index n{sub s} and the tensor-to-scalar ratio r. We show that the conserved Hamiltonian for all perturbations does not feature negative energies even in the presence of the Weyl-squared term if the appropriate quantisation is performed and argue that this term does not lead to phenomenological problems at least in some relevant setups. The general formulae are then applied to a concrete no-scale model, which includes the Higgs and a scalar, ''the planckion'', whose vacuum expectation value generates the Planck mass. Inflation can be triggered by a combination of the planckion and the Starobinsky scalar and we show that no tension with observations is present even in the case of pure planckion inflation, if the coefficient of the Weyl-squared term is large enough. In general, even quadratic inflation is allowed in this case. Moreover, the Weyl-squared term leads to an isocurvature mode, which currently satisfies the observational bounds, but it may be detectable with future experiments. (orig.)

  8. Chiral Random Matrix Theory and Chiral Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Damgaard, P H

    2011-01-01

    Spontaneous breaking of chiral symmetry in QCD has traditionally been inferred indirectly through low-energy theorems and comparison with experiments. Thanks to the understanding of an unexpected connection between chiral Random Matrix Theory and chiral Perturbation Theory, the spontaneous breaking of chiral symmetry in QCD can now be shown unequivocally from first principles and lattice simulations. In these lectures I give an introduction to the subject, starting with an elementary discussion of spontaneous breaking of global symmetries.

  9. Chiral Random Matrix Theory and Chiral Perturbation Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Damgaard, Poul H, E-mail: phdamg@nbi.dk [Niels Bohr International Academy and Discovery Center, The Niels Bohr Institute, Blegdamsvej 17, DK-2100 Copenhagen (Denmark)

    2011-04-01

    Spontaneous breaking of chiral symmetry in QCD has traditionally been inferred indirectly through low-energy theorems and comparison with experiments. Thanks to the understanding of an unexpected connection between chiral Random Matrix Theory and chiral Perturbation Theory, the spontaneous breaking of chiral symmetry in QCD can now be shown unequivocally from first principles and lattice simulations. In these lectures I give an introduction to the subject, starting with an elementary discussion of spontaneous breaking of global symmetries.

  10. Leading SU(3)-breaking corrections to the baryon magnetic moments in Chiral Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Geng, L S; Alvarez-Ruso, L; Vacas, M J Vicente

    2008-01-01

    We calculate the baryon magnetic moments using covariant Chiral Perturbation Theory ($\\chi$PT) within the Extended-on-mass-shell (EOMS) renormalization scheme. By fitting the two available low-energy constants, we improve the Coleman-Glashow description of the data when we include the leading SU(3) breaking effects coming from the lowest-order loops. This success is in dramatic contrast with previous attempts at the same order using Heavy Baryon (HB) $\\chi$PT and covariant Infrared (IR) $\\chi$PT. We also analyze the source of this improvement with particular attention on the comparison between the covariant results, and conclude that SU(3) baryon $\\chi$PT coverges better within the EOMS renormalization scheme.

  11. Impacts of biasing schemes in the one-loop integrated perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Matsubara, Takahiko; Desjacques, Vincent

    2016-06-01

    The impact of biasing schemes on the clustering of tracers of the large-scale structure is analytically studied in the weakly nonlinear regime. For this purpose, we use the one-loop approximation of the integrated perturbation theory together with the renormalized bias functions of various, physically motivated Lagrangian bias schemes. These include the halo, peaks, and excursion set peaks model, for which we derive useful formulas for the evaluation of their renormalized bias functions. The shapes of the power spectra and correlation functions are affected by the different bias models at the level of a few percent on weakly nonlinear scales. These effects are studied quantitatively both in real and redshift space. The amplitude of the scale-dependent bias in the presence of primordial non-Gaussianity also depends on the details of the bias models. If left unaccounted for, these theoretical uncertainties could affect the robustness of the cosmological constraints extracted from galaxy clustering data.

  12. The structure of renormalization Hopf algebras for gauge theories I: Representing Feynman graphs on BV-algebras

    OpenAIRE

    Suijlekom, W.D. van

    2008-01-01

    We study the structure of renormalization Hopf algebras of gauge theories. We identify certain Hopf subalgebras in them, whose character groups are semidirect products of invertible formal power series with formal diffeomorphisms. This can be understood physically as wave function renormalization and renormalization of the coupling constants, respectively. After taking into account the Slavnov-Taylor identities for the couplings as generators of a Hopf ideal, we find Hopf subalgebras in the c...

  13. SMD-based numerical stochastic perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dalla Brida, Mattia [Universita di Milano-Bicocca, Dipartimento di Fisica, Milan (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Milano-Bicocca (Italy); Luescher, Martin [CERN, Theoretical Physics Department, Geneva (Switzerland); AEC, Institute for Theoretical Physics, University of Bern (Switzerland)

    2017-05-15

    The viability of a variant of numerical stochastic perturbation theory, where the Langevin equation is replaced by the SMD algorithm, is examined. In particular, the convergence of the process to a unique stationary state is rigorously established and the use of higher-order symplectic integration schemes is shown to be highly profitable in this context. For illustration, the gradient-flow coupling in finite volume with Schroedinger functional boundary conditions is computed to two-loop (i.e. NNL) order in the SU(3) gauge theory. The scaling behaviour of the algorithm turns out to be rather favourable in this case, which allows the computations to be driven close to the continuum limit. (orig.)

  14. Transport coefficients in Chiral Perturbation Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fernandez-Fraile, D.; Gomez Nicola, A. [Universidad Complutense, Departamentos de Fisica Teorica I y II, Madrid (Spain)

    2007-03-15

    We present recent results on the calculation of transport coefficients for a pion gas at zero chemical potential in Chiral Perturbation Theory (ChPT) using the Linear Response Theory (LRT). More precisely, we show the behavior of DC conductivity and shear viscosity at low temperatures. To compute transport coefficients, the standard power counting of ChPT has to be modified. The effects derived from imposing unitarity are also analyzed. As physical applications in relativistic heavy-ion collisions, we show the relation of the DC conductivity to soft-photon production and phenomenological effects related to a non-zero shear viscosity. In addition, our values for the shear viscosity to entropy ratio satisfy the KSS bound. (orig.)

  15. Testing gravity theories using tensor perturbations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lin, Weikang; Ishak-Boushaki, Mustapha B.

    2017-01-01

    Primordial gravitational waves constitute a promising probe of the very early universe physics and the laws of gravity. We study the changes to tensor-mode perturbations that can arise in various modified gravity theories. These include a modified friction and a nonstandard dispersion relation. We introduce a physically motivated parametrization of these effects and use current data to obtain excluded parameter spaces. Taking into account the foreground subtraction, we then perform a forecast analysis focusing on the tensor-mode modified-gravity parameters as constrained by future experiments COrE, Stage-IV and PIXIE. For the tensor-to-scalar ratio r=0.01, we find the minimum detectible modified-gravity effects. In particular, the minimum detectable graviton mass is about 7.8˜9.7×10-33 eV, which is of the same order of magnitude as the graviton mass that allows massive gravity to produce late-time cosmic acceleration. Finally, we study the tensor-mode perturbations in modified gravity during inflation. We find that, the tensor spectral index would be additionally related to the friction parameter ν0 by nT=-3ν0-r/8. In some cases, the future experiments will be able to distinguish this relation from the standard one. In sum, primordial gravitational waves provide a complementary avenue to test gravity theories.

  16. Molecular cluster perturbation theory. I. Formalism

    Science.gov (United States)

    Byrd, Jason N.; Jindal, Nakul; Molt, Robert W., Jr.; Bartlett, Rodney J.; Sanders, Beverly A.; Lotrich, Victor F.

    2015-11-01

    We present second-order molecular cluster perturbation theory (MCPT(2)), a linear scaling methodology to calculate arbitrarily large systems with explicit calculation of individual wave functions in a coupled-cluster framework. This new MCPT(2) framework uses coupled-cluster perturbation theory and an expansion in terms of molecular dimer interactions to obtain molecular wave functions that are infinite order in both the electronic fluctuation operator and all possible dimer (and products of dimers) interactions. The MCPT(2) framework has been implemented in the new SIA/Aces4 parallel architecture, making use of the advanced dynamic memory control and fine-grained parallelism to perform very large explicit molecular cluster calculations. To illustrate the power of this method, we have computed energy shifts, lattice site dipole moments, and harmonic vibrational frequencies via explicit calculation of the bulk system for the polar and non-polar polymorphs of solid hydrogen fluoride. The explicit lattice size (without using any periodic boundary conditions) was expanded up to 1000 HF molecules, with 32,000 basis functions and 10,000 electrons. Our obtained HF lattice site dipole moments and harmonic vibrational frequencies agree well with the existing literature.

  17. Combinatorial Hopf algebraic description of the multiscale renormalization in quantum field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Krajewski, Thomas; Tanasa, Adrian

    2012-01-01

    We define in this paper several Hopf algebras describing the combinatorics of the so-called multi-scale renormalization in quantum field theory. After a brief recall of the main mathematical features of multi-scale renormalization, we define assigned graphs, that are graphs with appropriate decorations for the multi-scale framework. We then define Hopf algebras on these assigned graphs and on the Gallavotti-Nicol\\`o trees, particular class of trees encoding the supplementary informations of the assigned graphs. Several morphisms between these combinatorial Hopf algebras and the Connes-Kreimer algebra are given. Finally, scale dependent couplings are analyzed via this combinatorial algebraic setting.

  18. A new approach to analytic, non-perturbative, gauge-invariant QCD renormalization is described, with applications to high energy elastic pp-scattering.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fried, H. M.; Tsang, P. H.; Gabellini, Y.; Grandou, T.; Sheu, Y.-M.

    2016-11-01

    A new non-perturbative, gauge-invariant model QCD renormalization is applied to high energy elastic pp-scattering. The differential cross-section deduced from this model displays a diffraction dip that resembles those of experiments. Comparison with ISR and LHC data is currently underway.

  19. A new approach to analytic, non-perturbative, gauge-invariant QCD renormalization is described, with applications to high energy elastic pp-scattering

    CERN Document Server

    Fried, H M; Gabellini, Y; Grandou, T; Sheu, Y-M

    2015-01-01

    A new non-perturbative, gauge-invariant model QCD renormalization is applied to high energy elastic pp-scattering. The differential cross-section deduced from this model displays a diffraction dip that resembles those of experiments. Comparison with ISR and LHC data is currently underway.

  20. A new approach to analytic, non-perturbative, gauge-invariant QCD renormalization is described, with applications to high energy elastic pp-scattering.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fried H. M.

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available A new non-perturbative, gauge-invariant model QCD renormalization is applied to high energy elastic pp-scattering. The differential cross-section deduced from this model displays a diffraction dip that resembles those of experiments. Comparison with ISR and LHC data is currently underway.

  1. New Approaches and Applications for Monte Carlo Perturbation Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aufiero, Manuele; Bidaud, Adrien; Kotlyar, Dan; Leppänen, Jaakko; Palmiotti, Giuseppe; Salvatores, Massimo; Sen, Sonat; Shwageraus, Eugene; Fratoni, Massimiliano

    2017-02-01

    This paper presents some of the recent and new advancements in the extension of Monte Carlo Perturbation Theory methodologies and application. In particular, the discussed problems involve Brunup calculation, perturbation calculation based on continuous energy functions, and Monte Carlo Perturbation Theory in loosely coupled systems.

  2. Resummation and renormalization in effective theories of particle physics

    CERN Document Server

    Jakovac, Antal

    2015-01-01

    Effective models of strong and electroweak interactions are extensively applied in particle physics phenomenology, and in many instances can compete with large-scale numerical simulations of Standard Model physics. These contexts include but are not limited to providing indications for phase transitions and the nature of elementary excitations of strong and electroweak matter. A precondition for obtaining high-precision predictions is the application of some advanced functional techniques to the effective models, where the sensitivity of the results to the accurate choice of the input parameters is under control and the insensitivity to the actual choice of ultraviolet regulators is ensured. The credibility of such attempts ultimately requires a clean renormalization procedure and an error estimation due to a necessary truncation in the resummation procedure. In this concise primer we discuss systematically and in sufficient technical depth the features of a number of approximate methods, as applied to vario...

  3. An algebraic Birkhoff decomposition for the continuous renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Girelli, F; Martinetti, P

    2004-01-01

    This paper aims at presenting the first steps towards a formulation of the Exact Renormalization Group Equation in the Hopf algebra setting of Connes and Kreimer. It mostly deals with some algebraic preliminaries allowing to formulate perturbative renormalization within the theory of differential equations. The relation between renormalization, formulated as a change of boundary condition for a differential equation, and an algebraic Birkhoff decomposition for rooted trees is explicited.

  4. Gravitational fixed points from perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Niedermaier, Max R

    2009-09-04

    The fixed point structure of the renormalization flow in higher derivative gravity is investigated in terms of the background covariant effective action using an operator cutoff that keeps track of powerlike divergences. Spectral positivity of the gauge fixed Hessian can be satisfied upon expansion in the asymptotically free higher derivative coupling. At one-loop order in this coupling strictly positive fixed points are found for the dimensionless Newton constant g(N) and the cosmological constant lambda, which are determined solely by the coefficients of the powerlike divergences. The renormalization flow is asymptotically safe with respect to this fixed point and settles on a lambda(g(N)) trajectory after O(10) units of the renormalization mass scale to accuracy 10(-7).

  5. Manifestly Covariant Gauge-invariant Cosmological Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Miedema, P G

    2010-01-01

    It is shown that a first-order cosmological perturbation theory for the open, flat and closed Friedmann-Lemaitre-Robertson-Walker universes admits one, and only one, gauge-invariant variable which describes the perturbation to the energy density and which becomes equal to the usual Newtonian energy density in the non-relativistic limit. The same holds true for the perturbation to the particle number density. Using these two new variables, a new manifestly gauge-invariant cosmological perturbation theory has been developed. Density perturbations evolve diabatically. Perturbations in the total energy density are gravitationally coupled to perturbations in the particle number density, irrespective of the nature of the particles. There is, in first-order, no back-reaction of perturbations to the global expansion of the universe. Small-scale perturbations in the radiation-dominated era oscillate with an increasing amplitude, whereas in older, less precise treatments, oscillating perturbations are found with a decr...

  6. Even- and Odd-Parity Charmed Meson Masses in Heavy Hadron Chiral Perturbation Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Thomas Mehen; Roxanne Springer

    2005-03-01

    We derive mass formulae for the ground state, J{sup P} = 0{sup -} and 1{sup -}, and first excited even-parity, J{sup P} = 0{sup +} and 1{sup +}, charmed mesons including one loop chiral corrections and {Omicron}(1/m{sub c}) counterterms in heavy hadron chiral perturbation theory. We show a variety of fits to the current data. We find that certain parameter relations in the parity doubling model are not renormalized at one loop, providing a natural explanation for the equality of the hyperfine splittings of ground state and excited doublets.

  7. Leading SU(3)-breaking corrections to the baryon magnetic moments in chiral perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Geng, L S; Camalich, J Martin; Alvarez-Ruso, L; Vacas, M J Vicente

    2008-11-28

    We calculate the baryon magnetic moments using covariant chiral perturbation theory (chiPT) within the extended-on-mass-shell renormalization scheme. By fitting the two available low-energy constants, we improve the Coleman-Glashow description of the data when we include the leading SU(3)-breaking effects coming from the lowest-order loops. This success is in dramatic contrast with previous attempts at the same order using heavy-baryon chiPT and covariant infrared chiPT. We also analyze the source of this improvement with particular attention to the comparison between the covariant results.

  8. Multireference quantum chemistry through a joint density matrix renormalization group and canonical transformation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yanai, Takeshi; Kurashige, Yuki; Neuscamman, Eric; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2010-01-01

    We describe the joint application of the density matrix renormalization group and canonical transformation theory to multireference quantum chemistry. The density matrix renormalization group provides the ability to describe static correlation in large active spaces, while the canonical transformation theory provides a high-order description of the dynamic correlation effects. We demonstrate the joint theory in two benchmark systems designed to test the dynamic and static correlation capabilities of the methods, namely, (i) total correlation energies in long polyenes and (ii) the isomerization curve of the [Cu2O2]2+ core. The largest complete active spaces and atomic orbital basis sets treated by the joint DMRG-CT theory in these systems correspond to a (24e,24o) active space and 268 atomic orbitals in the polyenes and a (28e,32o) active space and 278 atomic orbitals in [Cu2O2]2+.

  9. Testing gravity theories using tensor perturbations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lin, Weikang; Ishak, Mustapha

    2016-12-01

    Primordial gravitational waves constitute a promising probe of the very early Universe and the laws of gravity. We study in this work changes to tensor-mode perturbations that can arise in various proposed modified gravity theories. These include additional friction effects, nonstandard dispersion relations involving a massive graviton, a modified speed, and a small-scale modification. We introduce a physically motivated parametrization of these effects and use current available data to obtain exclusion regions in the parameter spaces. Taking into account the foreground subtraction, we then perform a forecast analysis focusing on the tensor-mode modified-gravity parameters as constrained by the future experiments COrE, Stage-IV and PIXIE. For a fiducial value of the tensor-to-scalar ratio r =0.01 , we find that an additional friction of 3.5-4.5% compared to GR will be detected at 3 -σ by these experiments, while a decrease in friction will be more difficult to detect. The speed of gravitational waves needs to be by 5-15% different from the speed of light for detection. We find that the minimum detectable graviton mass is about 7.8 - 9.7 ×10-33 eV , which is of the same order of magnitude as the graviton mass that allows massive gravity theories to produce late-time cosmic acceleration. Finally, we study the tensor-mode perturbations in modified gravity during inflation using our parametrization. We find that, in addition to being related to r , the tensor spectral index would be related to the friction parameter ν0 by nT=-3 ν0-r /8 . Assuming that the friction parameter is unchanged throughout the history of the Universe, and that ν0 is much larger than r , the future experiments considered here will be able to distinguish this modified-gravity consistency relation from the standard inflation consistency relation, and thus can be used as a further test of modified gravity. In summary, tensor-mode perturbations and cosmic-microwave-background B

  10. Use of the star-triangle transformation for the application of differential real-space renormalization-group theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    van Saarloos, Wim

    1983-05-01

    When differential real-space renormalization-grup theory was proposed by Hilhorst, Schick, and van Leeuwen, they suggested that their approach could only be applied to lattice models for which a star-triangle transformation exists. However, differential renormalization-group equations for the square Ising model have recently been proposed whose derivation does not involve the star-triangle transformation. We show that the latter equations are not exact renormalization-group equations by an analysis that reveals some essential limitations of the present formulation of differential real-space renormalization. We investigate the structure of the renormalization-group flow equations obtained in this method and uncover a strong property of these equations that simplifies the calculations in actual applications of the theory. However, the status and implications of this property, which embodies the crux of the theory, are not yet fully understood.

  11. Renormalization problem in a class of nonrenormalizable theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Symanzik, K.

    1975-08-01

    A possible way to approach a certain class of nonrenormalizable theories is described. The simplest theory of this class with a probability of existence is chosen, the massless phi$sup 4$ theory in more than four space-time dimensions. The problem of extension to other nonrenormalizable theories in the class considered, and the conclusons reached thus far are compared with the corresponding ones for renormalizable theories. (JFP)

  12. Lie transform Hamiltonian perturbation theory for limit cycle systems

    CERN Document Server

    Shah, Tirth; Chakraborty, Sagar

    2016-01-01

    Usage of a Hamiltonian perturbation theory for nonconservative system is counterintuitive and in general, a technical impossibility by definition. However, the dual (time independent) Hamiltonian formalism for nonconservative systems have opened the door for using various Hamiltonian (and hence, Lagrangian) perturbation theories for investigating the dynamics of such systems. Following the recent extension of the canonical perturbation theory that brings Li\\'enard systems possessing limit cycles under its scope, here we show that the Lie transform Hamiltonian perturbation theory can also be generalized to find perturbative solutions for similar systems. The Lie transform perturbation theories are comparatively easier while seeking higher order corrections in the perturbative series for the solutions and they are also numerically implementable using any symbolic algebra package. For the sake of concreteness, we have illustrated the methodology using the important example of the van der Pol oscillator. While th...

  13. Connection between the renormalization groups of Stueckelberg-Petermann and Wilson

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Duetsch, Michael [Courant Research Centre in Mathematics, Universitaet Goettingen (Germany); Brunetti, Romeo [Dipartimento di Matematica, Universita di Trento (Italy); Fredenhagen, Klaus [II. Institut fuer Theoretische Physik, Universitaet Hamburg (Germany)

    2010-07-01

    The Stueckelberg-Petermann renormalization group (RG) relies on the non-uniqueness of the S-matrix in causal perturbation theory (i.e. Epstein-Glaser renormalization); it is the family of all finite renormalizations. The RG in the sense of Wilson refers to the dependence of the theory on a cutoff. A new formalism for perturbative algebraic quantum field theory allows to clarify the relation between these different notions of RG. In particular we relate the approach to renormalization in terms of Polchinski's Flow Equation to the Epstein-Glaser method.

  14. Summation of Higher Order Effects using the Renormalization Group Equation

    CERN Document Server

    Elias, V; Sherry, T N

    2004-01-01

    The renormalization group (RG) is known to provide information about radiative corrections beyond the order in perturbation theory to which one has calculated explicitly. We first demonstrate the effect of the renormalization scheme used on these higher order effects determined by the RG. Particular attention is payed to the relationship between bare and renormalized quantities. Application of the method of characteristics to the RG equation to determine higher order effects is discussed, and is used to examine the free energy in thermal field theory, the relationship between the bare and renormalized coupling and the effective potential in massless scalar electrodynamics.

  15. FAST-PT: a novel algorithm to calculate convolution integrals in cosmological perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    McEwen, Joseph E.; Fang, Xiao; Hirata, Christopher M.; Blazek, Jonathan A.

    2016-09-01

    We present a novel algorithm, FAST-PT, for performing convolution or mode-coupling integrals that appear in nonlinear cosmological perturbation theory. The algorithm uses several properties of gravitational structure formation—the locality of the dark matter equations and the scale invariance of the problem—as well as Fast Fourier Transforms to describe the input power spectrum as a superposition of power laws. This yields extremely fast performance, enabling mode-coupling integral computations fast enough to embed in Monte Carlo Markov Chain parameter estimation. We describe the algorithm and demonstrate its application to calculating nonlinear corrections to the matter power spectrum, including one-loop standard perturbation theory and the renormalization group approach. We also describe our public code (in Python) to implement this algorithm. The code, along with a user manual and example implementations, is available at https://github.com/JoeMcEwen/FAST-PT.

  16. Electromagnetic structure of the low-lying baryons in covariant chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Camalich, J Martin; Geng, L S; Vacas, M J Vicente

    2009-01-01

    We report a calculation of the low-lying baryon magnetic moments using covariant chiral perturbation theory within the extended-on-mass-shell renormalization scheme including intermediate octet and decuplet contributions. For the case of the baryon octet, we succeed to improve the Coleman-Glashow description by including the leading SU(3)$_F$-breaking effects coming from the lowest-order loops. We compare with previous attempts at the same order using heavy-baryon and covariant infrared chiral perturbation theory, and discuss the source of the differences. For the case of the decuplet-baryons we fix the only unknown LEC with the well measured magnetic dipole moment of the $\\Omega^-$ and predict the corresponding ones of the $\\Delta(1232)$ isospin multiplet. In particular we obtain $\\mu_{\\Delta^{++}}=6.0(6) \\mu_N$ and $\\mu_{\\Delta^{+}}=2.84(34) \\mu_N$ that compare well with the current experimental information.

  17. Combining internally contracted states and matrix product states to perform multireference perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sharma, Sandeep; Guo, Sheng; Alavi, Ali

    2016-01-01

    We present two efficient and intruder-free methods for treating dynamic correlation on top of general multi-configuration reference wave functions---including such as obtained by the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) with large active spaces. The new methods are the second order variant of the recently proposed multi-reference linearized coupled cluster method (MRLCC) [S. Sharma, A. Alavi, J. Chem. Phys. 143, 102815 (2015)], and of N-electron valence perturbation theory (NEVPT2), with expected accuracies similar to MRCI+Q and (at least) CASPT2, respectively. Great efficiency gains are realized by representing the first-order wave function with a combination of internal contraction (IC) and matrix product state perturbation theory (MPSPT). With this combination, only third order reduced density matrices (RDMs) are required. Thus, we obviate the need for calculating (or estimating) RDMs of fourth or higher order; these had so far posed a severe bottleneck for dynamic correlation treatments involving t...

  18. FAST-PT: a novel algorithm to calculate convolution integrals in cosmological perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    McEwen, Joseph E; Hirata, Christopher M; Blazek, Jonathan A

    2016-01-01

    We present a novel algorithm, FAST-PT, for performing convolution or mode-coupling integrals that appear in nonlinear cosmological perturbation theory. The algorithm uses several properties of gravitational structure formation -- the locality of the dark matter equations and the scale invariance of the problem -- as well as Fast Fourier Transforms to describe the input power spectrum as a superposition of power laws. This yields extremely fast performance, enabling mode-coupling integral computations fast enough to embed in Monte Carlo Markov Chain parameter estimation. We describe the algorithm and demonstrate its application to calculating nonlinear corrections to the matter power spectrum, including one-loop standard perturbation theory and the renormalization group approach. We also describe our public code (in Python) to implement this algorithm, including the applications described here.

  19. Hadronic Lorentz violation in chiral perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kamand, Rasha; Altschul, Brett; Schindler, Matthias R.

    2017-03-01

    Any possible Lorentz violation in the hadron sector must be tied to Lorentz violation at the underlying quark level. The relationships between the theories at these two levels are studied using chiral perturbation theory. Starting from a two-flavor quark theory that includes dimension-4 Lorentz-violation operators, the effective Lagrangians are derived for both pions and nucleons, with novel terms appearing in both sectors. Since the Lorentz-violation coefficients for nucleons and pions are all related to a single set of underlying quark coefficients, one can compare the sensitivity of different types of experiments. Our analysis shows that atomic physics experiments currently provide constraints on the quark parameters that are stronger by about 10 orders of magnitude than astrophysical experiments with relativistic pions. Alternatively, it is possible to place approximate bounds on pion Lorentz violation using only proton and neutron observations. Under the assumption that the Lorentz-violating operators considered here are the only ones contributing to the relevant observables and taking the currently unknown hadronic low-energy constants to be of natural size, the resulting estimated bounds on four pion parameters are at the 10-23 level, representing improvements of 10 orders of magnitude.

  20. Perturbative analysis in higher-spin theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Didenko, V. E.; Misuna, N. G.; Vasiliev, M. A.

    2016-07-01

    A new scheme of the perturbative analysis of the nonlinear HS equations is developed giving directly the final result for the successive application of the homotopy integrations which appear in the standard approach. It drastically simplifies the analysis and results from the application of the standard spectral sequence approach to the higherspin covariant derivatives, allowing us in particular to reduce multiple homotopy integrals resulting from the successive application of the homotopy trick to a single integral. Efficiency of the proposed method is illustrated by various examples. In particular, it is shown how the Central on-shell theorem of the free theory immediately results from the nonlinear HS field equations with no intermediate computations.

  1. Spectral clustering based on matrix perturbation theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    TIAN Zheng; LI XiaoBin; JU YanWei

    2007-01-01

    This paper exposes some intrinsic characteristics of the spectral clustering method by using the tools from the matrix perturbation theory. We construct a weight matrix of a graph and study its eigenvalues and eigenvectors. It shows that the number of clusters is equal to the number of eigenvalues that are larger than 1, and the number of points in each of the clusters can be approximated by the associated eigenvalue. It also shows that the eigenvector of the weight matrix can be used directly to perform clustering; that is, the directional angle between the two-row vectors of the matrix derived from the eigenvectors is a suitable distance measure for clustering. As a result, an unsupervised spectral clustering algorithm based on weight matrix (USCAWM) is developed. The experimental results on a number of artificial and real-world data sets show the correctness of the theoretical analysis.

  2. Modified perturbation theory for the Yukawa model

    CERN Document Server

    Poluektov, Yu M

    2016-01-01

    A new formulation of perturbation theory for a description of the Dirac and scalar fields (the Yukawa model) is suggested. As the main approximation the self-consistent field model is chosen, which allows in a certain degree to account for the effects caused by the interaction of fields. Such choice of the main approximation leads to a normally ordered form of the interaction Hamiltonian. Generation of the fermion mass due to the interaction with exchange of the scalar boson is investigated. It is demonstrated that, for zero bare mass, the fermion can acquire mass only if the coupling constant exceeds the critical value determined by the boson mass. In this connection, the problem of the neutrino mass is discussed.

  3. An alternative approach to Michaelis-Menten kinetics that is based on the Renormalization Group: Comparison with the perturbation expansion beyond the sQSSA

    CERN Document Server

    Coluzzi, Barbara; Bersani, Enrico

    2016-01-01

    We recall the perturbation expansion for Michaelis-Menten kinetics, beyond the standard quasi-steady-state approximation (sQSSA). Against this background, we are able to appropriately apply the alternative approach to the study of singularly perturbed differential equations that is based on the renormalization group (SPDERG), by clarifying similarities and differences. In the present demanding situation, we directly renormalize the bare initial condition value for the substrate. Our main results are: i) the 2nd order SPDERG uniform approximations to the correct solutions contain, up to 1st order, the same outer components as the known perturbation expansion ones; ii) the differential equation to be solved for the derivation of the 1st order outer substrate component is simpler within the SPDERG approach; iii) the approximations better reproduce the numerical solutions of the original problem in a region encompassing the matching one, because of the 2nd order terms in the inner components, calculated here for ...

  4. Redeveloping gyrokietic theory for multi-scale perturbation

    CERN Document Server

    Zhang, Shuangxi; Li, Jiquan

    2016-01-01

    It's pointed out in this paper that the existing and extensively used pullback transformation of charged particle's Lagrangian 1-form involves an illegal application of the pullback transformation for 1-form not including any perturbed scale to 1-form including perturbed scale. Therefore, modern gyrokinetic theory can not correctly deal with multi-scale perturbation. The coordinate transformation adopted by modern gyrokinetic theory can't avoid the violation of near identity transformation as well, which in fact is the main character that gyrokinetic theory should obey. In this paper, we develop a new Lie perturbed transformation theory for charged particle's Lagrangian 1-form based on the covariant transformation formula for 1-form. Compared with the ordering of modern gyrokinetic theory, this theory widens the amplitude range of perturbation, includes scales of spatial gradient and oscillating frequency of perturbation, and avoids the violation of near identity transformation as well. When combining the new...

  5. Pion-nucleon scattering in covariant baryon chiral perturbation theory with explicit Delta resonances

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yao, De-Liang; Siemens, D.; Bernard, V.; Epelbaum, E.; Gasparyan, A. M.; Gegelia, J.; Krebs, H.; Meißner, Ulf-G.

    2016-05-01

    We present the results of a third order calculation of the pion-nucleon scattering amplitude in a chiral effective field theory with pions, nucleons and delta resonances as explicit degrees of freedom. We work in a manifestly Lorentz invariant formulation of baryon chiral perturbation theory using dimensional regularization and the extended on-mass-shell renormalization scheme. In the delta resonance sector, the on mass-shell renormalization is realized as a complex-mass scheme. By fitting the low-energy constants of the effective Lagrangian to the S- and P -partial waves a satisfactory description of the phase shifts from the analysis of the Roy-Steiner equations is obtained. We predict the phase shifts for the D and F waves and compare them with the results of the analysis of the George Washington University group. The threshold parameters are calculated both in the delta-less and delta-full cases. Based on the determined low-energy constants, we discuss the pion-nucleon sigma term. Additionally, in order to determine the strangeness content of the nucleon, we calculate the octet baryon masses in the presence of decuplet resonances up to next-to-next-to-leading order in SU(3) baryon chiral perturbation theory. The octet baryon sigma terms are predicted as a byproduct of this calculation.

  6. A novel functional renormalization group framework for gauge theories and gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Codello, Alessandro

    2010-07-01

    In this thesis we develop further the functional renormalization group (RG) approach to quantum field theory (QFT) based on the effective average action (EAA) and on the exact flow equation that it satisfies. The EAA is a generalization of the standard effective action that interpolates smoothly between the bare action for k{yields}{infinity} and the standard effective action for k{yields}0. In this way, the problem of performing the functional integral is converted into the problem of integrating the exact flow of the EAA from the UV to the IR. The EAA formalism deals naturally with several different aspects of a QFT. One aspect is related to the discovery of non-Gaussian fixed points of the RG flow that can be used to construct continuum limits. In particular, the EAA framework is a useful setting to search for Asymptotically Safe theories, i.e. theories valid up to arbitrarily high energies. A second aspect in which the EAA reveals its usefulness are non-perturbative calculations. In fact, the exact flow that it satisfies is a valuable starting point for devising new approximation schemes. In the first part of this thesis we review and extend the formalism, in particular we derive the exact RG flow equation for the EAA and the related hierarchy of coupled flow equations for the proper-vertices. We show how standard perturbation theory emerges as a particular way to iteratively solve the flow equation, if the starting point is the bare action. Next, we explore both technical and conceptual issues by means of three different applications of the formalism, to QED, to general non-linear sigma models (NL{sigma}M) and to matter fields on curved spacetimes. In the main part of this thesis we construct the EAA for non-abelian gauge theories and for quantum Einstein gravity (QEG), using the background field method to implement the coarse-graining procedure in a gauge invariant way. We propose a new truncation scheme where the EAA is expanded in powers of the curvature or

  7. Renormalization and additional degrees of freedom within the chiral effective theory for spin-1 resonances

    CERN Document Server

    Kampf, Karol; Trnka, Jaroslav

    2009-01-01

    We study in detail various aspects of the renormalization of the spin-1 resonance propagator in the effective field theory framework. First, we briefly review the formalisms for the description of spin-1 resonances in the path integral formulation with the stress on the issue of propagating degrees of freedom. Then we calculate the one-loop 1-- meson self-energy within the Resonance chiral theory in the chiral limit using different methods for the description of spin-one particles, namely the Proca field, antisymmetric tensor field and the first order formalisms. We discuss in detail technical aspects of the renormalization procedure which are inherent to the power-counting non-renormalizable theory and give a formal prescription for the organization of both the counterterms and one-particle irreducible graphs. We also construct the corresponding propagators and investigate their properties. We show that the additional poles corresponding to the additional one-particle states are generated by loop corrections...

  8. Renormalization-group improved inflationary scenarios

    CERN Document Server

    Pozdeeva, E O

    2016-01-01

    The possibility to construct an inflationary scenario for renormalization-group improved potentials corresponding to the Higgs sector of quantum field models is investigated. Taking into account quantum corrections to the renormalization-group potential which sums all leading logs of perturbation theory is essential for a successful realization of the inflationary scenario, with very reasonable parameters values. The scalar electrodynamics inflationary scenario thus obtained are seen to be in good agreement with the most recent observational data.

  9. Renormalization-group improved inflationary scenarios

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pozdeeva, E. O.; Vernov, S. Yu.

    2017-03-01

    The possibility to construct an inflationary scenario for renormalization-group improved potentials corresponding to the Higgs sector of quantum field models is investigated. Taking into account quantum corrections to the renormalization-group potential which sums all leading logs of perturbation theory is essential for a successful realization of the inflationary scenario, with very reasonable parameters values. The scalar electrodynamics inflationary scenario thus obtained are seen to be in good agreement with the most recent observational data.

  10. Renormalizing an initial state

    CERN Document Server

    Collins, Hael; Vardanyan, Tereza

    2014-01-01

    The intricate machinery of perturbative quantum field theory has largely been devoted to the 'dynamical' side of the theory: simple states are evolved in complicated ways. This article begins to address this lopsided treatment. Although it is rarely possible to solve for the eigenstates of an interacting theory exactly, a general state and its evolution can nonetheless be constructed perturbatively in terms of the propagators and structures defined with respect to the free theory. The detailed form of the initial state in this picture is fixed by imposing suitable `renormalization conditions' on the Green's functions. This technique is illustrated with an example drawn from inflation, where the presence of nonrenormalizable operators and where an expansion that naturally couples early times with short distances make the ability to start the theory at a finite initial time especially desirable.

  11. Non-perturbative String Theory from Water Waves

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Iyer, Ramakrishnan; Johnson, Clifford V.; /Southern California U.; Pennington, Jeffrey S.; /SLAC

    2012-06-14

    We use a combination of a 't Hooft limit and numerical methods to find non-perturbative solutions of exactly solvable string theories, showing that perturbative solutions in different asymptotic regimes are connected by smooth interpolating functions. Our earlier perturbative work showed that a large class of minimal string theories arise as special limits of a Painleve IV hierarchy of string equations that can be derived by a similarity reduction of the dispersive water wave hierarchy of differential equations. The hierarchy of string equations contains new perturbative solutions, some of which were conjectured to be the type IIA and IIB string theories coupled to (4, 4k ? 2) superconformal minimal models of type (A, D). Our present paper shows that these new theories have smooth non-perturbative extensions. We also find evidence for putative new string theories that were not apparent in the perturbative analysis.

  12. Non-perturbative renormalization in coordinate space for N{sub f}=2 maximally twisted mass fermions with tree-level Symanzik improved gauge action

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cichy, Krzysztof [DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). NIC; Adam Mickiewicz Univ., Poznan (Poland). Faculty of Physics; Jansen, Karl [DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). NIC; Korcyl, Piotr [DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). NIC; Jagiellonian Univ., Krakow (Poland). M. Smoluchowski Inst. of Physics

    2012-07-15

    We present results of a lattice QCD application of a coordinate space renormalization scheme for the extraction of renormalization constants for flavour non-singlet bilinear quark operators. The method consists in the analysis of the small-distance behaviour of correlation functions in Euclidean space and has several theoretical and practical advantages, in particular: it is gauge invariant, easy to implement and has relatively low computational cost. The values of renormalization constants in the X-space scheme can be converted to the MS scheme via 4-loop continuum perturbative formulae. Our results for N{sub f}=2 maximally twisted mass fermions with tree-level Symanzik improved gauge action are compared to the ones from the RI-MOM scheme and show full agreement with this method. (orig.)

  13. Scalar mass stability bound in a simple Yukawa-theory from renormalization group equations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jakovác, A.; Kaposvári, I.; Patkós, A.

    2017-01-01

    Functional renormalization group (FRG) equations are constructed for a simple Yukawa-model with discrete chiral symmetry, including also the effect of a nonzero composite fermion background beyond the conventional scalar condensate. The evolution of the effective potential of the model, generically depending on two invariants, is explored with the help of power series expansions. Systematic investigation of the effect of a class of irrelevant operators on the lower (stability) bound allows a non-perturbative extension of the maximal cutoff value consistent with any given mass of the scalar field.

  14. PyR@TE: Renormalization Group Equations for General Gauge Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Lyonnet, Florian; Staub, Florian; Wingerter, Akin

    2014-01-01

    Although the two-loop renormalization group equations for a general gauge field theory have been known for quite some time, deriving them for specific models has often been difficult in practice. This is mainly due to the fact that, albeit straightforward, the involved calculations are quite long, tedious and prone to error. The present work is an attempt to facilitate the practical use of the renormalization group equations in model building. To that end, we have developed two completely independent sets of programs written in Python and Mathematica, respectively. The Mathematica scripts will be part of an upcoming release of SARAH 4. The present article describes the collection of Python routines that we dubbed PyR@TE which is an acronym for "Python Renormalization group equations At Two-loop for Everyone". In PyR@TE, once the user specifies the gauge group and the particle content of the model, the routines automatically generate the full two-loop renormalization group equations for all (dimensionless and ...

  15. Renormalized kinetic theory of classical fluids in and out of equilibrium

    CERN Document Server

    Daligault, Jerome

    2011-01-01

    We present a theory for the construction of renormalized kinetic equations to describe the dynamics of classical systems of particles in or out of equilibrium. A closed, self-consistent set of evolution equations is derived for the single-particle phase-space distribution function $f$, the correlation function $C=$, the retarded and advanced density response functions $\\chi^{R,A}=\\delta f/\\delta\\phi$ to an external potential $\\phi$, and the associated memory functions $\\Sigma^{R,A,C}$. The basis of the theory is an effective action functional $\\Omega$ of external potentials $\\phi$ that contains all information about the dynamical properties of the system. In particular, its functional derivatives generate successively the single-particle phase-space density $f$ and all the correlation and density response functions, which are coupled through an infinite hierarchy of evolution equations. Traditional renormalization techniques are then used to perform the closure of the hierarchy through memory functions. The l...

  16. Renormalization: an advanced overview

    CERN Document Server

    Gurau, Razvan; Sfondrini, Alessandro

    2014-01-01

    We present several approaches to renormalization in QFT: the multi-scale analysis in perturbative renormalization, the functional methods \\`a la Wetterich equation, and the loop-vertex expansion in non-perturbative renormalization. While each of these is quite well-established, they go beyond standard QFT textbook material, and may be little-known to specialists of each other approach. This review is aimed at bridging this gap.

  17. Renormalization of two-dimensional quantum electrodynamics

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Casana S, Rodolfo; Dias, Sebastiao A

    1997-12-01

    The Schwinger model, when quantized in a gauge non-invariant way exhibits a dependence on a parameter {alpha} (the Jackiw-Rajaraman parameter) in a way which is analogous to the case involving chiral fermions (the chiral Schwinger model). For all values of a {alpha}1, there are divergences in the fermionic Green`s functions. We propose a regularization of the generating functional Z [{eta}, {eta}, J] and we use it to renormalize the theory to one loop level, in a semi-perturbative sense. At the end of the renormalization procedure we find an implicit dependence of {alpha} on the renormalization scale {mu}. (author) 26 refs.

  18. Renormalized Polyakov loop in the deconfined phase of SU(N) gauge theory and gauge-string duality.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Andreev, Oleg

    2009-05-29

    We use gauge-string duality to analytically evaluate the renormalized Polyakov loop in pure Yang-Mills theories. For SU(3), the result is in quite good agreement with lattice simulations for a broad temperature range.

  19. Application of renormalization group theory to the large-eddy simulation of transitional boundary layers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Piomelli, Ugo; Zang, Thomas A.; Speziale, Charles G.; Lund, Thomas S.

    1990-01-01

    An eddy viscosity model based on the renormalization group theory of Yakhot and Orszag (1986) is applied to the large-eddy simulation of transition in a flat-plate boundary layer. The simulation predicts with satisfactory accuracy the mean velocity and Reynolds stress profiles, as well as the development of the important scales of motion. The evolution of the structures characteristic of the nonlinear stages of transition is also predicted reasonably well.

  20. Renormalization of composite operators

    CERN Document Server

    Polonyi, J

    2001-01-01

    The blocked composite operators are defined in the one-component Euclidean scalar field theory, and shown to generate a linear transformation of the operators, the operator mixing. This transformation allows us to introduce the parallel transport of the operators along the RG trajectory. The connection on this one-dimensional manifold governs the scale evolution of the operator mixing. It is shown that the solution of the eigenvalue problem of the connection gives the various scaling regimes and the relevant operators there. The relation to perturbative renormalization is also discussed in the framework of the $\\phi^3$ theory in dimension $d=6$.

  1. Setting the renormalization scale in QCD: The principle of maximum conformality

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Brodsky, S. J.; Di Giustino, L.

    2012-01-01

    the renormalization scale is set properly, all nonconformal beta not equal 0 terms in a perturbative expansion arising from renormalization are summed into the running coupling. The remaining terms in the perturbative series are then identical to that of a conformal theory; i.e., the corresponding theory with beta...... = 0. The resulting scale-fixed predictions using the principle of maximum conformality (PMC) are independent of the choice of renormalization scheme-a key requirement of renormalization group invariance. The results avoid renormalon resummation and agree with QED scale setting in the Abelian limit...

  2. On the renormalization of gauge theories in curved space-time

    CERN Document Server

    Lavrov, Peter M

    2009-01-01

    We consider the renormalization of general gauge theories on curved space-time background, with the main assumption being the existence of a gauge-invariant and diffeomorphism invariant regularization. Using the Batalin-Vilkovisky (BV) formalism one can show that the theory possesses gauge invariant and diffeomorphism invariant renormalizability at quantum level, up to an arbitrary order of the loop expansion. Starting from this point we discuss the locality of the counterterms and the general prescription for constructing the power-counting renormalizable theories on curved background.

  3. On perturbative field theory and twistor string theory

    CERN Document Server

    Bedford, James

    2007-01-01

    It is well-known that perturbative calculations in field theory can lead to far simpler answers than the Feynman diagram approach might suggest. In some cases scattering amplitudes can be constructed for processes with any desired number of external legs yielding compact expressions which are inaccessible from the point of view of conventional perturbation theory. In this thesis we discuss some attempts to address the nature of this underlying simplicity and then use the results to calculate some previously unknown amplitudes of interest. Witten's twistor string theory is introduced and the CSW rules at tree-level and one-loop are described. We use these techniques to calculate the one-loop gluonic MHV amplitudes in N=1 super-Yang-Mills as a verification of their validity and then proceed to evaluate the general MHV amplitudes in pure Yang-Mills with a scalar running in the loop. This latter amplitude is a new result in QCD. In addition to this, we review some recent on-shell recursion relations for tree-leve...

  4. Gluon Propagator in Fractional Analytic Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Allendes, Pedro; Cvetič, Gorazd

    2014-01-01

    We consider the gluon propagator in the Landau gauge at low spacelike momenta and with the dressing function $Z(Q^2)$ at the two-loop order. We incorporate the nonperturbative effects by making the (noninteger) powers of the QCD coupling in the dressing function $Z(Q^2)$ analytic (holomorphic) via the Fractional Analytic Perturbation Theory (FAPT) model, and simultaneously introducing the gluon dynamical mass in the propagator as motivated by the previous analyses of the Dyson-Schwinger equations. The obtained propagator has behavior compatible with the unquenched lattice data ($N_f=2+1$) at low spacelike momenta $0.4 \\ {\\rm GeV} < Q \\lesssim 10$ GeV. We conclude that the removal of the unphysical Landau singularities of the powers of the coupling via the (F)APT prescription, in conjunction with the introduction of the dynamical mass $M \\approx 0.62$ GeV of the gluon, leads to an acceptable behavior of the propagator in the infrared regime.

  5. The classification of diagrams in perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Phillips, D.R.; Afnan, I.R. [School of Physical Sciences, The Flinders University of South Australia, GPO Box 2100, Adelaide 5001 (Australia)

    1995-06-01

    The derivation of scattering equations connecting the amplitudes obtained from diagrammatic expansions is of interest in many branches of physics. One method for deriving such equations is the classification-of-diagrams technique of Taylor. However, as we shall explain in this paper, there are certain points of Taylor`s method which require clarification. First, it is not clear whether Taylor`s original method is equivlant to the simpler classification-of-diagrams scheme used by Thomas, Rinat, Afnan, and Blankleider (TRAB). Second, when the Taylor method is applied to certain problems in a time-dependent perturbation theory it leads to the over-counting of some diagrams. This paper first restates Taylor`s method, in the process uncovering reasons why certain diagrams might be double-counted in the Taylor method. In then explores how far Taylor`s method is equivalent to the simpler TRAB method. Finally, it examines precisely why the double-counting occurs in Taylor`s method and derives corrections which compensate for this double-counting. {copyright} 1995 Academic Press, Inc.

  6. The Classification of Diagrams in Perturbation Theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Phillips, D. R.; Afnan, I. R.

    1995-06-01

    The derivation of scattering equations connecting the amplitudes obtained from diagrammatic expansions is of interest in many branches of physics. One method for deriving such equations is the classification-of-diagrams technique of Taylor. However, as we shall explain in this paper, there are certain points of Taylor's method which require clarification. Firstly, it is not clear whether Taylor's original method is equivalent to the simpler classification-of-diagrams scheme used by Thomas, Rinat, Afnan, and Blankleider (TRAB). Secondly, when the Taylor method is applied to certain problems in a time-dependent perturbation theory it leads to the over-counting of some diagrams. This paper first restates Taylor's method, in the process uncovering reasons why certain diagrams might be double-counted in the Taylor method. It then explores how far Taylor's method is equivalent to the simpler TRAB method. Finally, it examines precisely why the double-counting occurs in Taylor's method and derives corrections which compensate for this double-counting.

  7. Testing gravity theories using tensor perturbations

    CERN Document Server

    Lin, Weikang

    2016-01-01

    Primordial gravitational waves constitute a promising probe of the very-early universe and the laws of gravity. We study changes to tensor mode perturbations that can arise in various proposed modified gravity (MG) theories. These include additional friction effects, non-standard dispersion relations involving a massive graviton, a modified speed, and a small-scale modification. We introduce a physically-motivated parameterization of these effects and use current available data to obtain exclusion regions in the parameter spaces. Taking into account the foreground subtraction, we then perform a forecast analysis focusing on the tensor mode MG parameters as constrained by the future experiments COrE, Stage-IV and PIXIE. For a fiducial value of the tensor-to-scalar ratio r=0.01, we find that an additional friction of 3.5-4.5% compared to GR will be detected at $3\\sigma$ by these experiments while a decrease in friction will be more difficult to detect. The speed of gravitational waves needs to be 5-15% differen...

  8. Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory and the Gradient Flow

    CERN Document Server

    Brida, Mattia Dalla

    2013-01-01

    We study the Yang-Mills gradient flow using numerical stochastic perturbation theory. As an application of the method we consider the recently proposed gradient flow coupling in the Schr\\"odinger functional for the pure SU(3) gauge theory.

  9. Lectures on the functional renormalization group method

    CERN Document Server

    Polonyi, J

    2001-01-01

    These introductory notes are about functional renormalization group equations and some of their applications. It is emphasised that the applicability of this method extends well beyond critical systems, it actually provides us a general purpose algorithm to solve strongly coupled quantum field theories. The renormalization group equation of F. Wegner and A. Houghton is shown to resum the loop-expansion. Another version, due to J. Polchinski, is obtained by the method of collective coordinates and can be used for the resummation of the perturbation series. The genuinely non-perturbative evolution equation is obtained in a manner reminiscent of the Schwinger-Dyson equations. Two variants of this scheme are presented where the scale which determines the order of the successive elimination of the modes is extracted from external and internal spaces. The renormalization of composite operators is discussed briefly as an alternative way to arrive at the renormalization group equation. The scaling laws and fixed poin...

  10. Kato expansion in quantum canonical perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Nikolaev, A S

    2015-01-01

    This work establishes a connection between canonical perturbation series in quantum mechanics and a Kato expansion for the resolvent of the Liouville superoperator. Our approach leads to an explicit expression for a generator of a block-diagonalizing Dyson ordered exponential in arbitrary perturbation order. Unitary intertwining of perturbed and unperturbed averaging superprojectors allows for a description of ambiguities in the generator and block-diagonalized Hamiltonian. The corresponding computational algorithm is more efficient for high perturbative orders than the algorithms of Van Vleck and Magnus methods.

  11. Kato expansion in quantum canonical perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nikolaev, Andrey

    2016-06-01

    This work establishes a connection between canonical perturbation series in quantum mechanics and a Kato expansion for the resolvent of the Liouville superoperator. Our approach leads to an explicit expression for a generator of a block-diagonalizing Dyson's ordered exponential in arbitrary perturbation order. Unitary intertwining of perturbed and unperturbed averaging superprojectors allows for a description of ambiguities in the generator and block-diagonalized Hamiltonian. We compare the efficiency of the corresponding computational algorithm with the efficiencies of the Van Vleck and Magnus methods for high perturbative orders.

  12. PyR@TE. Renormalization group equations for general gauge theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lyonnet, F.; Schienbein, I.; Staub, F.; Wingerter, A.

    2014-03-01

    Although the two-loop renormalization group equations for a general gauge field theory have been known for quite some time, deriving them for specific models has often been difficult in practice. This is mainly due to the fact that, albeit straightforward, the involved calculations are quite long, tedious and prone to error. The present work is an attempt to facilitate the practical use of the renormalization group equations in model building. To that end, we have developed two completely independent sets of programs written in Python and Mathematica, respectively. The Mathematica scripts will be part of an upcoming release of SARAH 4. The present article describes the collection of Python routines that we dubbed PyR@TE which is an acronym for “Python Renormalization group equations At Two-loop for Everyone”. In PyR@TE, once the user specifies the gauge group and the particle content of the model, the routines automatically generate the full two-loop renormalization group equations for all (dimensionless and dimensionful) parameters. The results can optionally be exported to LaTeX and Mathematica, or stored in a Python data structure for further processing by other programs. For ease of use, we have implemented an interactive mode for PyR@TE in form of an IPython Notebook. As a first application, we have generated with PyR@TE the renormalization group equations for several non-supersymmetric extensions of the Standard Model and found some discrepancies with the existing literature. Catalogue identifier: AERV_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AERV_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen’s University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: Standard CPC licence, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 924959 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 495197 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language: Python. Computer

  13. 用重整化群理论研究硬核Asakura-Oosawa流体的相平衡%Study on the Phase Equilibria of Hard Core Asakura-Oosawa Fluids with Renormalization-group Theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    付东

    2004-01-01

    An analytical equation of state (EOS) for hard core Asakura-Oosawa (AO) fluid is established by combining the AO potential, the first-order perturbation theory and the radial distribution function (RDF) for the hard sphere fluid. The phase equilibria are studied by using the renormalization-group (RG) theory. The obtained results agree well with the simulation data. Investigation shows that the attractive range parameter plays an important role in the phase equilibria for AO fluid.

  14. Non-perturbative renormalization of the axial current in $N_f = 3$ lattice QCD with Wilson fermions and tree-level improved gauge action

    CERN Document Server

    Bulava, John; Heitger, Jochen; Wittemeier, Christian

    2016-01-01

    We non-perturbatively determine the renormalization factor of the axial vector current in lattice QCD with $N_f=3$ flavors of Wilson-clover fermions and the tree-level Symanzik-improved gauge action. The (by now standard) renormalization condition is derived from the massive axial Ward identity and it is imposed among Schr\\"{o}dinger functional states with large overlap on the lowest lying hadronic state in the pseudoscalar channel, in order to reduce kinematically enhanced cutoff effects. We explore a range of couplings relevant for simulations at lattice spacings of $\\approx 0.09$ fm and below. An interpolation formula for $Z_A(g_0^2)$, smoothly connecting the non-perturbative values to the 1-loop expression, is provided together with our final results.

  15. Reflections on the renormalization procedure for gauge theories

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Hooft, Gerard t

    2016-01-01

    Various pieces of insight were needed to formulate the rules for working with gauge theories of the electro-magnetic, weak and strong forces. First, it was needed to understand how to formulate the Feynman rules. We had to learn that there are many different ways to derive them, and it was needed to

  16. Perturbative expansion of Chern-Simons theory

    OpenAIRE

    SAWON, Justin

    2005-01-01

    An overview of the perturbative expansion of the Chern--Simons path integral is given. The main goal is to describe how trivalent graphs appear: as they already occur in the perturbative expansion of an analogous finite-dimensional integral, we discuss this case in detail.

  17. Reflections on the renormalization procedure for gauge theories

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gerard 't Hooft

    2016-11-01

    Full Text Available Various pieces of insight were needed to formulate the rules for working with gauge theories of the electro-magnetic, weak and strong forces. First, it was needed to understand how to formulate the Feynman rules. We had to learn that there are many different ways to derive them, and it was needed to know how different formulations of the gauge constraint lead to the same final results: the calculated values of the scattering amplitudes. The rules for dealing with the infinities that had to be subtracted were a big challenge, culminating in the discovery of the Becchi–Rouet–Stora–Tyutin symmetry. Fond recollections of the numerous discussions the author had with Raymond Stora on this topic are memorised here. We end with some reflections on the mathematical status of quantum field theories, and the transcription of a letter by R. Stora to the author.

  18. Reflections on the renormalization procedure for gauge theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    't Hooft, Gerard

    2016-11-01

    Various pieces of insight were needed to formulate the rules for working with gauge theories of the electro-magnetic, weak and strong forces. First, it was needed to understand how to formulate the Feynman rules. We had to learn that there are many different ways to derive them, and it was needed to know how different formulations of the gauge constraint lead to the same final results: the calculated values of the scattering amplitudes. The rules for dealing with the infinities that had to be subtracted were a big challenge, culminating in the discovery of the Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin symmetry. Fond recollections of the numerous discussions the author had with Raymond Stora on this topic are memorised here. We end with some reflections on the mathematical status of quantum field theories, and the transcription of a letter by R. Stora to the author.

  19. Reflections on the renormalization procedure for gauge theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hooft, Gerard ' t

    2016-11-15

    Various pieces of insight were needed to formulate the rules for working with gauge theories of the electro-magnetic, weak and strong forces. First, it was needed to understand how to formulate the Feynman rules. We had to learn that there are many different ways to derive them, and it was needed to know how different formulations of the gauge constraint lead to the same final results: the calculated values of the scattering amplitudes. The rules for dealing with the infinities that had to be subtracted were a big challenge, culminating in the discovery of the Becchi–Rouet–Stora–Tyutin symmetry. Fond recollections of the numerous discussions the author had with Raymond Stora on this topic are memorised here. We end with some reflections on the mathematical status of quantum field theories, and the transcription of a letter by R. Stora to the author.

  20. Reflections on the renormalization procedure for gauge theories

    CERN Document Server

    Hooft, Gerard t

    2016-01-01

    Various pieces of insight were needed to formulate the rules for working with gauge theories of the electro-magnetic, weak and strong forces. First, it was needed to understand how to formulate the Feynman rules. We had to learn that there are many different ways to derive them, and it was needed to know how different formulations of the gauge constraint lead to the same final results: the calculated values of the scattering amplitudes. The rules for dealing with the infinities that had to be subtracted were a big challenge, culminating in the discovery of the Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin symmetry. Fond recollections of the numerous discussions the author had with Raymond Stora on this topic are memorised here. We end with some reflections on the mathematical status of quantum field theories, and a letter sent by Stora to the author

  1. Time-dependent renormalized Redfield theory II for off-diagonal transition in reduced density matrix

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kimura, Akihiro

    2016-09-01

    In our previous letter (Kimura, 2016), we constructed time-dependent renormalized Redfield theory (TRRT) only for diagonal transition in a reduced density matrix. In this letter, we formulate the general expression for off-diagonal transition in the reduced density matrix. We discuss the applicability of TRRT by numerically comparing the dependencies on the energy gap of the exciton relaxation rate by using the TRRT and the modified Redfield theory (MRT). In particular, we roughly show that TRRT improves MRT for the detailed balance about the excitation energy transfer reaction.

  2. Time-dependent renormalized-natural-orbital theory applied to laser-driven H$_2^+$

    CERN Document Server

    Hanusch, A; Brics, M; Bauer, D

    2016-01-01

    Recently introduced time-dependent renormalized-natural orbital theory (TDRNOT) is extended towards a multi-component approach in order to describe H$_2^+$ beyond the Born-Oppenheimer approximation. Two kinds of natural orbitals, describing the electronic and the nuclear degrees of freedom are introduced, and the exact equations of motion for them are derived. The theory is benchmarked by comparing numerically exact results of the time-dependent Schr\\"odinger equation for a H$_2^+$ model system with the corresponding TDRNOT predictions. Ground state properties, linear response spectra, fragmentation, and high-order harmonic generation are investigated.

  3. Exploring arbitrarily high orders of optimized perturbation theory in QCD with nf→1612

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    P.M. Stevenson

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available Perturbative QCD with nf flavours of massless quarks becomes simple in the hypothetical limit nf→1612, where the leading β-function coefficient vanishes. The Banks–Zaks (BZ expansion in a0≡8321(1612−nf is straightforward to obtain from perturbative results in MS‾ or any renormalization scheme (RS whose nf dependence is ‘regular’. However, ‘irregular’ RS's are perfectly permissible and should ultimately lead to the same BZ results. We show here that the ‘optimal’ RS determined by the Principle of Minimal Sensitivity does yield the same BZ-expansion results when all orders of perturbation theory are taken into account. The BZ limit provides an arena for exploring optimized perturbation theory at arbitrarily high orders. These explorations are facilitated by a ‘master equation’ expressing the optimization conditions in the fixed-point limit. We find an intriguing strong/weak coupling duality a→a⁎2/a about the fixed point a⁎.

  4. Exploring arbitrarily high orders of optimized perturbation theory in QCD with nf → 161/2

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stevenson, P. M.

    2016-09-01

    Perturbative QCD with nf flavours of massless quarks becomes simple in the hypothetical limit nf → 161/2, where the leading β-function coefficient vanishes. The Banks-Zaks (BZ) expansion in a0 ≡8/321 (161/2 -nf) is straightforward to obtain from perturbative results in MS ‾ or any renormalization scheme (RS) whose nf dependence is 'regular'. However, 'irregular' RS's are perfectly permissible and should ultimately lead to the same BZ results. We show here that the 'optimal' RS determined by the Principle of Minimal Sensitivity does yield the same BZ-expansion results when all orders of perturbation theory are taken into account. The BZ limit provides an arena for exploring optimized perturbation theory at arbitrarily high orders. These explorations are facilitated by a 'master equation' expressing the optimization conditions in the fixed-point limit. We find an intriguing strong/weak coupling duality a →a*2 / a about the fixed point a*.

  5. Perturbative Gravity and Gauge Theory Relations: A Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Thomas Søndergaard

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is dedicated to the amazing Kawai-Lewellen-Tye relations, connecting perturbative gravity and gauge theories at tree level. The main focus is on n-point derivations and general properties both from a string theory and pure field theory point of view. In particular, the field theory part is based on some very recent developments.

  6. BRST Renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lavrov, P. M.; Shapiro, I. L.

    2012-09-01

    We consider the renormalization of general gauge theories on curved space-time background, with the main assumption being the existence of a gauge-invariant and diffeomorphism invariant regularization. Using the Batalin-Vilkovisky (BV) formalism one can show that the theory possesses gauge invariant and diffeomorphism invariant renormalizability at quantum level, up to an arbitrary order of the loop expansion.

  7. Gauge and motion in perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Pound, Adam

    2015-01-01

    Through second order in perturbative general relativity, a small compact object in an external vacuum spacetime obeys a generalized equivalence principle: although it is accelerated with respect to the external background geometry, it is in free fall with respect to a certain \\emph{effective} vacuum geometry. However, this single principle takes very different mathematical forms, with very different behaviors, depending on how one treats perturbed motion. Furthermore, any description of perturbed motion can be altered by a gauge transformation. In this paper, I clarify the relationship between two treatments of perturbed motion and the gauge freedom in each. I first show explicitly how one common treatment, called the Gralla-Wald approximation, can be derived from a second, called the self-consistent approximation. I next present a general treatment of smooth gauge transformations in both approximations, in which I emphasise that the approximations' governing equations can be formulated in an invariant manner...

  8. Holographic Renormalization of Einstein-Maxwell-Dilaton Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Kim, Bom Soo

    2016-01-01

    We generalize the boundary value problem with a mixed boundary condition that involves the gauge and scalar fields in the context of Einstein-Maxwell-Dilaton theories. In particular, the expectation value of the dual scalar operator can be a function of the expectation value of the current operator. The properties are prevalent in a fixed charge ensemble because the conserved charge is shared by both fields through the dilaton coupling, which is also responsible for non-Fermi liquid properties. We study the on-shell action and the stress energy tensor to note practical importances of the boundary value problem. In the presence of the scalar fields, physical quantities are not fully fixed due to the finite boundary terms that manifest in the massless scalar or the scalar with mass saturating the Breitenlohner-Freedman bound.

  9. Linear perturbation renormalization group method for Ising-like spin systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    J. Sznajd

    2013-03-01

    Full Text Available The linear perturbation group transformation (LPRG is used to study the thermodynamics of the axial next-nearest-neighbor Ising model with four spin interactions (extended ANNNI in a field. The LPRG for weakly interacting Ising chains is presented. The method is used to study finite field para-ferrimagnetic phase transitions observed in layered uranium compounds, UAs1-xSex, UPd2Si2 or UNi2Si2. The above-mentioned systems are made of ferromagnetic layers and the spins from the nearest-neighbor and next-nearest-neighbor layers are coupled by the antiferromagnetic interactions J121-xSex the para-ferri phase transition is of the first order as expected from the symmetry reason, in UT2Si2 (T=Pd, Ni this transition seems to be a continuous one, at least in the vicinity of the multicritical point. Within the MFA, the critical character of the finite field para-ferrimagnetic transition at least at one isolated point can be described by the ANNNI model supplemented by an additional, e.g., four-spin interaction. However, in LPRG approximation for the ratio κ = J2/J1 around 0.5 there is a critical value of the field for which an isolated critical point also exists in the original ANNNI model. The positive four-spin interaction shifts the critical point towards higher fields and changes the shape of the specific heat curve. In the latter case for the fields small enough, the specific heat exhibits two-peak structure in the paramagnetic phase.

  10. Gauge and motion in perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pound, Adam

    2015-08-01

    Through second order in perturbative general relativity, a small compact object in an external vacuum spacetime obeys a generalized equivalence principle: although it is accelerated with respect to the external background geometry, it is in free fall with respect to a certain effective vacuum geometry. However, this single principle takes very different mathematical forms, with very different behaviors, depending on how one treats perturbed motion. Furthermore, any description of perturbed motion can be altered by a gauge transformation. In this paper, I clarify the relationship between two treatments of perturbed motion and the gauge freedom in each. I first show explicitly how one common treatment, called the Gralla-Wald approximation, can be derived from a second, called the self-consistent approximation. I next present a general treatment of smooth gauge transformations in both approximations, in which I emphasize that the approximations' governing equations can be formulated in an invariant manner. All of these analyses are carried through second perturbative order, but the methods are general enough to go to any order. Furthermore, the tools I develop, and many of the results, should have broad applicability to any description of perturbed motion, including osculating-geodesic and two-timescale descriptions.

  11. Ward identities and Wilson renormalization group for QED

    CERN Document Server

    Bonini, M; Marchesini, G

    1994-01-01

    We analyze a formulation of QED based on the Wilson renormalization group. Although the ``effective Lagrangian'' used at any given scale does not have simple gauge symmetry, we show that the resulting renormalized Green's functions correctly satisfies Ward identities to all orders in perturbation theory. The loop expansion is obtained by solving iteratively the Polchinski's renormalization group equation. We also give a new simple proof of perturbative renormalizability. The subtractions in the Feynman graphs and the corresponding counterterms are generated in the process of fixing the physical conditions.

  12. Ward identities and Wilson renormalization group for QED

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bonini, M.; D'Attanasio, M.; Marchesini, G.

    1994-04-01

    We analyze a formulation of QED based on the Wilson renormalization group. Although the "effective lagrangian" used at any given scale does not have simple gauge symmetry, we show that the resulting renormalized Green's function correctly satisfies Ward identities to all orders in perturbation theory. The loop expansion is obtained by solving iteratively the Polchinski renormalization group equation. We also give a new simple proof of perturbative renormalizability. The subtractions in the Feynman graphs and the corresponing counter-terms are generated in the process of fixing the physical conditions.

  13. Renormalization Scheme Dependence and the Renormalization Group Beta Function

    OpenAIRE

    Chishtie, F. A.; McKeon, D. G. C.

    2016-01-01

    The renormalization that relates a coupling "a" associated with a distinct renormalization group beta function in a given theory is considered. Dimensional regularization and mass independent renormalization schemes are used in this discussion. It is shown how the renormalization $a^*=a+x_2a^2$ is related to a change in the mass scale $\\mu$ that is induced by renormalization. It is argued that the infrared fixed point is to be a determined in a renormalization scheme in which the series expan...

  14. Siegert pseudostate perturbation theory: one- and two-threshold cases

    CERN Document Server

    Toyota, K; Watanabe, S; Toyota, Koudai; Morishita, Toru; Watanabe, Shinichi

    2005-01-01

    Perturbation theory for the Siegert pseudostates (SPS) [Phys.Rev.A 58, 2077 (1998) and Phys.Rev.A 67, 032714 (2003)] is studied for the case of two energetically separated thresholds. The perturbation formulas for the one-threshold case are derived as a limiting case whereby we reconstruct More's theory for the decaying states [Phys.Rev.A 3,1217(1971)] and amend an error. The perturbation formulas for the two-threshold case have additional terms due to the non-standard orthogonality relationship of the Siegert Pseudostates. We apply the theory to a 2-channel model problem, and find the rate of convergence of the perturbation expansion should be examined with the aide of the variance $D= ||E-\\sum_{n}\\lambda^n E^{(n)}||$ instead of the real and imaginary parts of the perturbation energy individually.

  15. Classical and Quantum Theory of Perturbations in Inflationary Universe Models

    CERN Document Server

    Brandenberger, R H; Mukhanov, V

    1993-01-01

    A brief introduction to the gauge invariant classical and quantum theory of cosmological perturbations is given. The formalism is applied to inflationary Universe models and yields a consistent and unified description of the generation and evolution of fluctuations. A general formula for the amplitude of cosmological perturbations in inflationary cosmology is derived.

  16. Non-perturbative Heavy Quark Effective Theory

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Della Morte, Michele; Heitger, Jochen; Simma, Hubert;

    2015-01-01

    We review a lattice strategy how to non-perturbatively determine the coefficients in the HQET expansion of all components of the heavy-light axial and vector currents, including 1/m_h-corrections. We also discuss recent preliminary results on the form factors parameterizing semi-leptonic B-decays...

  17. Non-perturbative Heavy Quark Effective Theory

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Della Morte, Michele; Heitger, Jochen; Simma, Hubert

    2015-01-01

    We review a lattice strategy how to non-perturbatively determine the coefficients in the HQET expansion of all components of the heavy-light axial and vector currents, including 1/m_h-corrections. We also discuss recent preliminary results on the form factors parameterizing semi-leptonic B-decays...

  18. Perturbation theory for intermolecular forces including exchange

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Lekkerkerker, H.N.W.; Laidlaw, W.G.

    1970-01-01

    Generalized solutions to the Kisenschitz and London perturbation equations are derived. It is pointed out that the results obtained in the formalisms proposed by Hirschfelder (HAV), by Hirschfelder and Silbey, by Murrell and Shaw, and by Musher and Amos are special cases of the generalized treatment

  19. Renormalized action improvements

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zachos, C.

    1984-01-01

    Finite lattice spacing artifacts are suppressed on the renormalized actions. The renormalized action trajectories of SU(N) lattice gauge theories are considered from the standpoint of the Migdal-Kadanoff approximation. The minor renormalized trajectories which involve representations invariant under the center are discussed and quantified. 17 references.

  20. Survey of mathematical foundations of QFT and perturbative string theory

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Sati, H.; Schreiber, U.|info:eu-repo/dai/nl/326056998

    2011-01-01

    Recent years have seen noteworthy progress in the mathematical formulation of quantum field theory and perturbative string theory. We give a brief survey of these developments. It serves as an introduction to the more detailed collection "Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Field Theory and

  1. Non perturbative methods in two dimensional quantum field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Abdalla, Elcio; Rothe, Klaus D

    1991-01-01

    This book is a survey of methods used in the study of two-dimensional models in quantum field theory as well as applications of these theories in physics. It covers the subject since the first model, studied in the fifties, up to modern developments in string theories, and includes exact solutions, non-perturbative methods of study, and nonlinear sigma models.

  2. Survey of mathematical foundations of QFT and perturbative string theory

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Sati, H.; Schreiber, U.

    2011-01-01

    Recent years have seen noteworthy progress in the mathematical formulation of quantum field theory and perturbative string theory. We give a brief survey of these developments. It serves as an introduction to the more detailed collection "Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Field Theory and Perturba

  3. BRST analysis of QCD$_{2}$ as a perturbed WZW theory

    CERN Document Server

    Cabra, D C; Schaposnik, F A

    1995-01-01

    Integrability of Quantum Chromodynamics in 1+1 dimensions has recently been suggested by formulating it as a perturbed conformal Wess-Zumino-Witten Theory. The present paper further elucidates this formulation, by presenting a detailed BRST analysis.

  4. Dynamical chiral symmetry breaking and weak nonperturbative renormalization group equation in gauge theory

    CERN Document Server

    Aoki, Ken-Ichi; Sato, Daisuke

    2016-01-01

    We analyze the dynamical chiral symmetry breaking in gauge theory with the nonperturbative renormalization group equation (NPRGE), which is a first order nonlinear partial differential equation (PDE). In case that the spontaneous chiral symmetry breaking occurs, the NPRGE encounters some non-analytic singularities at the finite critical scale even though the initial function is continuous and smooth. Therefore there is no usual solution of the PDE beyond the critical scale. In this paper, we newly introduce the notion of a weak solution which is the global solution of the weak NPRGE. We show how to evaluate the physical quantities with the weak solution.

  5. Renormalization of an SU(2) Tensorial Group Field Theory in Three Dimensions

    CERN Document Server

    Carrozza, Sylvain; Rivasseau, Vincent

    2013-01-01

    We address in this paper the issue of renormalizability for SU(2) Tensorial Group Field Theories (TGFT) with geometric Boulatov-type conditions in three dimensions. We prove that tensorial interactions up to degree 6 are just renormalizable without any anomaly. Our new models define the renormalizable TGFT version of the Boulatov model and provide therefore a new approach to quantum gravity in three dimensions. Among the many new technical results established in this paper are a general classification of just renormalizable models with gauge invariance condition, and in particular concerning properties of melonic graphs, the second order expansion of melonic two point subgraphs needed for wave-function renormalization.

  6. Asymptotic states and renormalization in Lorentz-violating quantum field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Cambiaso, Mauro; Potting, Robertus

    2014-01-01

    Asymptotic single-particle states in quantum field theories with small departures from Lorentz symmetry are investigated. To this end, one-loop radiative corrections for a sample Lorentz-violating Lagrangian contained in the Standard-Model Extension (SME) are studied. It is found that the spinor kinetic operator is modified in momentum space by Lorentz-violating operators not present in the original Lagrangian. It is demonstrated how both the standard renormalization procedure as well as the Lehmann-Symanzik-Zimmermann reduction formalism need to be adapted as a consequence of this result.

  7. Non-renormalization theorem in a lattice supersymmetric theory and the cyclic Leibniz rule

    CERN Document Server

    Kato, Mitsuhiro; So, Hiroto

    2016-01-01

    N=4 supersymmetric quantum mechanical model is formulated on the lattice. Two supercharges, among four, are exactly conserved with the help of the cyclic Leibniz rule without spoiling the locality. In use of the cohomological argument, any possible local terms of the effective action are classified into two categories which we call type-I and type-II, analogous to the D- and F-terms in the supersymmetric field theories. We prove non-renormalization theorem on the type-II terms which include mass and interaction terms with keeping a lattice constant finite, while type-I terms such as the kinetic terms have nontrivial quantum corrections.

  8. Pion-nucleon scattering in covariant baryon chiral perturbation theory with explicit Delta resonances

    CERN Document Server

    Yao, De-Liang; Bernard, V; Epelbaum, E; Gasparyan, A M; Gegelia, J; Krebs, H; Meißner, Ulf-G

    2016-01-01

    We present the results of a third order calculation of the pion-nucleon scattering amplitude in a chiral effective field theory with pions, nucleons and delta resonances as explicit degrees of freedom. We work in a manifestly Lorentz invariant formulation of baryon chiral perturbation theory using dimensional regularization and the extended on-mass-shell renormalization scheme. In the delta resonance sector, the on mass-shell renormalization is realized as a complex-mass scheme. By fitting the low-energy constants of the effective Lagrangian to the $S$- and $P$-partial waves a satisfactory description of the phase shifts from the analysis of the Roy-Steiner equations is obtained. We predict the phase shifts for the $D$ and $F$ waves and compare them with the results of the analysis of the George Washington University group. The threshold parameters are calculated both in the delta-less and delta-full cases. Based on the determined low-energy constants, we discuss the pion-nucleon sigma term. Additionally, in ...

  9. Elastic pion-nucleon scattering in chiral perturbation theory: A fresh look

    Science.gov (United States)

    Siemens, D.; Bernard, V.; Epelbaum, E.; Gasparyan, A.; Krebs, H.; Meißner, Ulf-G.

    2016-07-01

    Elastic pion-nucleon scattering is analyzed in the framework of chiral perturbation theory up to fourth order within the heavy-baryon expansion and a covariant approach based on an extended on-mass-shell renormalization scheme. We discuss in detail the renormalization of the various low-energy constants and provide explicit expressions for the relevant β functions and the finite subtractions of the power-counting breaking terms within the covariant formulation. To estimate the theoretical uncertainty from the truncation of the chiral expansion, we employ an approach which has been successfully applied in the most recent analysis of the nuclear forces. This allows us to reliably extract the relevant low-energy constants from the available scattering data at low energy. The obtained results provide clear evidence that the breakdown scale of the chiral expansion for this reaction is related to the Δ resonance. The explicit inclusion of the leading contributions of the Δ isobar is demonstrated to substantially increase the range of applicability of the effective field theory. The resulting predictions for the phase shifts are in an excellent agreement with the predictions from the recent Roy-Steiner-equation analysis of pion-nucleon scattering.

  10. de Sitter limit of inflation and nonlinear perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Jarnhus, Philip R

    2007-01-01

    We study the fourth order action of comoving curvature perturbations in an inflationary universe in order to understand more systematically the de Sitter limit in nonlinear cosmological perturbation theory. We derive the action of the curvature perturbations to fourth order in the comoving gauge, and show that it vanishes sufficiently fast in the de Sitter limit. By studying the de Sitter limit, we then extrapolate to the n'th order action of comoving curvature perturbations and discuss the slow-roll order of the n-point correlation function.

  11. A molecular theory of the structural dynamics of protein induced by a perturbation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hirata, Fumio

    2016-12-01

    An equation to describe the structural dynamics of protein molecule induced by a perturbation such as a photo-excitation is derived based on the linear response theory, which reads 𝐑α(t ) =𝐑α(t =∞ ) -1/kBT ∑γ ⟨Δ𝐑α(t) Δ 𝐑γ⟩eq (0 )ṡ𝐟γ(0 ) . In the equation, α and γ distinguish atoms in protein, 𝐟γ(0 ) denotes a perturbation at time t = 0, 𝐑α(t ) the average position (or structure) of protein atom α at time t after the perturbation being applied, and 𝐑a(t =∞ ) the position at t =∞ . ⟨Δ𝐑α(t) Δ 𝐑γ⟩e q (0 ) is a response function in which Δ 𝐑α(t ) is the fluctuation of atom α at time t in the equilibrium system. The perturbation is defined in terms of the free energy difference between perturbed and unperturbed equilibrium-states, which includes interactions between solute and solvent as well as those among solvent molecules in a renormalized manner. The response function signifies the time evolution of the variance-covariance matrix of the structural fluctuation for the unperturbed system. A theory to evaluate the response function ⟨Δ𝐑α(t) Δ 𝐑γ ⟩ e q (0 ) is also proposed based on the Kim-Hirata theory for the structural fluctuation of protein [B. Kim and F. Hirata, J. Chem. Phys. 138, 054108 (2013)]. The problem reduces to a simple eigenvalue problem for a matrix which includes the friction and the second derivative of the free energy surface of protein with respect to its atomic coordinates.

  12. Renormalization of 3d quantum gravity from matrix models

    CERN Document Server

    Ambjørn, Jan; Loll, R

    2004-01-01

    Lorentzian simplicial quantum gravity is a non-perturbatively defined theory of quantum gravity which predicts a positive cosmological constant. Since the approach is based on a sum over space-time histories, it is perturbatively non-renormalizable even in three dimensions. By mapping the three-dimensional theory to a two-matrix model with ABAB interaction we show that both the cosmological and the (perturbatively) non-renormalizable gravitational coupling constant undergo additive renormalizations consistent with canonical quantization.

  13. Fermion field renormalization prescriptions

    OpenAIRE

    Zhou, Yong

    2005-01-01

    We discuss all possible fermion field renormalization prescriptions in conventional field renormalization meaning and mainly pay attention to the imaginary part of unstable fermion Field Renormalization Constants (FRC). We find that introducing the off-diagonal fermion FRC leads to the decay widths of physical processes $t\\to c Z$ and $b\\to s \\gamma$ gauge-parameter dependent. We also discuss the necessity of renormalizing the bare fields in conventional quantum field theory.

  14. The Lorentz-Dirac and Landau-Lifshitz equations from the perspective of modern renormalization theory

    CERN Document Server

    Nakhleh, Charles

    2012-01-01

    In this pedagogical note, I revisit the problem of the equation of motion of a relativistic classical electron coupled to the electromagnetic field, a problem that is not so much addressed in the education of the typical physics student as put aside en route to the more difficult problems that arise in quantum field theory. The equations governing the motion of a classical electron under the influence of its electromagnetic field have been discussed for a century, and continue to be actively investigated in the current literature, but it appears that a consistent approach to the problem from the point of view of modern renormalization theory has not previously been reported. I show that the methods of modern renormalization theory applied to the full Maxwell-Lorentz system provide a natural and intuitive derivation of the Lorentz-Dirac equation as an effective description of the electron motion valid for distances large compared to the classical electron radius. Moreover, a consistent treatment of the Lorentz...

  15. Nonlinear Acoustics -- Perturbation Theory and Webster's Equation

    CERN Document Server

    Jorge, Rogério

    2013-01-01

    Webster's horn equation (1919) offers a one-dimensional approximation for low-frequency sound waves along a rigid tube with a variable cross-sectional area. It can be thought as a wave equation with a source term that takes into account the nonlinear geometry of the tube. In this document we derive this equation using a simplified fluid model of an ideal gas. By a simple change of variables, we convert it to a Schr\\"odinger equation and use the well-known variational and perturbative methods to seek perturbative solutions. As an example, we apply these methods to the Gabriel's Horn geometry, deriving the first order corrections to the linear frequency. An algorithm to the harmonic modes in any order for a general horn geometry is derived.

  16. Effective gravitational couplings for cosmological perturbations in generalized Proca theories

    CERN Document Server

    De Felice, Antonio; Kase, Ryotaro; Mukohyama, Shinji; Tsujikawa, Shinji; Zhang, Ying-li

    2016-01-01

    We consider the finite interactions of the generalized Proca theory including the sixth-order Lagrangian and derive the full linear perturbation equations of motion on the flat Friedmann-Lema\\^{i}tre-Robertson-Walker background in the presence of a matter perfect fluid. By construction, the propagating degrees of freedom (besides the matter perfect fluid) are two transverse vector perturbations, one longitudinal scalar, and two tensor polarizations. The Lagrangians associated with intrinsic vector modes neither affect the background equations of motion nor the second-order action of tensor perturbations, but they do give rise to non-trivial modifications to the no-ghost condition of vector perturbations and to the propagation speeds of vector and scalar perturbations. We derive the effective gravitational coupling $G_{\\rm eff}$ with matter density perturbations under a quasi-static approximation on scales deep inside the sound horizon. We find that the existence of intrinsic vector modes allows a possibility ...

  17. Siegert pseudostate perturbation theory: one- and two-threshold cases

    OpenAIRE

    Toyota, Koudai; Morishita, Toru; Watanabe, Shinichi

    2005-01-01

    Perturbation theory for the Siegert pseudostates (SPS) [Phys.Rev.A 58, 2077 (1998) and Phys.Rev.A 67, 032714 (2003)] is studied for the case of two energetically separated thresholds. The perturbation formulas for the one-threshold case are derived as a limiting case whereby we reconstruct More's theory for the decaying states [Phys.Rev.A 3,1217(1971)] and amend an error. The perturbation formulas for the two-threshold case have additional terms due to the non-standard orthogonality relations...

  18. Energy Continuity in Degenerate Density Functional Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Palenik, Mark C

    2016-01-01

    Fractional occupation numbers can produce open-shell degeneracy in density functional theory. We develop the corresponding perturbation theory by requiring that a differentiable map connects the initial and perturbed states. The degenerate state connects to a single perturbed state which extremizes, but does not necessarily minimize or maximize, the energy with respect to occupation numbers. Using a system of three electrons in a harmonic oscillator potential, we relate the counterintuitive sign of first-order occupation numbers to eigenvalues of the electron-electron interaction Hessian.

  19. Non-perturbative Nekrasov partition function from string theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Antoniadis, I., E-mail: ignatios.antoniadis@cern.ch [Department of Physics, CERN – Theory Division, CH-1211 Geneva 23 (Switzerland); Florakis, I., E-mail: florakis@mppmu.mpg.de [Max-Planck-Institut für Physik, Werner-Heisenberg-Institut, 80805 München (Germany); Hohenegger, S., E-mail: stefan.hohenegger@cern.ch [Department of Physics, CERN – Theory Division, CH-1211 Geneva 23 (Switzerland); Narain, K.S., E-mail: narain@ictp.trieste.it [High Energy Section, The Abdus Salam International Center for Theoretical Physics, Strada Costiera, 11-34014 Trieste (Italy); Zein Assi, A., E-mail: zeinassi@cern.ch [Department of Physics, CERN – Theory Division, CH-1211 Geneva 23 (Switzerland); Centre de Physique Théorique (UMR CNRS 7644), Ecole Polytechnique, 91128 Palaiseau (France)

    2014-03-15

    We calculate gauge instanton corrections to a class of higher derivative string effective couplings introduced in [1]. We work in Type I string theory compactified on K3×T{sup 2} and realise gauge instantons in terms of D5-branes wrapping the internal space. In the field theory limit we reproduce the deformed ADHM action on a general Ω-background from which one can compute the non-perturbative gauge theory partition function using localisation. This is a non-perturbative extension of [1] and provides further evidence for our proposal of a string theory realisation of the Ω-background.

  20. Perturbation theories for the thermodynamic properties of fluids and solids

    CERN Document Server

    Solana, J R

    2013-01-01

    This book, Perturbation Theories for the Thermodynamic Properties of Fluids and Solids, provides a comprehensive review of current perturbation theories-as well as integral equation theories and density functional theories-for the equilibrium thermodynamic and structural properties of classical systems. Emphasizing practical applications, the text avoids complex theoretical derivations as much as possible. It begins with discussions of the nature of intermolecular forces and simple potential models. The book also presents a summary of statistical mechanics concepts and formulae. In addition, i

  1. Evolution of curvature perturbation in generalized gravity theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Matsuda, Tomohiro, E-mail: matsuda@sit.ac.j [Laboratory of Physics, Saitama Institute of Technology, Fusaiji, Okabe-machi, Saitama 369-0293 (Japan)

    2009-07-21

    Using the cosmological perturbation theory in terms of the deltaN formalism, we find the simple formulation of the evolution of the curvature perturbation in generalized gravity theories. Compared with the standard gravity theory, a crucial difference appears in the end-boundary of the inflationary stage, which is due to the non-ideal form of the energy-momentum tensor that depends explicitly on the curvature scalar. Recent study shows that ultraviolet-complete quantum theory of gravity (Horava-Lifshitz gravity) can be approximated by using a generalized gravity action. Our paper may give an important step in understanding the evolution of the curvature perturbation during inflation, where the energy-momentum tensor may not be given by the ideal form due to the corrections from the fundamental theory.

  2. One-loop renormalization of fermionic currents with the overlap-Dirac operator

    CERN Document Server

    Alexandrou, C; Panagopoulos, H; Vicari, E

    2000-01-01

    We compute the one-loop lattice renormalization of the two-quark operators$\\bar{\\psi} \\Gamma \\psi$, where $\\Gamma$ denotes the generic Dirac matrix, forthe lattice formulation of QCD using the overlap-Dirac operator. We also study the renormalization of quark bilinears which are more extendedand have better chiral properties. Finally, we present improved estimates of these renormalization constants,coming from cactus resummation and from mean field perturbation theory.

  3. One-loop divergences in chiral perturbation theory and right-invariant metrics on SU(3)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Esposito-Farese, G. (Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, 13 - Marseille (France). Centre de Physique Theorique)

    1991-04-01

    In the framework of chiral perturbation theory, we compute the one-loop divergences of the effective Lagrangian describing strong and non-leptonic weak interactions of pseudoscalar mesons. We use the background field method and the heat-kernel expansion, and underline the geometrical meaning of the different terms, showing how the right-invariance of the metrics on SU(3) allows to clarify and simplify the calculations. Our results are given in terms of a minimal set of independent counterterms, and shorten previous ones of the literature, in the particular case where the electromagnetic field is the only external source which is considered. We also show that a geometrical construction of the effective Lagrangian at order O(p{sup 4}) allows to derive some relations between the finite parts of the coupling constants. These relations do not depend on the scale {mu} used to renormalize. (orig.).

  4. Ab initio downfolding for electron-phonon-coupled systems: Constrained density-functional perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nomura, Yusuke; Arita, Ryotaro

    2015-12-01

    We formulate an ab initio downfolding scheme for electron-phonon-coupled systems. In this scheme, we calculate partially renormalized phonon frequencies and electron-phonon coupling, which include the screening effects of high-energy electrons, to construct a realistic Hamiltonian consisting of low-energy electron and phonon degrees of freedom. We show that our scheme can be implemented by slightly modifying the density functional-perturbation theory (DFPT), which is one of the standard methods for calculating phonon properties from first principles. Our scheme, which we call the constrained DFPT, can be applied to various phonon-related problems, such as superconductivity, electron and thermal transport, thermoelectricity, piezoelectricity, dielectricity, and multiferroicity. We believe that the constrained DFPT provides a firm basis for the understanding of the role of phonons in strongly correlated materials. Here, we apply the scheme to fullerene superconductors and discuss how the realistic low-energy Hamiltonian is constructed.

  5. The perturbative ghost propagator in Landau gauge from numerical stochastic perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Di Renzo, F; Perlt, H; Schiller, A; Torrero, C

    2008-01-01

    We present one- and two-loop results for the ghost propagator in Landau gauge calculated in Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory (NSPT). The one-loop results are compared with available standard Lattice Perturbation Theory in the infinite-volume limit. We discuss in detail how to perform the different necessary limits in the NSPT approach and discuss a recipe to treat logarithmic terms by introducing ``finite-lattice logs''. We find agreement with the one-loop result from standard Lattice Perturbation Theory and estimate, from the non-logarithmic part of the ghost propagator in two-loop order, the unknown constant contribution to the ghost self-energy in the RI'-MOM scheme in Landau gauge. That constant vanishes within our numerical accuracy.

  6. Renormalization group theory of the critical properties of the interacting bose fluid

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Creswick, Richard J.; Wiegel, F.W.

    1982-01-01

    Starting from a functional integral representation of the partition function we apply the renormalization group to the interacting Bose fluid. A closed form for the renormalization equation is derived and the critical exponents are calculated in 4-ε dimensions.

  7. Perturbation Theory of Massive Yang-Mills Fields

    Science.gov (United States)

    Veltman, M.

    1968-08-01

    Perturbation theory of massive Yang-Mills fields is investigated with the help of the Bell-Treiman transformation. Diagrams containing one closed loop are shown to be convergent if there are more than four external vector boson lines. The investigation presented does not exclude the possibility that the theory is renormalizable.

  8. Perturbative algebraic quantum field theory at finite temperature

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lindner, Falk

    2013-08-15

    We present the algebraic approach to perturbative quantum field theory for the real scalar field in Minkowski spacetime. In this work we put a special emphasis on the inherent state-independence of the framework and provide a detailed analysis of the state space. The dynamics of the interacting system is constructed in a novel way by virtue of the time-slice axiom in causal perturbation theory. This method sheds new light in the connection between quantum statistical dynamics and perturbative quantum field theory. In particular it allows the explicit construction of the KMS and vacuum state for the interacting, massive Klein-Gordon field which implies the absence of infrared divergences of the interacting theory at finite temperature, in particular for the interacting Wightman and time-ordered functions.

  9. Elastic pion-nucleon scattering in chiral perturbation theory: A fresh look

    CERN Document Server

    Siemens, D; Epelbaum, E; Gasparyan, A; Krebs, H; Meißner, Ulf-G

    2016-01-01

    Elastic pion-nucleon scattering is analyzed in the framework of chiral perturbation theory up to fourth order within the heavy-baryon expansion and a covariant approach based on an extended on-mass-shell renormalization scheme. We discuss in detail the renormalization of the various low-energy constants and provide explicit expressions for the relevant $\\beta$-functions and the finite subtractions of the power-counting breaking terms within the covariant formulation. To estimate the theoretical uncertainty from the truncation of the chiral expansion, we employ an approach which has been successfully applied in the most recent analysis of the nuclear forces. This allows us to reliably extract the relevant low-energy constants from the available scattering data at low energy. The obtained results provide a clear evidence that the breakdown scale of the chiral expansion for this reaction is related to the $\\Delta$-resonance. The explicit inclusion of the leading contributions of the $\\Delta$-isobar is demonstrat...

  10. Convergence of coupled cluster perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Eriksen, Janus Juul; Matthews, Devin A; Jørgensen, Poul; Olsen, Jeppe

    2016-01-01

    The convergence of a recently proposed coupled cluster (CC) family of perturbation series [Eriksen et al., J. Chem. Phys. 140, 064108 (2014)], in which the energetic difference between a parent and a target CC model is expanded in orders of the M{\\o}ller-Plesset (MP) fluctuation potential, is investigated for four prototypical closed-shell systems (Ne, singlet methylene, distorted HF, and the fluoride anion) in standard and augmented basis sets. In these investigations, energy corrections of the various series have been calculated to high orders and their convergence radii determined by probing for possible front- and back-door intruder states. In summary, we conclude how it is primarily the choice of target state, and not the choice of parent state, which ultimately governs the convergence behavior of a given series. For example, restricting the target state to, say, triple or quadruple excitations might remove intruders present in series that target the full configuration interaction (FCI) limit, such as th...

  11. Random vector and matrix and vector theories: a renormalization group approach

    CERN Document Server

    Zinn-Justin, Jean

    2014-01-01

    Random matrices in the large N expansion and the so-called double scaling limit can be used as toy models for quantum gravity: 2D quantum gravity coupled to conformal matter. This has generated a tremendous expansion of random matrix theory, tackled with increasingly sophisticated mathematical methods and number of matrix models have been solved exactly. However, the somewhat paradoxical situation is that either models can be solved exactly or little can be said. Since the solved models display critical points and universal properties, it is tempting to use renormalization group ideas to determine universal properties, without solving models explicitly. Initiated by Br\\'ezin and Zinn-Justin, the approach has led to encouraging results, first for matrix integrals and then quantum mechanics with matrices, but has not yet become a universal tool as initially hoped. In particular, general quantum field theories with matrix fields require more detailed investigations. To better understand some of the encountered d...

  12. Primordial Perturbations in Einstein-Aether and BPSH Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Armendariz-Picon, Cristian; Garriga, Jaume

    2010-01-01

    We study the primordial perturbations generated during a stage of single-field inflation in Einstein-aether theories. Quantum fluctuations of the inflaton and aether fields seed long wavelength adiabatic and isocurvature scalar perturbations, as well as transverse vector perturbations. Geometrically, the isocurvature mode is the potential for the velocity field of the aether with respect to matter. For a certain range of parameters, this mode may lead to a sizable random velocity of the aether within the observable universe. The adiabatic mode corresponds to curvature perturbations of co-moving slices (where matter is at rest). In contrast with the standard case, it has a non-vanishing anisotropic stress on large scales. Scalar and vector perturbations may leave significant imprints on the cosmic microwave background. We calculate their primordial spectra, analyze their contributions to the temperature anisotropies, and formulate some of the phenomenological constraints that follow from observations. These ma...

  13. A Theory of the Perturbed Consumer with General Budgets

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    McFadden, Daniel L; Fosgerau, Mogens

    We consider demand systems for utility-maximizing consumers facing general budget constraints whose utilities are perturbed by additive linear shifts in marginal utilities. Budgets are required to be compact but are not required to be convex. We define demand generating functions (DGF) whose......-valued and smooth in their arguments. We also give sufficient conditions for integrability of perturbed demand. Our analysis provides a foundation for applications of consumer theory to problems with nonlinear budget constraints....

  14. Brillouin-Wigner perturbation theory in open electromagnetic systems

    CERN Document Server

    Muljarov, E A; Zimmermann, R; 10.1209/0295-5075/92/50010

    2012-01-01

    A Brillouin-Wigner perturbation theory is developed for open electromagnetic systems which are characterised by discrete resonant states with complex eigenenergies. Since these states are exponentially growing at large distances, a modified normalisation is introduced that allows a simple spectral representation of the Green's function. The perturbed modes are found by solving a linear eigenvalue problem in matrix form. The method is illustrated on exactly solvable one- and three-dimensional examples being, respectively, a dielectric slab and a microsphere.

  15. Linear response theory for the density matrix renormalization group: efficient algorithms for strongly correlated excited states.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nakatani, Naoki; Wouters, Sebastian; Van Neck, Dimitri; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2014-01-14

    Linear response theory for the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG-LRT) was first presented in terms of the DMRG renormalization projectors [J. J. Dorando, J. Hachmann, and G. K.-L. Chan, J. Chem. Phys. 130, 184111 (2009)]. Later, with an understanding of the manifold structure of the matrix product state (MPS) ansatz, which lies at the basis of the DMRG algorithm, a way was found to construct the linear response space for general choices of the MPS gauge in terms of the tangent space vectors [J. Haegeman, J. I. Cirac, T. J. Osborne, I. Pižorn, H. Verschelde, and F. Verstraete, Phys. Rev. Lett. 107, 070601 (2011)]. These two developments led to the formulation of the Tamm-Dancoff and random phase approximations (TDA and RPA) for MPS. This work describes how these LRTs may be efficiently implemented through minor modifications of the DMRG sweep algorithm, at a computational cost which scales the same as the ground-state DMRG algorithm. In fact, the mixed canonical MPS form implicit to the DMRG sweep is essential for efficient implementation of the RPA, due to the structure of the second-order tangent space. We present ab initio DMRG-TDA results for excited states of polyenes, the water molecule, and a [2Fe-2S] iron-sulfur cluster.

  16. Linear response theory for the density matrix renormalization group: Efficient algorithms for strongly correlated excited states

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nakatani, Naoki; Wouters, Sebastian; Van Neck, Dimitri; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2014-01-01

    Linear response theory for the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG-LRT) was first presented in terms of the DMRG renormalization projectors [J. J. Dorando, J. Hachmann, and G. K.-L. Chan, J. Chem. Phys. 130, 184111 (2009)]. Later, with an understanding of the manifold structure of the matrix product state (MPS) ansatz, which lies at the basis of the DMRG algorithm, a way was found to construct the linear response space for general choices of the MPS gauge in terms of the tangent space vectors [J. Haegeman, J. I. Cirac, T. J. Osborne, I. Pižorn, H. Verschelde, and F. Verstraete, Phys. Rev. Lett. 107, 070601 (2011)]. These two developments led to the formulation of the Tamm-Dancoff and random phase approximations (TDA and RPA) for MPS. This work describes how these LRTs may be efficiently implemented through minor modifications of the DMRG sweep algorithm, at a computational cost which scales the same as the ground-state DMRG algorithm. In fact, the mixed canonical MPS form implicit to the DMRG sweep is essential for efficient implementation of the RPA, due to the structure of the second-order tangent space. We present ab initio DMRG-TDA results for excited states of polyenes, the water molecule, and a [2Fe-2S] iron-sulfur cluster.

  17. Quantum Field Theories with Symmetries in the Wilsonian Exact Renormalization Group

    CERN Document Server

    Vian, Federica

    1999-01-01

    The purpose of the present thesis is the implementation of symmetries in the Wilsonian Exact Renormalization Group (ERG) approach. After recalling how the ERG can be introduced in a general theory (i.e. containing both bosons and fermions, scalars and vectors) and having applied it to the massless scalar theory as an example of how the method works, we discuss the formulation of the Quantum Action Principle (QAP) in the ERG and show that the Slavnov-Taylor identities can be directly derived for the cutoff effective action at any momentum scale. Firstly the QAP is exploited to analyse the breaking of dilatation invariance occurring in the scalar theory in this approach. Then we address SU(N) Yang-Mills theory and extensively treat the key issue of the boundary conditions of the flow equation which, in this case, have also to ensure restoration of symmetry for the physical theory. In case of a chiral gauge theory, we show how the chiral anomaly can be obtained in the ERG. Finally, we extend the ERG formulation ...

  18. One-loop Chiral Perturbation Theory with two fermion representations

    CERN Document Server

    DeGrand, Thomas; Neil, Ethan T; Shamir, Yigal

    2016-01-01

    We develop Chiral Perturbation Theory for chirally broken theories with fermions in two different representations of the gauge group. Any such theory has a non-anomalous singlet $U(1)_A$ symmetry, yielding an additional Nambu-Goldstone boson when spontaneously broken. We calculate the next-to-leading order corrections for the pseudoscalar masses and decay constants, which include the singlet Nambu-Goldstone boson, as well as for the two condensates. The results can be generalized to more than two representations.

  19. Perturbation theory for string sigma models

    CERN Document Server

    Bianchi, Lorenzo

    2016-01-01

    In this thesis we investigate quantum aspects of the Green-Schwarz superstring in various AdS backgrounds relevant for the AdS/CFT correspondence, providing several examples of perturbative computations in the corresponding integrable sigma-models. We start by reviewing in details the supercoset construction of the superstring action in $AdS_5 \\times S^5$, pointing out the limits of this procedure for $AdS_4$ and $AdS_3$ backgrounds. For the $AdS_4 \\times CP^3$ case we give a thorough derivation of an alternative action, based on the double-dimensional reduction of eleven-dimensional super-membranes. We then consider the expansion about the BMN vacuum and the S-matrix for the scattering of worldsheet excitations in the decompactification limit. To evaluate its elements efficiently we describe a unitarity-based method resulting in a very compact formula yielding the cut-constructible part of any one-loop two-dimensional S-matrix. In the second part of this review we analyze the superstring action on $AdS_4 \\ti...

  20. Perturbed period-doubling bifurcation. I. Theory

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Svensmark, Henrik; Samuelsen, Mogens Rugholm

    1990-01-01

    -defined way that is a function of the amplitude and the frequency of the signal. New scaling laws between the amplitude of the signal and the detuning δ are found; these scaling laws apply to a variety of quantities, e.g., to the shift of the bifurcation point. It is also found that the stability...... of a microwave-driven Josephson junction confirm the theory. Results should be of interest in parametric-amplification studies....

  1. A brief overview of hard-thermal-loop perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Su, Nan

    2012-01-01

    The poor convergence of quantum field theory at finite temperature has been one of the main obstacles in the practical applications of thermal QCD for decades. Here we briefly review the progress of hard-thermal-loop perturbation theory (HTLpt) in reorganizing the perturbative expansion in order to improve the convergence. The quantum mechanical anharmonic oscillator is used as a simple example to show the breakdown of weak-coupling expansion, and variational perturbation theory is introduced as an effective resummation scheme for divergent weak-coupling expansions. We discuss HTLpt thermodynamic calculations for QED, pure-glue QCD, and QCD with N_f=3 up to three-loop order. The results suggest that HTLpt provides a systematic framework that can be used to calculate both static and dynamic quantities for temperatures relevant at LHC.

  2. A Brief Overview of Hard-Thermal-Loop Perturbation Theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU Nan

    2012-01-01

    The poor convergence of quantum field theory at finite temperature has been one of the main obstacles in the practical applications of thermal QCD for decades. Here we briefly review the progress of hard-thermal-loop perturbation theory (HTLpt) in reorganizing the perturbative expansion in order to improve the convergence. The quantum mechanical anharmonic oscillator is used as a simple example to show the breakdown of weak-coupling expansion, and variational perturbation theory is introduced as an effective resummation scheme for divergent weak-coupling expansions. We discuss HTLpt thermodynamic calculations for QED, pure-glue QCD, and QCD with Nf = 3 up to three-loop order. The results suggest that HTLpt provides a systematic framework that can be used to calculate both static and dynamic quantities for temperatures relevant at LHC.

  3. Perturbative study of Yang-Mills theory in the infrared

    CERN Document Server

    Siringo, Fabio

    2015-01-01

    Pure Yang-Mills SU(N) theory is studied in four dimensional space and Landau gauge by a double perturbative expansion based on a massive free-particle propagator. By dimensional regularization, all diverging mass terms cancel exactly in the double expansion, without the need to include mass counterterms that would spoil the symmetry of the original Lagrangian. The emerging perturbation theory is safe in the infrared and shares the same behaviour of the standard perturbation theory in the UV. At one-loop, Gluon and ghost propagators are found in excellent agreement with the data of lattice simulations and an infrared-safe running coupling is derived. A natural scale m=0.5-0.6 GeV is extracted from the data for N=3.

  4. The accuracy of QCD perturbation theory at high energies

    CERN Document Server

    Dalla Brida, Mattia; Korzec, Tomasz; Ramos, Alberto; Sint, Stefan; Sommer, Rainer

    2016-01-01

    We discuss the determination of the strong coupling $\\alpha_\\mathrm{\\overline{MS}}^{}(m_\\mathrm{Z})$ or equivalently the QCD $\\Lambda$-parameter. Its determination requires the use of perturbation theory in $\\alpha_s(\\mu)$ in some scheme, $s$, and at some energy scale $\\mu$. The higher the scale $\\mu$ the more accurate perturbation theory becomes, owing to asymptotic freedom. As one step in our computation of the $\\Lambda$-parameter in three-flavor QCD, we perform lattice computations in a scheme which allows us to non-perturbatively reach very high energies, corresponding to $\\alpha_s = 0.1$ and below. We find that perturbation theory is very accurate there, yielding a three percent error in the $\\Lambda$-parameter, while data around $\\alpha_s \\approx 0.2$ is clearly insufficient to quote such a precision. It is important to realize that these findings are expected to be generic, as our scheme has advantageous properties regarding the applicability of perturbation theory.

  5. Finite-temperature second-order many-body perturbation theory revisited

    CERN Document Server

    Santra, Robin

    2016-01-01

    We present an algebraic, nondiagrammatic derivation of finite-temperature second-order many-body perturbation theory [FT-MBPT(2)], using techniques and concepts accessible to theoretical chemical physicists. We give explicit expressions not just for the grand potential but particularly for the mean energy of an interacting many-electron system. The framework presented is suitable for computing the energy of a finite or infinite system in contact with a heat and particle bath at finite temperature and chemical potential. FT-MBPT(2) may be applied if the system, at zero temperature, may be described using standard (i.e., zero-temperature) second-order many-body perturbation theory [ZT-MBPT(2)] for the energy. We point out that in such a situation, FT-MBPT(2) reproduces, in the zero-temperature limit, the energy computed within ZT-MBPT(2). In other words, the difficulty that has been referred to as the Kohn--Luttinger conundrum, does not occur. We comment, in this context, on a "renormalization" scheme recently ...

  6. Perturbative Quantum Field Theory in the String-Inspired Formalism

    CERN Document Server

    Schubert, C

    2001-01-01

    We review the status and present range of applications of the ``string-inspired'' approach to perturbative quantum field theory. This formalism offers the possibility of computing effective actions and S-matrix elements in a way which is similar in spirit to string perturbation theory, and bypasses much of the apparatus of standard second-quantized field theory. Its development was initiated by Bern and Kosower, originally with the aim of simplifying the calculation of scattering amplitudes in quantum chromodynamics and quantum gravity. We give a short account of the original derivation of the Bern-Kosower rules from string theory. Strassler's alternative approach in terms of first-quantized particle path integrals is then used to generalize the formalism to more general field theories, and, in the abelian case, also to higher loop orders. A considerable number of sample calculations are presented in detail, with an emphasis on quantum electrodynamics.

  7. Lie transforms and their use in Hamiltonian perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cary, J.R.

    1978-06-01

    A review is presented of the theory of Lie transforms as applied to Hamiltonian systems. We begin by presenting some general background on the Hamiltonian formalism and by introducing the operator notation for canonical transformations. We then derive the general theory of Lie transforms. We derive the formula for the new Hamiltonian when one uses a Lie transform to effect a canonical transformation, and we use Lie transforms to prove a very general version of Noether's theorem, or the symmetry-equals-invariant theorem. Next we use the general Lie transform theory to derive Deprit's perturbation theory. We illustrate this perturbation theory by application to two well-known problems in classical mechanics. Finally we present a chapter on conventions. There are many ways to develop Lie transforms. The last chapter explains the reasons for the choices made here.

  8. Algebraic Lattices in QFT Renormalization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Borinsky, Michael

    2016-07-01

    The structure of overlapping subdivergences, which appear in the perturbative expansions of quantum field theory, is analyzed using algebraic lattice theory. It is shown that for specific QFTs the sets of subdivergences of Feynman diagrams form algebraic lattices. This class of QFTs includes the standard model. In kinematic renormalization schemes, in which tadpole diagrams vanish, these lattices are semimodular. This implies that the Hopf algebra of Feynman diagrams is graded by the coradical degree or equivalently that every maximal forest has the same length in the scope of BPHZ renormalization. As an application of this framework, a formula for the counter terms in zero-dimensional QFT is given together with some examples of the enumeration of primitive or skeleton diagrams.

  9. Correlation Matrix Renormalization Theory: Improving Accuracy with Two-Electron Density-Matrix Sum Rules.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, C; Liu, J; Yao, Y X; Wu, P; Wang, C Z; Ho, K M

    2016-10-11

    We recently proposed the correlation matrix renormalization (CMR) theory to treat the electronic correlation effects [Phys. Rev. B 2014, 89, 045131 and Sci. Rep. 2015, 5, 13478] in ground state total energy calculations of molecular systems using the Gutzwiller variational wave function (GWF). By adopting a number of approximations, the computational effort of the CMR can be reduced to a level similar to Hartree-Fock calculations. This paper reports our recent progress in minimizing the error originating from some of these approximations. We introduce a novel sum-rule correction to obtain a more accurate description of the intersite electron correlation effects in total energy calculations. Benchmark calculations are performed on a set of molecules to show the reasonable accuracy of the method.

  10. Theory of interaction-induced renormalization of Drude weight and plasmon frequency in chiral multilayer graphene

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Xiao; Tse, Wang-Kong

    2017-02-01

    We develop a theory for the optical conductivity of doped ABC-stacked multilayer graphene including the effects of electron-electron interactions. Applying the quantum kinetic formalism, we formulate a set of pseudospin Bloch equations that govern the dynamics of the nonequilibrium density matrix driven by an external ac electric field under the influence of Coulomb interactions. These equations reveal a dynamical mechanism that couples the Drude and interband responses arising from the chirality of pseudospin textures in multilayer graphene systems. We demonstrate that this results in an interaction-induced enhancement of the Drude weight and plasmon frequency strongly dependent on the pseudospin winding number. Using bilayer graphene as an example, we also study the influence of higher-energy bands and find that they contribute considerable renormalization effects not captured by a low-energy two-band description. We argue that this enhancement of Drude weight and plasmon frequency occurs generally in materials characterized by electronic chirality.

  11. Numerical study of renormalization group flows of nuclear effective field theory without pions on a lattice

    CERN Document Server

    Harada, Koji; Yahiro, Masanobu

    2016-01-01

    We formulate the next-to-leading order nuclear effective field theory without pions in the two-nucleon sector on a spatial lattice, and investigate nonperturbative renormalization group flows in the strong coupling region by diagonalizing the Hamiltonian numerically. The cutoff (proportional to the inverse of the lattice constant) dependence of the coupling constants is obtained by changing the lattice constant with the binding energy and the asymptotic normalization constant for the groundstate being fixed. We argue that the critical line can be obtained by looking at the finite-size dependence of the groundstate energy. We determine the relevant operator and locate the nontrivial fixed point, as well as the physical flow line corresponding to the deuteron in the two-dimensional plane of dimensionless coupling constants. It turns out that the location of the nontrivial fixed point is very close to the one obtained by the corresponding analytic calculation, but the relevant operator is quite different.

  12. Julian Schwinger: Nuclear Physics, the Radiation Laboratory, Renormalized QED, Source Theory, and Beyond

    CERN Document Server

    Milton, K A

    2006-01-01

    Julian Schwinger's influence on twentieth century science is profound and pervasive. Of course, he is most famous for his renormalization theory of quantum electrodynamics, for which he shared the Nobel Prize with Richard Feynman and Sin-itiro Tomonaga. But although this triumph was undoubtedly his most heroic work, his legacy lives on chiefly through subtle and elegant work in classical electrodynamics, quantum variational principles, proper-time methods, quantum anomalies, dynamical mass generation, partial symmetry, and more. Starting as just a boy, he rapidly became the pre-eminent nuclear physicist in the late 1930s, led the theoretical development of radar technology at MIT during World War II, and then, soon after the war, conquered quantum electrodynamics, and became the leading quantum field theorist for two decades, before taking a more iconoclastic route during his last quarter century.

  13. Quantum field theory and phase transitions: universality and renormalization group; Theorie quantique des champs et transitions de phase: universalite et groupe de renormalisation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zinn-Justin, J

    2003-08-01

    In the quantum field theory the problem of infinite values has been solved empirically through a method called renormalization, this method is satisfying only in the framework of renormalization group. It is in the domain of statistical physics and continuous phase transitions that these issues are the easiest to discuss. Within the framework of a course in theoretical physics the author introduces the notions of continuous limits and universality in stochastic systems operating with a high number of freedom degrees. It is shown that quasi-Gaussian and mean field approximation are unable to describe phase transitions in a satisfying manner. A new concept is required: it is the notion of renormalization group whose fixed points allow us to understand universality beyond mean field. The renormalization group implies the idea that long distance correlations near the transition temperature might be described by a statistical field theory that is a quantum field in imaginary time. Various forms of renormalization group equations are presented and solved in particular boundary limits, namely for fields with high numbers of components near the dimensions 4 and 2. The particular case of exact renormalization group is also introduced. (A.C.)

  14. Algebraic geometry informs perturbative quantum field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Broadhurst, David

    2014-01-01

    Single-scale Feynman diagrams yield integrals that are periods, namely projective integrals of rational functions of Schwinger parameters. Algebraic geometry may therefore inform us of the types of number to which these integrals evaluate. We give examples at 3, 4 and 6 loops of massive Feynman diagrams that evaluate to Dirichlet $L$-series of modular forms and examples at 6, 7 and 8 loops of counterterms that evaluate to multiple zeta values or polylogarithms of the sixth root of unity. At 8 loops and beyond, algebraic geometry informs us that polylogs are insufficient for the evaluation of terms in the beta-function of $\\phi^4$ theory. Here, modular forms appear as obstructions to polylogarithmic evaluation.

  15. Tensor perturbations in a general class of Palatini theories

    CERN Document Server

    Jiménez, Jose Beltrán; Olmo, Gonzalo J

    2015-01-01

    We study a general class of gravitational theories formulated in the Palatini approach and derive the equations governing the evolution of tensor perturbations. In the absence of torsion, the connection can be solved as the Christoffel symbols of an auxiliary metric which is non-trivially related to the space-time metric. We then consider background solutions corresponding to a perfect fluid and show that the tensor perturbations equations (including anisotropic stresses) for the auxiliary metric around such a background take an Einstein-like form. This facilitates the study in a homogeneous and isotropic cosmological scenario where we explicitly establish the relation between the auxiliary metric and the space-time metric tensor perturbations. As a general result, we show that both tensor perturbations coincide in the absence of anisotropic stresses.

  16. Tensor perturbations in a general class of Palatini theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Beltrán Jiménez, Jose; Heisenberg, Lavinia; Olmo, Gonzalo J.

    2015-06-01

    We study a general class of gravitational theories formulated in the Palatini approach and derive the equations governing the evolution of tensor perturbations. In the absence of torsion, the connection can be solved as the Christoffel symbols of an auxiliary metric which is non-trivially related to the space-time metric. We then consider background solutions corresponding to a perfect fluid and show that the tensor perturbations equations (including anisotropic stresses) for the auxiliary metric around such a background take an Einstein-like form. This facilitates the study in a homogeneous and isotropic cosmological scenario where we explicitly establish the relation between the auxiliary metric and the space-time metric tensor perturbations. As a general result, we show that both tensor perturbations coincide in the absence of anisotropic stresses.

  17. Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory and Gradient Flow in {\\phi}^4 Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Brida, Mattia Dalla; Kennedy, Anthony D

    2015-01-01

    In this contribution we present an exploratory study of several novel methods for numerical stochastic perturbation theory. For the investigation we consider observables defined through the gradient flow in the simple {\\phi}^4 theory.

  18. Non-renormalization of the $V\\bar cc$-vertices in ${\\cal N}=1$ supersymmetric theories

    CERN Document Server

    Stepanyantz, K V

    2016-01-01

    Using the Slavnov--Taylor identities we prove that the three-point ghost vertices with a single line of the quantum gauge superfield are not renormalized in all loops in ${\\cal N}=1$ supersymmetric gauge theories. This statement is verified by the explicit one-loop calculation made by the help of the BRST invariant version of the higher covariant derivative regularization. Using the restrictions to the renormalization constants which are imposed by the non-renormalization of the considered vertices we express the exact NSVZ $\\beta$-function in terms of the anomalous dimensions of the Faddeev--Popov ghosts and of the quantum gauge superfield. In the expression for the NSVZ $\\beta$-function obtained in this way the contributions of the Faddeev--Popov ghosts and of the matter superfields have the same structure.

  19. Perturbative Quantum Gravity and its Relation to Gauge Theory

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bern Zvi

    2002-01-01

    Full Text Available In this review we describe a non-trivial relationship between perturbative gauge theory and gravity scattering amplitudes. At the semi-classical or tree-level, the scattering amplitudes of gravity theories in flat space can be expressed as a sum of products of well defined pieces of gauge theory amplitudes. These relationships were first discovered by Kawai, Lewellen, and Tye in the context of string theory, but hold more generally. In particular, they hold for standard Einstein gravity. A method based on $D$-dimensional unitarity can then be used to systematically construct all quantum loop corrections order-by-order in perturbation theory using as input thegravity tree amplitudes expressed in terms of gauge theory ones. More generally, the unitarity method provides a means for perturbatively quantizing massless gravity theories without the usual formal apparatus associated with the quantization of constrained systems. As one application, this method was used to demonstrate that maximally supersymmetric gravity is less divergent in the ultraviolet than previously thought.

  20. Effective gravitational couplings for cosmological perturbations in generalized Proca theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    De Felice, Antonio; Heisenberg, Lavinia; Kase, Ryotaro; Mukohyama, Shinji; Tsujikawa, Shinji; Zhang, Ying-li

    2016-08-01

    We consider the finite interactions of the generalized Proca theory including the sixth-order Lagrangian and derive the full linear perturbation equations of motion on the flat Friedmann-Lemaître-Robertson-Walker background in the presence of a matter perfect fluid. By construction, the propagating degrees of freedom (besides the matter perfect fluid) are two transverse vector perturbations, one longitudinal scalar, and two tensor polarizations. The Lagrangians associated with intrinsic vector modes neither affect the background equations of motion nor the second-order action of tensor perturbations, but they do give rise to nontrivial modifications to the no-ghost condition of vector perturbations and to the propagation speeds of vector and scalar perturbations. We derive the effective gravitational coupling Geff with matter density perturbations under a quasistatic approximation on scales deep inside the sound horizon. We find that the existence of intrinsic vector modes allows a possibility for reducing Geff. In fact, within the parameter space, Geff can be even smaller than the Newton gravitational constant G at the late cosmological epoch, with a peculiar phantom dark energy equation of state (without ghosts). The modifications to the slip parameter η and the evolution of the growth rate f σ8 are discussed as well. Thus, dark energy models in the framework of generalized Proca theories can be observationally distinguished from the Λ CDM model according to both cosmic growth and expansion history. Furthermore, we study the evolution of vector perturbations and show that outside the vector sound horizon the perturbations are nearly frozen and start to decay with oscillations after the horizon entry.

  1. Loop Variables and Gauge Invariant Exact Renormalization Group Equations for (Open) String Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sathiapalan, B

    2012-01-01

    An exact renormalization group equation is written down for the world sheet theory describing the bosonic open string in general backgrounds. Loop variable techniques are used to make the equation gauge invariant. This is worked out explicitly up to level 3. The equation is quadratic in the fields and can be viewed as a proposal for a string field theory equation. As in the earlier loop variable approach, the theory has one extra space dimension and mass is obtained by dimensional reduction. Being based on the sigma model RG, it is background independent. It is intriguing that in contrast to BRST string field theory, the gauge transformations are not modified by the interactions up to the level calculated. The interactions can be written in terms of gauge invariant field strengths for the massive higher spin fields and the non zero mass is essential for this. This is reminiscent of Abelian Born-Infeld action (along with derivative corrections) for the massless vector field, which is also written in terms of t...

  2. Adjoint operators and perturbation theory of black holes

    CERN Document Server

    Cartas-Fuentevilla, R

    2000-01-01

    We present a new approach for finding conservation laws in the perturbation theory of black holes which applies for the more general cases of non-Hermitian equations governing the perturbations. The approach is based on a general result which establishes that a covariantly conserved current can be obtained from a solution of any system of homogeneous linear differential equations and a solution of the adjoint system. It is shown that the results obtained from the present approach become essentially the same (with some diferences) to those obtained by means of the traditional methods in the simplest black hole geometry corresponding to the Schwarzschild space-time. The future applications of our approach for studying the perturbations of black hole space-time in string theory is discussed.

  3. Non-perturbative renormalization group calculation of the quasi-particle velocity and the dielectric function of graphene

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sharma, Anand; Bauer, Carsten; Rueckriegel, Andreas; Kopietz, Peter

    We use a nonperturbative functional renormalization group approach to calculate the renormalized quasiparticle velocity v (k) and the static dielectric function ɛ (k) of suspended graphene as function of an external momentum k. We fit our numerical result for v (k) to v (k) /vF = A + Bln (Λ0 / k) , where vF is the bare Fermi velocity, Λ0 is an ultraviolet cutoff, and A = 1 . 37 , B = 0 . 51 for the physically relevant value (e2 /vF = 2 . 2) of the coupling constant. In stark contrast to calculations based on the static random-phase approximation, we find that ɛ (k) approaches unity for k --> 0 . Our result for v (k) agrees very well with a recent measurement by Elias etal. [Nat. Phys. 7, 701 (2011)]. With in the same approximation, we also explore an alternative scheme in order to understand the true nature of the low energy (momentum) behavior in graphene.

  4. Thermodynamics of weakly coupled Falicov-Kimball chains from renormalization-group theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sznajd, Jozef

    2015-06-01

    The linear perturbation renormalization group is used to study spinless two-band fermion chains at half-filling. The model consists of two species of spinless fermions, namely localized f and extended p , and it takes into account the following: the kinetic energy of fermions p , the on-site Coulomb repulsion V between p and f fermions, chemical potentials μp and μf adjusted in such a way that the average of the site occupation + =1 , and a weak interchain hopping tx. The average occupation number, the specific heat, and the correlation functions are studied as functions of temperature. For a single chain the occupation number is a smooth function of T and the specific heat displays two maxima. The weak interchain hopping triggers a discontinuity in the occupation number of fermions as a function of temperature. A long-standing controversy on whether the Falicov-Kimball model can describe a discontinuous transition of nf is also addressed.

  5. Renormalization of massive Feynman amplitudes and homogeneity (based on a joint work with Raymond Stora)

    OpenAIRE

    Nikolov, Nikolay M.

    2016-01-01

    We propose a new renormalization procedure to all orders in perturbation theory, which is formulated on an extended position space. This allows us to apply methods from massless Quantum Field Theory to models of massive fields. These include the technique of homogeneous and associate homogeneous distributions for the extension problem contained in the renormalization theory on position space. This also makes it possible to generalize the notion of residues of Feynman amplitudes, which charact...

  6. The Breakdown of String Perturbation Theory for Many External Particles

    CERN Document Server

    Ghosh, Sudip

    2016-01-01

    We consider massless string scattering amplitudes in a limit where the number of external particles becomes very large, while the energy of each particle remains small. Using the growth of the volume of the relevant moduli space, and by means of independent numerical evidence, we argue that string perturbation theory breaks down in this limit. We discuss some remarkable implications for the information paradox.

  7. A non-perturbative study of massive gauge theories

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Della Morte, Michele; Hernandez, Pilar

    2013-01-01

    We consider a non-perturbative formulation of an SU(2) massive gauge theory on a space-time lattice, which is also a discretised gauged non-linear chiral model. The lattice model is shown to have an exactly conserved global SU(2) symmetry. If a scaling region for the lattice model exists and the ...

  8. Basics of thermal field theory - a tutorial on perturbative computations

    OpenAIRE

    Laine, Mikko; Vuorinen, Aleksi

    2017-01-01

    These lecture notes, suitable for a two-semester introductory course or self-study, offer an elementary and self-contained exposition of the basic tools and concepts that are encountered in practical computations in perturbative thermal field theory. Selected applications to heavy ion collision physics and cosmology are outlined in the last chapter.

  9. Breakdown of String Perturbation Theory for Many External Particles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ghosh, Sudip; Raju, Suvrat

    2017-03-31

    We consider massless string scattering amplitudes in a limit where the number of external particles becomes very large, while the energy of each particle remains small. Using the growth of the volume of the relevant moduli space, and by means of independent numerical evidence, we argue that string perturbation theory breaks down in this limit. We discuss some remarkable implications for the information paradox.

  10. Perturbation theory of massive Yang-Mills fields

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Veltman, M.J.G.

    1968-01-01

    Perturbation theory of massive Yang-Mills fields is investigated with the help of the Bell-Treiman transformation. Primitive diagrams containing one closed loop are shown to be convergent if there are more than four external vector boson lines. The investigation presented does not exclude the possib

  11. Symmetry Principle Preserving and Infinity Free Regularization and Renormalization of Quantum Field Theories and The Mass Gap

    CERN Document Server

    Wu, Y L

    2003-01-01

    Through defining irreducible loop integrals (ILIs), a set of conditions for the regularized (quadratically and logarithmically) divergent ILIs are resulted from the generalized Ward identities of gauge invariance in non-Abelian gauge theories. Overlapping ultraviolet (UV) divergences are explicitly shown to be factorizable in the ILIs and be harmless. A new regularization and renormalization method is presented in the initial space-time dimension of the theory. The procedure respects unitarity and causality. Of interest, the method leads to an infinity free renormalization and meanwhile maintains the symmetry principles of the original theory except the intrinsic mass scale caused conformal scaling symmetry breaking and the anomaly induced symmetry breaking. Quantum field theories (QFTs) regularized through the new method are well defined and governed by a physically meaningful characteristic energy scale (CES) $M_c$ and a physically interesting sliding energy scale (SES) $\\mu_s$ which can run from $\\mu_s \\si...

  12. Non-Perturbative Asymptotic Improvement of Perturbation Theory and Mellin-Barnes Representation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Samuel Friot

    2010-10-01

    Full Text Available Using a method mixing Mellin-Barnes representation and Borel resummation we show how to obtain hyperasymptotic expansions from the (divergent formal power series which follow from the perturbative evaluation of arbitrary ''N-point'' functions for the simple case of zero-dimensional φ4 field theory. This hyperasymptotic improvement appears from an iterative procedure, based on inverse factorial expansions, and gives birth to interwoven non-perturbative partial sums whose coefficients are related to the perturbative ones by an interesting resurgence phenomenon. It is a non-perturbative improvement in the sense that, for some optimal truncations of the partial sums, the remainder at a given hyperasymptotic level is exponentially suppressed compared to the remainder at the preceding hyperasymptotic level. The Mellin-Barnes representation allows our results to be automatically valid for a wide range of the phase of the complex coupling constant, including Stokes lines. A numerical analysis is performed to emphasize the improved accuracy that this method allows to reach compared to the usual perturbative approach, and the importance of hyperasymptotic optimal truncation schemes.

  13. Nonperturbative Quantum Physics from Low-Order Perturbation Theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mera, Héctor; Pedersen, Thomas G; Nikolić, Branislav K

    2015-10-02

    The Stark effect in hydrogen and the cubic anharmonic oscillator furnish examples of quantum systems where the perturbation results in a certain ionization probability by tunneling processes. Accordingly, the perturbed ground-state energy is shifted and broadened, thus acquiring an imaginary part which is considered to be a paradigm of nonperturbative behavior. Here we demonstrate how the low order coefficients of a divergent perturbation series can be used to obtain excellent approximations to both real and imaginary parts of the perturbed ground state eigenenergy. The key is to use analytic continuation functions with a built-in singularity structure within the complex plane of the coupling constant, which is tailored by means of Bender-Wu dispersion relations. In the examples discussed the analytic continuation functions are Gauss hypergeometric functions, which take as input fourth order perturbation theory and return excellent approximations to the complex perturbed eigenvalue. These functions are Borel consistent and dramatically outperform widely used Padé and Borel-Padé approaches, even for rather large values of the coupling constant.

  14. Renormalization-group theory for cooling first-order phase transitions in Potts models.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liang, Ning; Zhong, Fan

    2017-03-01

    We develop a dynamic field-theoretic renormalization-group (RG) theory for cooling first-order phase transitions in the Potts model. It is suggested that the well-known imaginary fixed points of the q-state Potts model for q>10/3 in the RG theory are the origin of the dynamic scaling found recently from numerical simulations, apart from logarithmic corrections. This indicates that the real and imaginary fixed points of the Potts model are both physical and control the scalings of the continuous and discontinuous phase transitions, respectively, of the model. Our one-loop results for the scaling exponents are already not far away from the numerical results. Further, the scaling exponents depend on q only slightly, consistent with the numerical results. Therefore, the theory is believed to provide a natural explanation of the dynamic scaling including the scaling exponents and their scaling laws for various observables in the cooling first-order phase transition of the Potts model.

  15. Renormalization-group theory for cooling first-order phase transitions in Potts models

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liang, Ning; Zhong, Fan

    2017-03-01

    We develop a dynamic field-theoretic renormalization-group (RG) theory for cooling first-order phase transitions in the Potts model. It is suggested that the well-known imaginary fixed points of the q -state Potts model for q >10 /3 in the RG theory are the origin of the dynamic scaling found recently from numerical simulations, apart from logarithmic corrections. This indicates that the real and imaginary fixed points of the Potts model are both physical and control the scalings of the continuous and discontinuous phase transitions, respectively, of the model. Our one-loop results for the scaling exponents are already not far away from the numerical results. Further, the scaling exponents depend on q only slightly, consistent with the numerical results. Therefore, the theory is believed to provide a natural explanation of the dynamic scaling including the scaling exponents and their scaling laws for various observables in the cooling first-order phase transition of the Potts model.

  16. Combined Coupled-Cluster and Many-body Perturbation Theories: Automated Derivation and Parallel Implementation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hirata, So; Fan, Peng-Dong; Auer, Alexander A.; Nooijen, Marcel; Piecuch, Piotr

    2004-12-22

    Various approximations of combined coupled-cluster (CC) and many-body perturbation theories (MBPT) have been derived and implemented into parallel execution programs that take account of spin, spatial (real Abelian), and permutation symmetries within the spin-orbital formalisms for closed- and open-shell molecules. The models range from CCSD(T), CCSD[T], CCSD(2)T, CCSD(2)TQ, CCSDT(2)Q to the completely renormalized CCSD(T) and CCSD[T], where CCSD (CCSDT) is the CC with connected single and double (and triple) excitation operators and subscripted or parenthesized 2, T, and Q indicate the order of perturbation or the rank of connected excitation operators in the correction. The derivation and implementation have been semi-automated by the algebraic and symbolic manipulation program. The computer-synthesized subroutines generate the tensors with the highest rank in a block-wise manner so that they never need to be stored in their entirety, reusing the other pre-calculated intermediate tensors defined also prioritizing the memory optimization (subroutines for these are also computer synthesized). Consequently, the overall memory cost for the perturbation corrections of connected triple and quadruple excitation operators scales as O(n4) and O(n6), respectively (n is the number of orbitals). For systems with different multi-reference character in their wave functions, we found the order of accuracy is roughly CCSD < CR-CCSD(T) ? CCSD(2)T ? CCSD(T) < CCSD(2)TQ ? CCSDT < CCSDT(2)Q, whereas CR-CCSD(T) is effective for extreme cases of quasi-degeneracy (particularly for stretched single bonds) and the operation costs of CCSD(2)TQ and CCSDT(2)Q in the present implementations scale as rather steep O(n9). The perturbation correction part of the CCSD(T)/cc-pVDZ calculations for azulene exhibited a 45-fold speedup upon a 64-fold increase in the number of processors to 512 processors.

  17. Invariant exchange perturbation theory for multicenter systems: Time-dependent perturbations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Orlenko, E. V., E-mail: eorlenko@mail.ru; Evstafev, A. V.; Orlenko, F. E. [St. Petersburg State Technical University (Russian Federation)

    2015-02-15

    A formalism of exchange perturbation theory (EPT) is developed for the case of interactions that explicitly depend on time. Corrections to the wave function obtained in any order of perturbation theory and represented in an invariant form include exchange contributions due to intercenter electron permutations in complex multicenter systems. For collisions of atomic systems with an arbitrary type of interaction, general expressions are obtained for the transfer (T) and scattering (S) matrices in which intercenter electron permutations between overlapping nonorthogonal states belonging to different centers (atoms) are consistently taken into account. The problem of collision of alpha particles with lithium atoms accompanied by the redistribution of electrons between centers is considered. The differential and total charge-exchange cross sections of lithium are calculated.

  18. Applications of the complex-mass renormalization scheme in effective field theory; Anwendungen des Komplexe-Masse-Renormierungsschemas in effektiver Feldtheorie

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bauer, Torsten

    2012-07-11

    In the first part of the this doctoral thesis the perturbative unitarity in the complex-mass scheme (CMS) is analysed. To that end a procedure for calculating cutting rules for loop integrals containing propagators with finite widths is presented. A toy-model Lagrangian describing the interaction of a heavy vector boson with a light fermion is used to demonstrate that the CMS respects unitarity order by order in perturbation theory provided that the renormalized coupling constant remains real. The second part of the thesis deals with various applications of the CMS to chiral effective field theory (EFT). In particular, mass and width of the delta resonance, elastic electromagnetic form factors of the Roper resonance, form factors of the nucleon-to-Roper transition, pion-nucleon scattering, and pion photo- and electroproduction for center-of-mass energies in the region of the Roper mass are calculated. By choosing appropriate renormalization conditions, a consistent chiral power counting scheme for EFT with resonant degrees of freedom can be established. This allows for a systematic investigation of the above processes in terms of an expansion in small quantities. The obtained results can be applied to the extrapolation of corresponding simulations in the context of lattice QCD to the physical value of the pion mass. Therefore, in addition to the Q{sup 2} dependence of the form factors, also the pion-mass dependence of the magnetic moment and electromagnetic radii of the Roper resonance is explored. Both a partial wave decomposition and a multipole expansion are performed for pion-nucleon scattering and pion photo- and electroproduction, respectively. In this connection the P11 partial wave as well as the M{sub 1-} and S{sub 1-} multipoles are fitted via non-linear regression to empirical data.

  19. Advanced Methods in Black-Hole Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Pani, Paolo

    2013-01-01

    Black-hole perturbation theory is a useful tool to investigate issues in astrophysics, high-energy physics, and fundamental problems in gravity. It is often complementary to fully-fledged nonlinear evolutions and instrumental to interpret some results of numerical simulations. Several modern applications require advanced tools to investigate the linear dynamics of generic small perturbations around stationary black holes. Here, we present an overview of these applications and introduce extensions of the standard semianalytical methods to construct and solve the linearized field equations in curved spacetime. Current state-of-the-art techniques are pedagogically explained and exciting open problems are presented.

  20. Cosmological perturbation theory at three-loop order

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blas, Diego [European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN), Geneva (Switzerland); Garny, Mathias; Konstandin, Thomas [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)

    2013-09-15

    We analyze the dark matter power spectrum at three-loop order in standard perturbation theory of large scale structure. We observe that at late times the loop expansion does not converge even for large scales (small momenta) well within the linear regime, but exhibits properties compatible with an asymptotic series. We propose a technique to restore the convergence in the limit of small momentum, and use it to obtain a perturbative expansion with improved convergence for momenta in the range where baryonic acoustic oscillations are present. Our results are compared with data from N-body simulations at different redshifts, and we find good agreement within this range.

  1. Equivalence of Two Contour Prescriptions in Superstring Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Sen, Ashoke

    2016-01-01

    Conventional superstring perturbation theory based on the world-sheet approach gives divergent results for the S-matrix whenever the total center of mass energy of the incoming particles exceeds the threshold of production of any final state consistent with conservation laws. Two systematic approaches have been suggested for dealing with this difficulty. The first one involves deforming the integration cycles over the moduli space of punctured Riemann surfaces into complexified moduli space. The second one treats the amplitude as a sum of superstring field theory Feynman diagrams and deforms the integration contours over loop energies of the Feynman diagram into the complex plane. In this paper we establish the equivalence of the two prescriptions to all orders in perturbation theory. Since the second approach is known to lead to unitary amplitudes, this establishes the consistency of the first prescription with unitarity.

  2. Optimized Perturbation Theory at Finite Temperature Two-Loop Analysis

    CERN Document Server

    Chiku, S

    2000-01-01

    We study the optimized perturbation theory (OPT) at finite temperature, which is a self-consistent resummation method. Firstly, we generalize the idea of the OPT to optimize the coupling constant in lambda phi^4 theory, and give a proof of the renormalizability of this generalized OPT. Secondly, the principle of minimal sensitivity and the criterion of the fastest apparent convergence, which are conditions to determine the optimal parameter values, are examined in lambda phi^4 theory. Both conditions exhibit a second-order transition at finite temperature with critical exponent beta = 0.5 in the two-loop approximation.

  3. Chiral Perturbation Theory with Virtual Photons and Leptons

    CERN Document Server

    Knecht, M; Rupertsberger, H W; Talavera, P

    2000-01-01

    We construct a low-energy effective field theory which allows the full treatment of isospin-breaking effects in semileptonic weak interactions. To this end, we enlarge the particle spectrum of chiral perturbation theory with virtual photons by including also the light leptons as dynamical degrees of freedom. Using super-heat-kernel techniques, we determine the additional one-loop divergences generated by the presence of virtual leptons and give the full list of associated local counterterms. We illustrate the use of our effective theory by applying it to the decays pi -> l nu_{l} and K -> l nu_{l}.

  4. Generalized Møller-Plesset Partitioning in Multiconfiguration Perturbation Theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kobayashi, Masato; Szabados, Ágnes; Nakai, Hiromi; Surján, Péter R

    2010-07-13

    Two perturbation (PT) theories are developed starting from a multiconfiguration (MC) zero-order function. To span the configuration space, the theories employ biorthogonal vector sets introduced in the MCPT framework. At odds with previous formulations, the present construction operates with the full Fockian corresponding to a principal determinant, giving rise to a nondiagonal matrix of the zero-order resolvent. The theories provide a simple, generalized Møller-Plesset (MP) second-order correction to improve any reference function, corresponding either to a complete or incomplete model space. Computational demand of the procedure is determined by the iterative inversion of the Fockian, similarly to the single reference MP theory calculated in a localized basis. Relation of the theory to existing multireference (MR) PT formalisms is discussed. The performance of the present theories is assessed by adopting the antisymmetric product of strongly orthogonal geminal (APSG) wave functions as the reference function.

  5. Renormalization group theory of the three-dimensional dilute Bose gas

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Bijlsma, M.; Stoof, H.T.C.

    1996-01-01

    We study the three-dimensional atomic Bose gas using renormalization group techniques. Using our knowledge of the microscopic details of the interatomic interaction, we determine the correct initial values of our renormalization group equations and thus obtain also information on nonuniversal proper

  6. Renormalization for Philosophers

    CERN Document Server

    Butterfield, Jeremy

    2014-01-01

    We have two aims. The main one is to expound the idea of renormalization in quantum field theory, with no technical prerequisites (Sections 2 and 3). Our motivation is that renormalization is undoubtedly one of the great ideas, and great successes, of twentieth-century physics. Also it has strongly influenced in diverse ways, how physicists conceive of physical theories. So it is of considerable philosophical interest. Second, we will briefly relate renormalization to Ernest Nagel's account of inter-theoretic relations, especially reduction (Section 4). One theme will be a contrast between two approaches to renormalization. The old approach, which prevailed from ca. 1945 to 1970, treated renormalizability as a necessary condition for being an acceptable quantum field theory. On this approach, it is a piece of great good fortune that high energy physicists can formulate renormalizable quantum field theories that are so empirically successful. But the new approach to renormalization (from 1970 onwards) explains...

  7. Twisted superspace: Non-renormalization and fermionic symmetries in certain (heterotic string inspired) non-supersymmetric field theories

    CERN Document Server

    Nibbelink, Stefan Groot

    2016-01-01

    Inspired by the tachyon-free non-supersymmetric heterotic SO(16)xSO(16) string we consider a special class of non-supersymmetric field theories: Those that can be obtained from supersymmetric field theories by supersymmetry breaking twists. We argue that such theories, like their supersymmetric counter parts, may still possess some fermionic symmetries as left-overs of the super gauge transformations and have special one-loop non-renormalization properties due to holomorphicity. In addition, we extend the supergraph techniques to these theories to calculate some explicit supersymmetry-breaking corrections.

  8. Linear perturbation renormalization group for the two-dimensional Ising model with nearest- and next-nearest-neighbor interactions in a field

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sznajd, J.

    2016-12-01

    The linear perturbation renormalization group (LPRG) is used to study the phase transition of the weakly coupled Ising chains with intrachain (J ) and interchain nearest-neighbor (J1) and next-nearest-neighbor (J2) interactions forming the triangular and rectangular lattices in a field. The phase diagrams with the frustration point at J2=-J1/2 for a rectangular lattice and J2=-J1 for a triangular lattice have been found. The LPRG calculations support the idea that the phase transition is always continuous except for the frustration point and is accompanied by a divergence of the specific heat. For the antiferromagnetic chains, the external field does not change substantially the shape of the phase diagram. The critical temperature is suppressed to zero according to the power law when approaching the frustration point with an exponent dependent on the value of the field.

  9. Linear perturbation renormalization group for the two-dimensional Ising model with nearest- and next-nearest-neighbor interactions in a field.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sznajd, J

    2016-12-01

    The linear perturbation renormalization group (LPRG) is used to study the phase transition of the weakly coupled Ising chains with intrachain (J) and interchain nearest-neighbor (J_{1}) and next-nearest-neighbor (J_{2}) interactions forming the triangular and rectangular lattices in a field. The phase diagrams with the frustration point at J_{2}=-J_{1}/2 for a rectangular lattice and J_{2}=-J_{1} for a triangular lattice have been found. The LPRG calculations support the idea that the phase transition is always continuous except for the frustration point and is accompanied by a divergence of the specific heat. For the antiferromagnetic chains, the external field does not change substantially the shape of the phase diagram. The critical temperature is suppressed to zero according to the power law when approaching the frustration point with an exponent dependent on the value of the field.

  10. Renormalization of the momentum density on the lattice using shifted boundary conditions

    CERN Document Server

    Robaina, Daniel

    2013-01-01

    In order to extract transport quantities from energy-momentum-tensor (EMT) correlators in Lattice QCD there is a strong need for a non-perturbative renormalization of these operators. This is due to the fact that the lattice regularization explicitly breaks translational invariance, invalidating the non-renormalization-theorem. Here we present a non-perturbative calculation of the renormalization constant of the off-diagonal components of the EMT in SU(3) pure gauge theory using lattices with shifted boundary conditions. This allows us to induce a non-zero momentum in the system controlled by the shift parameter and to determine the normalization of the momentum density operator.

  11. Perturbations of single-field inflation in modified gravity theory

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Taotao Qiu

    2015-05-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we study the case of single field inflation within the framework of modified gravity theory where the gravity part has an arbitrary form f(R. Via a conformal transformation, this case can be transformed into its Einstein frame where it looks like a two-field inflation model. However, due to the existence of the isocurvature modes in such a multi-degree-of-freedom (m.d.o.f. system, the (curvature perturbations are not equivalent in two frames, so despite of its convenience, it is illegal to treat the perturbations in its Einstein frame as the “real” ones as we always do for pure f(R theory or single field with nonminimal coupling. Here by pulling the results of curvature perturbations back into its original Jordan frame, we show explicitly the power spectrum and spectral index of the perturbations in the Jordan frame, as well as how it differs from the Einstein frame. We also fit our results with the newest Planck data. Since there is large parameter space in these models, we show that it is easy to fit the data very well.

  12. Ultraviolet finiteness of Chiral Perturbation Theory for two-dimensional Quantum Electrodynamics

    CERN Document Server

    Paston, S A; Franke, V A

    2003-01-01

    We consider the perturbation theory in the fermion mass (chiral perturbation theory) for the two-dimensional quantum electrodynamics. With this aim, we rewrite the theory in the equivalent bosonic form in which the interaction is exponential and the fermion mass becomes the coupling constant. We reformulate the bosonic perturbation theory in the superpropagator language and analyze its ultraviolet behavior. We show that the boson Green's functions without vacuum loops remain finite in all orders of the perturbation theory in the fermion mass.

  13. Perturbative algebraic quantum field theory an introduction for mathematicians

    CERN Document Server

    Rejzner, Kasia

    2016-01-01

    Perturbative Algebraic Quantum Field Theory (pAQFT), the subject of this book, is a complete and mathematically rigorous treatment of perturbative quantum field theory (pQFT) that doesn’t require the use of divergent quantities. We discuss in detail the examples of scalar fields and gauge theories and generalize them to QFT on curved spacetimes. pQFT models describe a wide range of physical phenomena and have remarkable agreement with experimental results. Despite this success, the theory suffers from many conceptual problems. pAQFT is a good candidate to solve many, if not all of these conceptual problems. Chapters 1-3 provide some background in mathematics and physics. Chapter 4 concerns classical theory of the scalar field, which is subsequently quantized in chapters 5 and 6. Chapter 7 covers gauge theory and chapter 8 discusses QFT on curved spacetimes and effective quantum gravity. The book aims to be accessible researchers and graduate students interested in the mathematical foundations of pQFT are th...

  14. Chiral perturbation theory of muonic hydrogen Lamb shift: polarizability contribution

    CERN Document Server

    Alarcón, Jose Manuel; Pascalutsa, Vladimir

    2013-01-01

    The proton polarizability effect in the muonic-hydrogen Lamb shift comes out as a prediction of baryon chiral perturbation theory at leading order and our calculation yields for it: $\\Delta E^{(\\mathrm{pol})} (2P-2S) = 8^{+3}_{-1}\\, \\mu$eV. This result is consistent with most of evaluations based on dispersive sum rules, but is about a factor of two smaller than the recent result obtained in {\\em heavy-baryon} chiral perturbation theory. We also find that the effect of $\\Delta(1232)$-resonance excitation on the Lamb-shift is suppressed, as is the entire contribution of the magnetic polarizability; the electric polarizability dominates. Our results reaffirm the point of view that the proton structure effects, beyond the charge radius, are too small to resolve the `proton radius puzzle'.

  15. A gravitational memory effect in "boosted" black hole perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Gleiser, R J; Dominguez, Alfredo E.; Gleiser, Reinaldo J.

    2003-01-01

    Black hole perturbation theory, or more generally, perturbation theory on a Schwarzschild bockground, has been applied in several contexts, but usually under the simplifying assumption that the ADM momentum vanishes, namely, that the evolution is carried out and observed in the ``center of momentum frame''. In this paper we consider some consequences of the inclusion of a non vanishing ADM momentum in the initial data. We first provide a justification for the validity of the transformation of the initial data to the ``center of momentum frame'', and then analyze the effect of this transformation on the gravitational wave amplitude. The most significant result is the possibility of a type of gravitational memory effect that appears to have no simple relation with the well known Christodoulou effect.

  16. Perturbation Theory in Supersymmetric QED: Infrared Divergences and Gauge Invariance

    CERN Document Server

    Dine, Michael; Haber, Howard E; Haskins, Laurel Stephenson

    2016-01-01

    We study some aspects of perturbation theory in $N=1$ supersymmetric abelian gauge theories with massive charged matter. In general gauges, infrared (IR) divergences and nonlocal behavior arise in 1PI diagrams, associated with a $1/k^4$ term in the propagator for the vector superfield. We examine this structure in supersymmetric QED. The IR divergences are gauge-dependent and must cancel in physical quantities like the electron pole mass. We demonstrate that cancellation takes place in a nontrivial way, amounting to a reorganization of the perturbative series from powers of $e^2$ to powers of $e$. We also show how these complications are avoided in cases where a Wilsonian effective action can be defined.

  17. Inflationary perturbation theory is geometrical optics in phase space

    CERN Document Server

    Seery, David; Frazer, Jonathan; Ribeiro, Raquel H

    2012-01-01

    A pressing problem in comparing inflationary models with observation is the accurate calculation of correlation functions. One approach is to evolve them using ordinary differential equations ("transport equations"), analogous to the Schwinger-Dyson hierarchy of in-out quantum field theory. We extend this approach to the complete set of momentum space correlation functions. A formal solution can be obtained using raytracing techniques adapted from geometrical optics. We reformulate inflationary perturbation theory in this language, and show that raytracing reproduces the familiar "delta N" Taylor expansion. Our method produces ordinary differential equations which allow the Taylor coefficients to be computed efficiently. We use raytracing methods to express the gauge transformation between field fluctuations and the curvature perturbation, zeta, in geometrical terms. Using these results we give a compact expression for the nonlinear gauge-transform part of fNL in terms of the principal curvatures of uniform e...

  18. Perturbation theory calculations of model pair potential systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gong, Jianwu [Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA (United States)

    2016-01-01

    Helmholtz free energy is one of the most important thermodynamic properties for condensed matter systems. It is closely related to other thermodynamic properties such as chemical potential and compressibility. It is also the starting point for studies of interfacial properties and phase coexistence if free energies of different phases can be obtained. In this thesis, we will use an approach based on the Weeks-Chandler-Anderson (WCA) perturbation theory to calculate the free energy of both solid and liquid phases of Lennard-Jones pair potential systems and the free energy of liquid states of Yukawa pair potentials. Our results indicate that the perturbation theory provides an accurate approach to the free energy calculations of liquid and solid phases based upon comparisons with results from molecular dynamics (MD) and Monte Carlo (MC) simulations.

  19. On the non-linear scale of cosmological perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blas, Diego [Theory Division, CERN, 1211 Geneva (Switzerland); Garny, Mathias; Konstandin, Thomas, E-mail: diego.blas@cern.ch, E-mail: mathias.garny@desy.de, E-mail: Thomas.Konstandin@desy.de [DESY, Notkestr. 85, 22607 Hamburg (Germany)

    2013-09-01

    We discuss the convergence of cosmological perturbation theory. We prove that the polynomial enhancement of the non-linear corrections expected from the effects of soft modes is absent in equal-time correlators like the power or bispectrum. We first show this at leading order by resumming the most important corrections of soft modes to an arbitrary skeleton of hard fluctuations. We derive the same result in the eikonal approximation, which also allows us to show the absence of enhancement at any order. We complement the proof by an explicit calculation of the power spectrum at two-loop order, and by further numerical checks at higher orders. Using these insights, we argue that the modification of the power spectrum from soft modes corresponds at most to logarithmic corrections at any order in perturbation theory. Finally, we discuss the asymptotic behavior in the large and small momentum regimes and identify the expansion parameter pertinent to non-linear corrections.

  20. Renormalization of massive Feynman amplitudes and homogeneity (based on a joint work with Raymond Stora)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nikolov, Nikolay M.

    2016-11-01

    We propose a new renormalization procedure to all orders in perturbation theory, which is formulated on an extended position space. This allows us to apply methods from massless Quantum Field Theory to models of massive fields. These include the technique of homogeneous and associate homogeneous distributions for the extension problem contained in the renormalization theory on position space. This also makes it possible to generalize the notion of residues of Feynman amplitudes, which characterize the presence of additional scales due to renormalization, to the massive case.

  1. Renormalization of massive Feynman amplitudes and homogeneity (based on a joint work with Raymond Stora)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nikolov, Nikolay M., E-mail: mitov@inrne.bas.bg

    2016-11-15

    We propose a new renormalization procedure to all orders in perturbation theory, which is formulated on an extended position space. This allows us to apply methods from massless Quantum Field Theory to models of massive fields. These include the technique of homogeneous and associate homogeneous distributions for the extension problem contained in the renormalization theory on position space. This also makes it possible to generalize the notion of residues of Feynman amplitudes, which characterize the presence of additional scales due to renormalization, to the massive case.

  2. Renormalization of massive Feynman amplitudes and homogeneity (based on a joint work with Raymond Stora

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nikolay M. Nikolov

    2016-11-01

    Full Text Available We propose a new renormalization procedure to all orders in perturbation theory, which is formulated on an extended position space. This allows us to apply methods from massless Quantum Field Theory to models of massive fields. These include the technique of homogeneous and associate homogeneous distributions for the extension problem contained in the renormalization theory on position space. This also makes it possible to generalize the notion of residues of Feynman amplitudes, which characterize the presence of additional scales due to renormalization, to the massive case.

  3. SUSY sine-Gordon theory as a perturbed conformal field theory and finite size effects

    CERN Document Server

    Bajnok, Z; Palla, L; Takács, G; Wagner, F

    2004-01-01

    We consider SUSY sine-Gordon theory in the framework of perturbed conformal field theory. Using an argument from Zamolodchikov, we obtain the vacuum structure and the kink adjacency diagram of the theory, which is cross-checked against the exact S matrix prediction, first-order perturbed conformal field theory (PCFT), the NLIE method and truncated conformal space approach. We provide evidence for consistency between the usual Lagrangian description and PCFT on the one hand, and between PCFT, NLIE and a massgap formula conjectured by Baseilhac and Fateev, on the other. In addition, we extend the NLIE description to all the vacua of the theory.

  4. A modified multi-reference second order perturbation theory

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2010-01-01

    A new scheme with extended model space is proposed to improve the calculation of multi-reference second order perturbation theory (MRPT2). The new scheme preserves the concise code structure of the original program, and avoids intruder states in constructions of the potential energy surface, which is confirmed by a series of comparable calculations. The new MRPT2 program is an available tool for the research of molecular excited states and electronic spectrum.

  5. Automated Methods in Chiral Perturbation Theory on the Lattice

    CERN Document Server

    Borasoy, B; Krebs, H; Lewis, R; Borasoy, Bugra; Hippel, Georg M. von; Krebs, Hermann; Lewis, Randy

    2005-01-01

    We present a method to automatically derive the Feynman rules for mesonic chiral perturbation theory with a lattice regulator. The Feynman rules can be output both in a human-readable format and in a form suitable for an automated numerical evaluation of lattice Feynman diagrams. The automated method significantly simplifies working with improved or extended actions. Some applications to the study of finite-volume effects will be presented.

  6. Hyperon decay form factors in chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Lacour, Andre; Meißner, Ulf-G

    2007-01-01

    We present a complete calculation of the SU(3)-breaking corrections to the hyperon vector form factors up to O(p^4) in covariant baryon chiral perturbation theory. Partial higher-order contributions are obtained, and we discuss chiral extrapolations of the vector form factor at zero momentum transfer. In addition we derive low-energy theorems for the subleading moments in hyperon decays, the weak Dirac radii and the weak anomalous magnetic moments, up to O(p^4).

  7. Radiative four-meson amplitudes in chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    D'Ambrosio, G; Isidori, Gino; Neufeld, H

    1996-01-01

    We present a general discussion of radiative four--meson processes to O(p^4) in chiral perturbation theory. We propose a definition of ``generalized bremsstrahlung'' that takes full advantage of experimental information on the corresponding non--radiative process. We also derive general formulae for one--loop amplitudes which can be applied, for instance, to \\eta \\ra 3\\pi\\gamma, \\pi \\pi \\ra \\pi \\pi \\gamma and K \\ra 3\\pi\\gamma.

  8. Radiative four-meson amplitudes in chiral perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    D`Ambrosio, G. [Naples Univ. (Italy). Dip. di Scienze Fisiche]|[INFN, Naples (Italy); Ecker, G.; Neufeld, H. [Wien Univ. (Austria). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Isidori, G. [INFN, Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati, Rome (Italy)

    1996-03-01

    This paper presents a general discussion of radiative four-meson processes to O(p{sup 4}) in chiral perturbation theory. A definition of `generalized Bremsstrahlung` that takes full advantage of experimental information on the corresponding non-radiative process is proposed. General formulae for one-loop amplitudes which can be applied, for instance, to {eta}{yields}3{pi}{gamma}, {pi}{pi}{yields}{pi}{pi}{gamma} and K{yields}3{pi}{gamma}.

  9. Feynman integral and perturbation theory in quantum tomography

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fedorov, Aleksey

    2013-11-01

    We present a definition for tomographic Feynman path integral as representation for quantum tomograms via Feynman path integral in the phase space. The proposed representation is the potential basis for investigation of Path Integral Monte Carlo numerical methods with quantum tomograms. Tomographic Feynman path integral is a representation of solution of initial problem for evolution equation for tomograms. The perturbation theory for quantum tomograms is constructed.

  10. Quantum Structure of Field Theory and Standard Model Based on Infinity-free Loop Regularization/Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Wu, Yue-Liang

    2013-01-01

    To understand better the quantum structure of field theory and standard model in particle physics, it is necessary to investigate carefully the divergence structure in quantum field theories (QFTs) and work out a consistent framework to avoid infinities. The divergence has got us into trouble since developing quantum electrodynamics in 1930s, its treatment via the renormalization scheme is satisfied not by all physicists, like Dirac and Feynman who have made serious criticisms. The renormalization group analysis reveals that QFTs can in general be defined fundamentally with the meaningful energy scale that has some physical significance, which motivates us to develop a new symmetry-preserving and infinity-free regularization scheme called loop regularization (LORE). A simple regularization prescription in LORE is realized based on a manifest postulation that a loop divergence with a power counting dimension larger than and equal to the space-time dimension must vanish. The LORE method is achieved without modi...

  11. Large $N_{c}$ in chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Kaiser, R

    2000-01-01

    The construction of the effective Lagrangian relevant for the mesonic sector of QCD in the large N_c limit meets with a few rather subtle problems. We thoroughly examine these and show that, if the variables of the effective theory are chosen suitably, the known large N_c counting rules of QCD can unambiguously be translated into corresponding counting rules for the effective coupling constants. As an application, we demonstrate that the Kaplan-Manohar transformation is in conflict with these rules and is suppressed to all orders in 1/N_c. The anomalous dimension of the axial singlet current generates an additional complication: The corresponding external field undergoes nonmultiplicative renormalization. As a consequence, the Wess-Zumino-Witten term, which accounts for the U(3)_R x U(3)_L anomalies in the framework of the effective theory, contains pieces that depend on the running scale of QCD. The effect only shows up at nonleading order in 1/N_c, but requires specific unnatural parity contributions in the...

  12. Practical Algebraic Renormalization

    CERN Document Server

    Grassi, P A; Steinhauser, M

    1999-01-01

    A practical approach is presented which allows the use of a non-invariant regularization scheme for the computation of quantum corrections in perturbative quantum field theory. The theoretical control of algebraic renormalization over non-invariant counterterms is translated into a practical computational method. We provide a detailed introduction into the handling of the Slavnov-Taylor and Ward-Takahashi identities in the Standard Model both in the conventional and the background gauge. Explicit examples for their practical derivation are presented. After a brief introduction into the Quantum Action Principle the conventional algebraic method which allows for the restoration of the functional identities is discussed. The main point of our approach is the optimization of this procedure which results in an enormous reduction of the calculational effort. The counterterms which have to be computed are universal in the sense that they are independent of the regularization scheme. The method is explicitly illustra...

  13. Improved Epstein–Glaser renormalization in x-space versus differential renormalization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gracia-Bondía, José M. [Department of Theoretical Physics, Universidad de Zaragoza, 50009 Zaragoza (Spain); BIFI Research Center, Universidad de Zaragoza, 50018 Zaragoza (Spain); Department of Physics, Universidad de Costa Rica, San José 11501 (Costa Rica); Gutiérrez, Heidy [Department of Physics, Universidad de Costa Rica, San José 11501 (Costa Rica); Várilly, Joseph C., E-mail: joseph.varilly@ucr.ac.cr [Department of Mathematics, Universidad de Costa Rica, San José 11501 (Costa Rica)

    2014-09-15

    Renormalization of massless Feynman amplitudes in x-space is reexamined here, using almost exclusively real-variable methods. We compute a wealth of concrete examples by means of recursive extension of distributions. This allows us to show perturbative expansions for the four-point and two-point functions at several loop order. To deal with internal vertices, we expound and expand on convolution theory for log-homogeneous distributions. The approach has much in common with differential renormalization as given by Freedman, Johnson and Latorre; but differs in important details.

  14. Improved Epstein–Glaser renormalization in x-space versus differential renormalization

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    José M. Gracia-Bondía

    2014-09-01

    Full Text Available Renormalization of massless Feynman amplitudes in x-space is reexamined here, using almost exclusively real-variable methods. We compute a wealth of concrete examples by means of recursive extension of distributions. This allows us to show perturbative expansions for the four-point and two-point functions at several loop order. To deal with internal vertices, we expound and expand on convolution theory for log-homogeneous distributions. The approach has much in common with differential renormalization as given by Freedman, Johnson and Latorre; but differs in important details.

  15. Population oscillations in stochastic Lotka--Volterra models: field theory and perturbational analysis

    Science.gov (United States)

    Täuber, Uwe C.

    2013-03-01

    Field theory tools are applied to analytically study fluctuation and correlation effects in spatially extended stochastic predator-prey systems. In the mean-field rate equation approximation, the classic Lotka-Volterra model is characterized by neutral cycles in phase space, describing undamped oscillations for both predator and prey populations. In contrast, Monte Carlo simulations for stochastic two-species predator-prey reaction systems on regular lattices display complex spatio-temporal structures associated with persistent erratic population oscillations. The Doi-Peliti path integral representation of the master equation for stochastic particle interaction models is utilized to arrive at a field theory action for spatial Lotka-Volterra models in the continuum limit. In the species coexistence phase, a perturbation expansion with respect to the nonlinear predation rate is employed to demonstrate that spatial degrees of freedom and stochastic noise induce instabilities toward structure formation, and to compute the fluctuation corrections for the oscillation frequency and diffusion coefficient. The drastic downward renormalization of the frequency and the enhanced diffusivity are in excellent qualitative agreement with Monte Carlo simulation data.

  16. Density-functional perturbation theory goes time-dependent

    OpenAIRE

    Gebauer, Ralph; Rocca, Dario; Baroni, Stefano

    2009-01-01

    The scope of time-dependent density-functional theory (TDDFT) is limited to the lowest portion of the spectrum of rather small systems (a few tens of atoms at most). In the static regime, density-functional perturbation theory (DFPT) allows one to calculate response functions of systems as large as currently dealt with in ground-state simulations. In this paper we present an effective way of combining DFPT with TDDFT. The dynamical polarizability is first expressed as an off-diagonal matrix e...

  17. Renormalization group for non-relativistic fermions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shankar, R

    2011-07-13

    A brief introduction is given to the renormalization group for non-relativistic fermions at finite density. It is shown that Landau's theory of the Fermi liquid arises as a fixed point (with the Landau parameters as marginal couplings) and its instabilities as relevant perturbations. Applications to related areas, nuclear matter, quark matter and quantum dots, are briefly discussed. The focus will be on explaining the main ideas to people in related fields, rather than addressing the experts.

  18. Stochastic quantization and holographic Wilsonian renormalization group of scalar theories with arbitrary mass

    Science.gov (United States)

    Oh, Jae-Hyuk

    2016-11-01

    We explore the mathematical relation between stochastic quantization (SQ) and the holographic Wilsonian renormalization group (HWRG) of a massive scalar field defined in asymptotically anti-de Sitter space. We compute the stochastic two-point correlation function by quantizing the boundary on-shell action (it is identified with the Euclidean action in our stochastic frame) of the scalar field, requiring the initial value of the stochastic field Dirichlet boundary condition, and study its relationship with the double-trace deformation in HWRG computation. It turns out that the stochastic two-point function precisely corresponds to the double-trace deformation through the relation proposed in [J. High Energy Phys. 11 (2012) 144] even in the case that the scalar field mass is arbitrary. In our stochastic framework, the Euclidean action constituting the Langevin equation is not the same as that in the original stochastic theory; in fact, it contains the stochastic time "t -dependent" kernel in it. A justification for the exotic Euclidean action is provided by proving that it transforms to the usual form of the Euclidean action in a new stochastic frame by an appropriate rescaling of both the stochastic fields and time. We also apply the Neumann boundary condition to the stochastic fields to study the relation between SQ and the HWRG when alternative quantization is allowed. It turns out that the application of the Neumann boundary condition to the stochastic fields generates the radial evolution of the single-trace operator as well as the double-trace term.

  19. Renormalization of NN Interaction with Relativistic Chiral Two Pion Exchange

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Higa, R; Valderrama, M Pavon; Arriola, E Ruiz

    2007-06-14

    The renormalization of the NN interaction with the Chiral Two Pion Exchange Potential computed using relativistic baryon chiral perturbation theory is considered. The short distance singularity reduces the number of counter-terms to about a half as those in the heavy-baryon expansion. Phase shifts and deuteron properties are evaluated and a general overall agreement is observed.

  20. The Renormalization of the Electroweak Standard Model to All Orders

    CERN Document Server

    Kraus, E

    1998-01-01

    We give the renormalization of the standard model of electroweak interactions to all orders of perturbation theory by using the method of algebraic renormalization, which is based on general properties of renormalized perturbation theory and not on a specific regularization scheme. The Green functions of the standard model are uniquely constructed to all orders, if one defines the model by the Slavnov-Taylor identity, Ward-identities of rigid symmetry and a specific form of the abelian local gauge Ward-identity, which continues the Gell-Mann Nishijima relation to higher orders. Special attention is directed to the mass diagonalization of massless and massive neutral vectors and ghosts. For obtaining off-shell infrared finite expressions it is required to take into account higher order corrections into the functional symmetry operators. It is shown, that the normalization conditions of the on-shell schemes are in agreement with the most general symmetry transformations allowed by the algebraic constraints.

  1. Causal hydrodynamics from kinetic theory by doublet scheme in renormalization-group method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tsumura, Kyosuke; Kikuchi, Yuta; Kunihiro, Teiji

    2016-12-01

    We develop a general framework in the renormalization-group (RG) method for extracting a mesoscopic dynamics from an evolution equation by incorporating some excited (fast) modes as additional components to the invariant manifold spanned by zero modes. We call this framework the doublet scheme. The validity of the doublet scheme is first tested and demonstrated by taking the Lorenz model as a simple three-dimensional dynamical system; it is shown that the two-dimensional reduced dynamics on the attractive manifold composed of the would-be zero and a fast modes are successfully obtained in a natural way. We then apply the doublet scheme to construct causal hydrodynamics as a mesoscopic dynamics of kinetic theory, i.e., the Boltzmann equation, in a systematic manner with no ad-hoc assumption. It is found that our equation has the same form as Grad's thirteen-moment causal hydrodynamic equation, but the microscopic formulae of the transport coefficients and relaxation times are different. In fact, in contrast to the Grad equation, our equation leads to the same expressions for the transport coefficients as given by the Chapman-Enskog expansion method and suggests novel formulae of the relaxation times expressed in terms of relaxation functions which allow a natural physical interpretation of the relaxation times. Furthermore, our theory nicely gives the explicit forms of the distribution function and the thirteen hydrodynamic variables in terms of the linearized collision operator, which in turn clearly suggest the proper ansatz forms of them to be adopted in the method of moments.

  2. Renormalization of the three-boson system with short-range interactions revisited

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Epelbaum, E. [Ruhr-Universitaet Bochum, Institut fuer Theoretische Physik II, Bochum (Germany); Gegelia, J. [Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik and Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Forschungszentrum Juelich, Juelich (Germany); Tbilisi State University, Tbilisi (Georgia); Meissner, Ulf G. [Universitaet Bonn, Helmholtz Institut fuer Strahlen- und Kernphysik and Bethe Center for Theoretical Physics, Bonn (Germany); Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik and Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Forschungszentrum Juelich, Juelich (Germany); Yao, De-Liang [Institute for Advanced Simulation, Institut fuer Kernphysik and Juelich Center for Hadron Physics, Forschungszentrum Juelich, Juelich (Germany)

    2017-05-15

    We consider renormalization of the three-body scattering problem in low-energy effective field theory of self-interacting scalar particles by applying time-ordered perturbation theory to the manifestly Lorentz-invariant formulation. The obtained leading-order equation is perturbatively renormalizable and non-perturbatively finite and does not require a three-body counter term in contrast to its non-relativistic approximation. (orig.)

  3. A Review of Heavy-Quark and Chiral Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Naboulsi, R

    2003-01-01

    In this paper we discuss the relations between various decays that can be obtained by combining heavy-quark perturbation theory and chiral perturbation theory for the emission of soft pseudoscalar particles. In the heavy-quark limit of QCD the interactions of the heavy quark Q are simplified because of a new set of symmetries not manifestly present in the full QCD. This fact is usually used in the construction of the new effective theory where the heavy-quark mass goes to infinity $(m_Q\\gg \\Lambda_{QCD})$ with its four-velocity fixed. The spin-flavor symmetry group of this new theory with N heavy quarks is SU(2N) because the interactions of the heavy quarks are independent of their spins and flavors. This fact is widely used in the description of the semileptonic decays of $B$ mesons to $D$ and $D^\\ast$ mesons where heavy-quark symmetry allows a parameterization of the decay amplitudes in terms of the single Isgur-Wise function [1].

  4. Improved Lattice Renormalization Group Techniques

    CERN Document Server

    Petropoulos, Gregory; Hasenfratz, Anna; Schaich, David

    2013-01-01

    We compute the bare step-scaling function $s_b$ for SU(3) lattice gauge theory with $N_f = 12$ massless fundamental fermions, using the non-perturbative Wilson-flow-optimized Monte Carlo Renormalization Group two-lattice matching technique. We use a short Wilson flow to approach the renormalized trajectory before beginning RG blocking steps. By optimizing the length of the Wilson flow, we are able to determine an $s_b$ corresponding to a unique discrete $\\beta$ function, after a few blocking steps. We carry out this study using new ensembles of 12-flavor gauge configurations generated with exactly massless fermions, using volumes up to $32^4$. The results are consistent with the existence of an infrared fixed point (IRFP) for all investigated lattice volumes and number of blocking steps. We also compare different renormalization schemes, each of which indicates an IRFP at a slightly different value of the bare coupling, as expected for an IR-conformal theory.

  5. Gutzwiller-RVB theory of high temperature superconductivity. Results from renormalized mean field theory and variational Monte Carlo calculations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Edegger, B.

    2007-08-10

    We consider the theory of high temperature superconductivity from the viewpoint of a strongly correlated electron system. In particular, we discuss Gutzwiller projected wave functions, which incorporate strong correlations by prohibiting double occupancy in orbitals with strong on-site repulsion. After a general overview on high temperature superconductivity, we discuss Anderson's resonating valence bond (RVB) picture and its implementation by renormalized mean field theory (RMFT) and variational Monte Carlo (VMC) techniques. In the following, we present a detailed review on RMFT and VMC results with emphasis on our recent contributions. Especially, we are interested in spectral features of Gutzwiller-Bogolyubov quasiparticles obtained by extending VMC and RMFT techniques to excited states. We explicitly illustrate this method to determine the quasiparticle weight and provide a comparison with angle resolved photoemission spectroscopy (ARPES) and scanning tunneling microscopy (STM). We conclude by summarizing recent successes and by discussing open questions, which must be solved for a thorough understanding of high temperature superconductivity by Gutzwiller projected wave functions. (orig.)

  6. Renewal theory for perturbed random walks and similar processes

    CERN Document Server

    Iksanov, Alexander

    2016-01-01

    This book offers a detailed review of perturbed random walks, perpetuities, and random processes with immigration. Being of major importance in modern probability theory, both theoretical and applied, these objects have been used to model various phenomena in the natural sciences as well as in insurance and finance. The book also presents the many significant results and efficient techniques and methods that have been worked out in the last decade. The first chapter is devoted to perturbed random walks and discusses their asymptotic behavior and various functionals pertaining to them, including supremum and first-passage time. The second chapter examines perpetuities, presenting results on continuity of their distributions and the existence of moments, as well as weak convergence of divergent perpetuities. Focusing on random processes with immigration, the third chapter investigates the existence of moments, describes long-time behavior and discusses limit theorems, both with and without scaling. Chapters fou...

  7. Adiabaticity and gravity theory independent conservation laws for cosmological perturbations

    CERN Document Server

    Romano, Antonio Enea; Sasaki, Misao

    2015-01-01

    We carefully study the implications of adiabaticity for the behavior of cosmological perturbations. There are essentially three similar but different definitions of non-adiabaticity: one is appropriate for a thermodynamic fluid $\\delta P_{nad}$, another is for a general matter field $\\delta P_{c,nad}$, and the last one is valid only on superhorizon scales. The first two definitions coincide if $c_s^2=c_w^2$ where $c_s$ is the propagation speed of the perturbation, while $c_w^2=\\dot P/\\dot\\rho$. Assuming the adiabaticity in the general sense, $\\delta P_{c,nad}=0$, we derive a relation between the lapse function in the comoving slicing $A_c$ and $\\delta P_{nad}$ valid for arbitrary matter field in any theory of gravity, by using only momentum conservation. The relation implies that as long as $c_s\

  8. Superstring Perturbation Theory and Ramond-Ramond Backgrounds

    CERN Document Server

    Berenstein, D E; Berenstein, David; Leigh, Robert G.

    1999-01-01

    We consider perturbative Type II superstring theory in the covariant NSR formalism in the presence of NSNS and RR backgrounds. A concrete example that we have in mind is the geometry of D3-branes which in the near-horizon region is AdS_5 x S_5, although our methods may be applied to other backgrounds as well. We show how conformal invariance of the string path integral is maintained order by order in the number of holes. This procedure makes uses of the Fischler-Susskind mechanism to build up the background geometry. A simple formal expression is given for a \\sigma-model Lagrangian. This suggests a perturbative expansion in 1/g^2N and 1/N. As applications, we consider at leading order the mixing of RR and NSNS states, and the realization of the spacetime supersymmetry algebra.

  9. Cosmological perturbation theory in the synchronous and conformal newtonian gauges

    CERN Document Server

    Ma Chung Pei; Ma, Chung Pei; Bertschinger, Edmund

    1995-01-01

    This paper presents a systematic treatment of the linear theory of scalar gravitational perturbations in the synchronous gauge and the conformal Newtonian (or longitudinal) gauge. It differs from others in the literature in that we give, in both gauges, a complete discussion of all particle species that are relevant to any flat cold dark matter (CDM), hot dark matter (HDM), or CDM+HDM models (including a possible cosmological constant). The particles considered include CDM, baryons, photons, massless neutrinos, and massive neutrinos (an HDM candidate), where the CDM and baryons are treated as fluids while a detailed phase-space description is given to the photons and neutrinos. Particular care is applied to the massive neutrino component, which has been either ignored or approximated crudely in previous works. Isentropic initial conditions on super-horizon scales are derived. The coupled, linearized Boltzmann, Einstein and fluid equations that govern the evolution of the metric and density perturbations are t...

  10. Higher representations on the lattice: perturbative studies

    CERN Document Server

    Del Debbio, Luigi; Panagopoulos, Haralambos; Sannino, Francesco

    2008-01-01

    We present analytical results to guide numerical simulations with Wilson fermions in higher representations of the colour group. The ratio of $\\Lambda$ parameters, the additive renormalization of the fermion mass, and the renormalization of fermion bilinears are computed in perturbation theory, including cactus resummation. We recall the chiral Lagrangian for the different patterns of symmetry breaking that can take place with fermions in higher representations, and discuss the possibility of an Aoki phase as the fermion mass is reduced at finite lattice spacing.

  11. Applications Of Chiral Perturbation Theory To Lattice Qcd

    CERN Document Server

    Van de Water, R S

    2005-01-01

    Quantum chromodynamics (QCD) is the fundamental theory that describes the interaction of quarks and gluons. Thus, in principle, one should be able to calculate all properties of hadrons from the QCD Lagrangian. It turns out, however, that such calculations can only be performed numerically on a computer using the nonperturbative method of lattice QCD, in which QCD is simulated on a discrete spacetime grid. Because lattice simulations use unphysically heavy quark masses (for computational reasons), lattice results must be connected to the real world using expressions calculated in chiral perturbation theory (χPT), the low-energy effective theory of QCD. Moreover, because real spacetime is continuous, they must be extrapolated to the continuum using an extension of χPT that includes lattice discretization effects, such as staggered χPT. This thesis is organized as follows. We motivate the need for lattice QCD and present the basic methodology in Chapter 1. We describe a common approximat...

  12. Constructive Renormalization of 2-dimensional Grosse-Wulkenhaar Model

    CERN Document Server

    Wang, Zhituo

    2012-01-01

    In this talk we briefly report the recent work on the construction of the 2-dimensional Grosse-Wulkenhaar model with the method of loop vertex expansion. We treat renormalization with this new tool, adapt Nelson's argument and prove Borel summability of the perturbation series. This is the first non-commutative quantum field theory model to be built in a non-perturbative sense.

  13. Nonperturbative renormalization group study of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mejía-Monasterio, Carlos; Muratore-Ginanneschi, Paolo

    2012-07-01

    We study the renormalization group flow of the average action of the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation with power-law forcing. Using Galilean invariance, we introduce a nonperturbative approximation adapted to the zero-frequency sector of the theory in the parametric range of the Hölder exponent 4-2ε of the forcing where real-space local interactions are relevant. In any spatial dimension d, we observe the convergence of the resulting renormalization group flow to a unique fixed point which yields a kinetic energy spectrum scaling in agreement with canonical dimension analysis. Kolmogorov's -5/3 law is, thus, recovered for ε = 2 as also predicted by perturbative renormalization. At variance with the perturbative prediction, the -5/3 law emerges in the presence of a saturation in the ε dependence of the scaling dimension of the eddy diffusivity at ε = 3/2 when, according to perturbative renormalization, the velocity field becomes infrared relevant.

  14. Aspects of perturbative quantum field theory on non-commutative spaces

    CERN Document Server

    Blaschke, Daniel N

    2016-01-01

    In this contribution to the proceedings of the Corfu Summer Institute 2015, I give an overview over quantum field theories on non-commutative Moyal space and renormalization. In particular, I review the new features and challenges one faces when constructing various scalar, fermionic and gauge field theories on Moyal space, and especially how the UV/IR mixing problem was solved for certain models. Finally, I outline more recent progress in constructing a renormalizable gauge field model on non-commutative space, and how one might attempt to prove renormalizability of such a model using a generalized renormalization scheme adapted to the non-commutative (and hence non-local) setting.

  15. $K_{\\ell3}$ decays in Chiral Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Bijnens, J; Bijnens, Johan; Talavera, Pere

    2003-01-01

    The process $K_{\\ell3}$ is calculated to two-loop order ($p^6$) in Chiral Perturbation Theory (ChPT) in the isospin conserved case. We use expressions suitable for use with previous work in two-loop CHPT where the order $p^4$ parameters ($L_i^r$) were determined from experiment. We point out that all the order $p^6$ parameters ($C_i^r$) that appear in the value of $f_+(0)$ relevant for the determination of $|V_{us}|$ can be determined from $K_{\\ell3}$ measurements via the slope and the curvature of the scalar form-factor.

  16. Wavefunction of the Universe and Chern-Simons perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Soo Chopin [Department of Physics, National Cheng Kung University Tainan 70101, Taiwan (China)

    2002-03-21

    The Chern-Simons exact solution of four-dimensional quantum gravity with nonvanishing cosmological constant is presented in metric variables as the partition function of Chern-Simons theory with nontrivial source. The perturbative expansion is given, and the wavefunction is computed to the lowest order of approximation for the Cauchy surface which is topologically a 3-sphere. The state is well-defined even at degenerate and vanishing values of the dreibein. Reality conditions for the Ashtekar variables are also taken into account, and remarkable features of the Chern-Simons state and their relevance to cosmology are pointed out.

  17. Perturbative Vacuum Wavefunctional for Gauge Theories in the Milne Space

    CERN Document Server

    Jeon, Sangyong

    2015-01-01

    The spectrum of vacuum fluctuations in the Milne space (i.e. the tau-eta coordinate system) is an important ingredient in the thermalization studies in relativistic heavy ion collisions. In this paper, the Schrodinger functional for the gauge theory perturbative vacuum is derived for the Milne space. The Wigner-transform of the corresponding vacuum density functional is also found together with the propagators. We finally identify the fluctuation spectrum in vacuum, and show the equivalence between the present approach and the symplectic product based method.

  18. Gauge origin independence in finite basis sets and perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sørensen, Lasse Kragh; Lindh, Roland; Lundberg, Marcus

    2017-09-01

    We show that origin independence in finite basis sets for the oscillator strengths is possibly in any gauge contrary to what is stated in literature. This is proved from a discussion of the consequences in perturbation theory when the exact eigenfunctions and eigenvalues to the zeroth order Hamiltonian H0 cannot be found. We demonstrate that the erroneous conclusion for the lack of gauge origin independence in the length gauge stems from not transforming the magnetic terms in the multipole expansion leading to the use of a mixed gauge. Numerical examples of exact origin dependence are shown.

  19. Perfect Lattice Perturbation Theory A Study of the Anharmonic Oscillator

    CERN Document Server

    Bietenholz, W

    1999-01-01

    As an application of perfect lattice perturbation theory, we construct an O(\\lambda) perfect lattice action for the anharmonic oscillator analytically in momentum space. In coordinate space we obtain a set of 2-spin and 4-spin couplings \\propto \\lambda, which we evaluate for various masses. These couplings never involve variables separated by more than two lattice spacings. The O(\\lambda) perfect action is simulated and compared to the standard action. We discuss the improvement for the first two energy gaps \\Delta E_1, \\Delta E_2 and for the scaling quantity \\Delta E_2 / \\Delta E1 in different regimes of the interaction parameter, and of the correlation length.

  20. SIMP model at NNLO in chiral perturbation theory

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hansen, Martin Rasmus Lundquist; Langaeble, K.; Sannino, F.

    2015-01-01

    We investigate the phenomenological viability of a recently proposed class of composite dark matter models where the relic density is determined by 3 to 2 number-changing processes in the dark sector. Here the pions of the strongly interacting field theory constitute the dark matter particles....... By performing a consistent next-to-leading and next-to-next-to-leading order chiral perturbative investigation we demonstrate that the leading order analysis cannot be used to draw conclusions about the viability of the model. We further show that higher order corrections substantially increase the tension...

  1. Nonequilibrium chiral perturbation theory and disoriented chiral condensates

    CERN Document Server

    Nicola, A G

    1999-01-01

    We analyse the extension of Chiral Perturbation Theory to describe a meson gas out of thermal equilibrium. For that purpose, we let the pion decay constant be a time-dependent function and work within the Schwinger-Keldysh contour technique. A useful connection with curved space-time QFT allows to consistently renormalise the model, introducing two new low-energy constants in the chiral limit. We discuss the applicability of our approach within a Relativistic Heavy-Ion Collision environment. In particular, we investigate the formation of Disoriented Chiral Condensate domains in this model, via the parametric resonance mechanism.

  2. Higgs boson mass limits in perturbative unification theories

    CERN Document Server

    Tobe, K; Tobe, Kazuhiro; Wells, James D.

    2002-01-01

    Motivated in part by recent demonstrations that electroweak unification into a simple group may occur at a low scale, we detail the requirements on the Higgs mass if the unification is to be perturbative. We do this for the Standard Model effective theory, minimal supersymmetry, and next-to-minimal supersymmetry with an additional singlet field. Within the Standard Model framework, we find that perturbative unification with sin2(thetaW)=1/4 occurs at Lambda=3.8 TeV and requires m_h<460 GeV, whereas perturbative unification with sin2(thetaW)=3/8 requires mh<200 GeV. In supersymmetry, the presentation of the Higgs mass predictions can be significantly simplified, yet remain meaningful, by using a single supersymmetry breaking parameter Delta_S. We present Higgs mass limits in terms of Delta_S for the minimal supersymmetric model and the next-to-minimal supersymmetric model. We show that in next-to-minimal supersymmetry, the Higgs mass upper limit can be as large as 500 GeV even for moderate supersymmetry ...

  3. Fifty years of the renormalization group

    CERN Document Server

    Shirkov, D V

    2001-01-01

    Renormalization was the breakthrough that made quantum field theory respectable in the late 1940s. Since then, renormalization procedures, particularly the renormalization group method, have remained a touchstone for new theoretical developments. This work relates the history of the renormalization group. (17 refs).

  4. Taming perturbative divergences in asymptotically safe gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Benedetti, Dario, E-mail: dbenedetti@perimeterinstitute.c [Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics, 31 Caroline St. N, N2L 2Y5, Waterloo ON (Canada); Machado, Pedro F., E-mail: p.f.machado@uu.n [Institute for Theoretical Physics, Utrecht University, 3508 TD Utrecht (Netherlands); Saueressig, Frank, E-mail: Frank.Saueressig@cea.f [Institut de Physique Theorique, CEA Saclay, F-91191 Gif-Sur-Yvette Cedex (France); CNRS URA 2306, F-91191 Gif-Sur-Yvette Cedex (France)

    2010-01-01

    We use functional renormalization group methods to study gravity minimally coupled to a free scalar field. This setup provides the prototype of a gravitational theory which is perturbatively non-renormalizable at one-loop level, but may possess a non-trivial renormalization group fixed point controlling its UV behavior. We show that such a fixed point indeed exists within the truncations considered, lending strong support to the conjectured asymptotic safety of the theory. In particular, we demonstrate that the counterterms responsible for its perturbative non-renormalizability have no qualitative effect on this feature.

  5. Linear perturbation analysis of hairy black holes in shift-symmetric Horndeski theories I: odd-parity perturbations

    CERN Document Server

    Takahashi, Kazufumi

    2016-01-01

    We analyze the mode stability of odd-parity perturbations of black holes with linearly time-dependent scalar hair in shift-symmetric Horndeski theories. We show that a large class of black-hole solutions in these theories suffer from ghost or gradient instability, while there are some classes of solutions that are stable under linear odd-parity perturbations in the context of mode analysis.

  6. Basics of thermal field theory a tutorial on perturbative computations

    CERN Document Server

    Laine, Mikko

    2016-01-01

    This book presents thermal field theory techniques, which can be applied in both cosmology and the theoretical description of the QCD plasma generated in heavy-ion collision experiments. It focuses on gauge interactions (whether weak or strong), which are essential in both contexts. As well as the many differences in the physics questions posed and in the microscopic forces playing a central role, the authors also explain the similarities and the techniques, such as the resummations, that are needed for developing a formally consistent perturbative expansion. The formalism is developed step by step, starting from quantum mechanics; introducing scalar, fermionic and gauge fields; describing the issues of infrared divergences; resummations and effective field theories; and incorporating systems with finite chemical potentials. With this machinery in place, the important class of real-time (dynamic) observables is treated in some detail. This is followed by an overview of a number of applications, ranging from t...

  7. The perturbative structure of spin glass field theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Temesvári, T.

    2014-03-01

    Cubic replicated field theory is used to study the glassy phase of the short-range Ising spin glass just below the transition temperature, and for systems above, at, and slightly below the upper critical dimension six. The order parameter function is computed up to two-loop order. There are two, well-separated bands in the mass spectrum, just as in mean field theory. The small mass band acts as an infrared cutoff, whereas contributions from the large mass region can be computed perturbatively (d>6), or interpreted by the ɛ-expansion around the critical fixed point (d=6-ɛ). The one-loop calculation of the (momentum-dependent) longitudinal mass, and the whole replicon sector is also presented. The innocuous behavior of the replicon masses while crossing the upper critical dimension shows that the ultrametric replica symmetry broken phase remains stable below six dimensions.

  8. The perturbative structure of spin glass field theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Temesvári, T., E-mail: temtam@helios.elte.hu

    2014-03-15

    Cubic replicated field theory is used to study the glassy phase of the short-range Ising spin glass just below the transition temperature, and for systems above, at, and slightly below the upper critical dimension six. The order parameter function is computed up to two-loop order. There are two, well-separated bands in the mass spectrum, just as in mean field theory. The small mass band acts as an infrared cutoff, whereas contributions from the large mass region can be computed perturbatively (d>6), or interpreted by the ϵ-expansion around the critical fixed point (d=6−ϵ). The one-loop calculation of the (momentum-dependent) longitudinal mass, and the whole replicon sector is also presented. The innocuous behavior of the replicon masses while crossing the upper critical dimension shows that the ultrametric replica symmetry broken phase remains stable below six dimensions.

  9. SMD-based numerical stochastic perturbation theory arXiv

    CERN Document Server

    Dalla Brida, Mattia

    The viability of a variant of numerical stochastic perturbation theory, where the Langevin equation is replaced by the SMD algorithm, is examined. In particular, the convergence of the process to a unique stationary state is rigorously established and the use of higher-order symplectic integration schemes is shown to be highly profitable in this context. For illustration, the gradient-flow coupling in finite volume with Schr\\"odinger functional boundary conditions is computed to two-loop (i.e. NNL) order in the SU(3) gauge theory. The scaling behaviour of the algorithm turns out to be rather favourable in this case, which allows the computations to be driven close to the continuum limit.

  10. Exponential time-dependent perturbation theory in rotationally inelastic scattering

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cross, R. J.

    1983-08-01

    An exponential form of time-dependent perturbation theory (the Magnus approximation) is developed for rotationally inelastic scattering. A phase-shift matrix is calculated as an integral in time over the anisotropic part of the potential. The trajectory used for this integral is specified by the diagonal part of the potential matrix and the arithmetic average of the initial and final velocities and the average orbital angular momentum. The exponential of the phase-shift matrix gives the scattering matrix and the various cross sections. A special representation is used where the orbital angular momentum is either treated classically or may be frozen out to yield the orbital sudden approximation. Calculations on Ar+N2 and Ar+TIF show that the theory generally gives very good agreement with accurate calculations, even where the orbital sudden approximation (coupled-states) results are seriously in error.

  11. Stringy horizons and generalized FZZ duality in perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Giribet, Gaston

    2017-02-01

    We study scattering amplitudes in two-dimensional string theory on a black hole bakground. We start with a simple derivation of the Fateev-Zamolodchikov-Zamolodchikov (FZZ) duality, which associates correlation functions of the sine-Liouville integrable model on the Riemann sphere to tree-level string amplitudes on the Euclidean two-dimensional black hole. This derivation of FZZ duality is based on perturbation theory, and it relies on a trick originally due to Fateev, which involves duality relations between different Selberg type integrals. This enables us to rewrite the correlation functions of sine-Liouville theory in terms of a special set of correlators in the gauged Wess-Zumino-Witten (WZW) theory, and use this to perform further consistency checks of the recently conjectured Generalized FZZ (GFZZ) duality. In particular, we prove that n-point correlation functions in sine-Liouville theory involving n - 2 winding modes actually coincide with the correlation functions in the SL(2,R)/U(1) gauged WZW model that include n - 2 oscillator operators of the type described by Giveon, Itzhaki and Kutasov in reference [1]. This proves the GFZZ duality for the case of tree level maximally winding violating n-point amplitudes with arbitrary n. We also comment on the connection between GFZZ and other marginal deformations previously considered in the literature.

  12. Stringy horizons and generalized FZZ duality in perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Giribet, Gaston

    2016-01-01

    We study scattering amplitudes in two-dimensional string theory on a black hole bakground. We start with a simple derivation of the Fateev-Zamolodchikov-Zamolodchikov (FZZ) duality, which associates correlation functions of the sine-Liouville integrable model on the Riemann sphere to tree-level string amplitudes on the Euclidean two-dimensional black hole. This derivation of FZZ duality is based on perturbation theory, and it relies on a trick originally due to Fateev, which involves duality relations between different Selberg type integrals. This enables us to rewrite the correlation functions of sine-Liouville theory in terms of a special set of correlators in the gauged Wess-Zumino-Witten (WZW) theory, and use this to perform further consistency checks of the recently conjectured Generalized FZZ (GFZZ) duality. In particular, we prove that n-point correlation functions in sine-Liouville theory involving n-2 winding modes actually coincide with the correlation functions in the SL(2,R)/U(1) gauged WZW model ...

  13. Hybrid stochastic-deterministic calculation of the second-order perturbative contribution of multireference perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Garniron, Yann; Scemama, Anthony; Loos, Pierre-François; Caffarel, Michel

    2017-07-01

    A hybrid stochastic-deterministic approach for computing the second-order perturbative contribution E(2) within multireference perturbation theory (MRPT) is presented. The idea at the heart of our hybrid scheme—based on a reformulation of E(2) as a sum of elementary contributions associated with each determinant of the MR wave function—is to split E(2) into a stochastic and a deterministic part. During the simulation, the stochastic part is gradually reduced by dynamically increasing the deterministic part until one reaches the desired accuracy. In sharp contrast with a purely stochastic Monte Carlo scheme where the error decreases indefinitely as t-1/2 (where t is the computational time), the statistical error in our hybrid algorithm displays a polynomial decay ˜t-n with n = 3-4 in the examples considered here. If desired, the calculation can be carried on until the stochastic part entirely vanishes. In that case, the exact result is obtained with no error bar and no noticeable computational overhead compared to the fully deterministic calculation. The method is illustrated on the F2 and Cr2 molecules. Even for the largest case corresponding to the Cr2 molecule treated with the cc-pVQZ basis set, very accurate results are obtained for E(2) for an active space of (28e, 176o) and a MR wave function including up to 2 ×1 07 determinants.

  14. Heavy-Light Semileptonic Decays in Staggered Chiral Perturbation Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Aubin, C

    2007-01-01

    We calculate the form factors for the semileptonic decays of heavy-light pseudoscalar mesons in partially quenched staggered chiral perturbation theory (\\schpt), working to leading order in $1/m_Q$, where $m_Q$ is the heavy quark mass. We take the light meson in the final state to be a pseudoscalar corresponding to the exact chiral symmetry of staggered quarks. The treatment assumes the validity of the standard prescription for representing the staggered ``fourth root trick'' within \\schpt by insertions of factors of 1/4 for each sea quark loop. Our calculation is based on an existing partially quenched continuum chiral perturbation theory calculation with degenerate sea quarks by Becirevic, Prelovsek and Zupan, which we generalize to the staggered (and non-degenerate) case. As a by-product, we obtain the continuum partially quenched results with non-degenerate sea quarks. We analyze the effects of non-leading chiral terms, and find a relation among the coefficients governing the analytic valence mass depende...

  15. Improved Epstein–Glaser renormalization in x -space versus differential renormalization

    OpenAIRE

    Gracia-Bondía, José M.; Heidy Gutiérrez; Várilly, Joseph C.

    2014-01-01

    Renormalization of massless Feynman amplitudes in $x$-space is reexamined here, using almost exclusively real-variable methods. We compute a wealth of concrete examples by means of recursive extension of distributions. This allows us to show perturbative expansions for the four-point and two-point functions at several loop order. To deal with internal vertices, we expound and expand on convolution theory for log-homogeneous distributions. The approach has much in common with differential reno...

  16. Recent Developments in String Theory From Perturbative Dualities to M-Theory

    CERN Document Server

    Haack, M; Lüst, Dieter; Haack, Michael; Kors, Boris; Lust, Dieter

    1999-01-01

    These lectures intend to give a pedagogical introduction into some of the developments in string theory during the last years. They include perturbative T-duality and non perturbative S- and U-dualities, their unavoidable demand for D-branes, an example of enhanced gauge symmetry at fixed points of the T-duality group, a review of classical solitonic solutions in general relativity, gauge theories and tendimensional supergravity, a discussion of their BPS nature, Polchinski's observations that allow to view D-branes as RR charged states in the non perturbative string spectrum, the application of all this to the computation of the black hole entropy and Hawking radiation and finally a brief survey of how everything fits together in M-theory.

  17. Hadamard renormalized scalar field theory on anti-de Sitter space-time

    CERN Document Server

    Kent, Carl

    2014-01-01

    We consider a real massive free quantum scalar field with arbitrary curvature coupling on $n$-dimensional anti-de Sitter space-time. We use Hadamard renormalization to find the vacuum expectation values of the quadratic field fluctuations and the stress-energy tensor, presenting explicit results for $n=2$ to $n=11$ inclusive.

  18. Renormalization group improved computation of correlation functions in theories with nontrivial phase diagram

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Codello, Alessandro; Tonero, Alberto

    2016-01-01

    the momentum modes that contribute to it according to their renormalization group (RG) relevance, i.e. we weight each mode according to the value of the running couplings at that scale. In this way, we are able to encode in a loop computation the information regarding the RG trajectory along which we...

  19. A renormalization-group approach to finite-temperature mass corrections

    CERN Document Server

    Marini, A; Marini, A; Burgess, C P

    1994-01-01

    We illustrate how the reorganization of perturbation theory at finite temperature can be economically cast in terms of the Wilson-Polchinski renormalization methods. We take as an example the old saw of the induced thermal mass of a hot scalar field with a quartic coupling, which we compute to second order in the coupling constant. We show that the form of the result can be largely determined by renormalization-group arguments without the explicit evaluation of Feynman graphs.

  20. Cosmological Perturbation Theory and the Evolution of Small-Scale Inhomogeneities

    CERN Document Server

    Miedema, P G

    2011-01-01

    It is shown that a first-order cosmological perturbation theory for the open, flat and closed Friedmann-Lemaitre-Robertson-Walker universes admits one, and only one, gauge-invariant variable which describes the perturbation to the energy density and which becomes equal to the usual Newtonian energy density in the non-relativistic limit. The same holds true for the perturbation to the particle number density. Using these two new variables, a new manifestly gauge-invariant cosmological perturbation theory based on the Lifshitz-Khalatnikov theory has been developed. Perturbations in the total energy density are gravitationally coupled to perturbations in the particle number density, irrespective of the nature of the particles. There is, in first-order, no back-reaction of perturbations to the global expansion of the universe. Small-scale perturbations in the radiation-dominated era oscillate with an increasing amplitude. Density perturbations do not evolve adiabatically, as is usually assumed, but diabatically, ...